texlive[49297] Master/texmf-dist: glossaries-extra (1dec18)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Sat Dec 1 23:48:18 CET 2018
Revision: 49297
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=49297
Author: karl
Date: 2018-12-01 23:48:17 +0100 (Sat, 01 Dec 2018)
Log Message:
-----------
glossaries-extra (1dec18)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-bookindex.sty
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.glstex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-longextra.sty
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES 2018-12-01 22:47:43 UTC (rev 49296)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES 2018-12-01 22:48:17 UTC (rev 49297)
@@ -1,3 +1,44 @@
+1.37 (2018-11-30)
+
+ * glossaries-extra.sty
+
+ - added record=nameref option
+
+ - added equations and floats options
+
+ - added \glsxtrhiername, \Glsxtrhiername, \GlsXtrhiername,
+ \GLSxtrhiername, \GLSXTRhiername and \glsxtrhiernamesep
+
+ - added \GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName and \GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther
+
+ - added \GlsXtrLocationField
+
+ - added \GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat
+
+ - added \glsxtridentifyglslike
+
+ - added \GLSxtrusefield
+
+ - bug fix: corrected \Glsxtrusefield
+
+ * glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty
+
+ - added \glsxtrdisplaylocnameref, \glsxtrfmtinternalnameref
+ and \glsxtrfmtexternalnameref
+
+ - added \glsxtrSetWidest and \glsxtrSetWidestFallback
+
+ - added \glsxtraddlabelprefix, \glsxtrprependlabelprefix,
+ \glsxtrclearlabelprefixes, \glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist,
+ \dgls, \dglspl, \dGls, \dGlspl, \dGLS, \dGLSpl,
+ \dglslink, \dglsdisp
+
+ - added \glsrenewcommand
+
+ * glossary-longextra.sty
+
+ - new package providing additional longtable glossary styles
+
1.36 (2018-08-18)
* glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README 2018-12-01 22:47:43 UTC (rev 49296)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README 2018-12-01 22:48:17 UTC (rev 49297)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.36
+LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.37
-Last Modified : 2018-08-18
+Last Modified : 2018-11-30
Author : Nicola Talbot
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html 2018-12-01 22:47:43 UTC (rev 49296)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html 2018-12-01 22:48:17 UTC (rev 49297)
@@ -50,6 +50,7 @@
.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
.cmitt-10{font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;}
+.cmmi-9{font-size:90%;font-style: italic;}
.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}
.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}
.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}
@@ -217,7 +218,7 @@
>
<!--l. 236--><p class="noindent" >
</p><!--l. 236--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.36: an extension to the</span>
+class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.37: an extension to the</span>
<span
class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span>
</p>
@@ -241,7 +242,7 @@
class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table>
</div>
<!--l. 236--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-12">2018-08-18</span></p></div>
+class="cmr-12">2018-11-30</span></p></div>
<div
class="abstract"
>
@@ -382,80 +383,89 @@
href="#x1-140002.9" id="QQ2-1-15"><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.10 <a
-href="#sec:glosstylemods" id="QQ2-1-16">Glossary Style Modifications</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.10.1 <a
-href="#sec:stylehooks" id="QQ2-1-17">Style Hooks</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.10.2 <a
-href="#sec:glosstylenumlist" id="QQ2-1-18">Number List</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.10.3 <a
-href="#x1-180002.10.3" id="QQ2-1-19">The <span
+href="#x1-150002.10" id="QQ2-1-16"><span
+class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.11 <a
+href="#sec:glosstylemods" id="QQ2-1-17">Glossary Style Modifications</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.1 <a
+href="#sec:stylehooks" id="QQ2-1-18">Style Hooks</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.2 <a
+href="#sec:glosstylenumlist" id="QQ2-1-19">Number List</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.3 <a
+href="#x1-190002.11.3" id="QQ2-1-20">The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >3 <a
-href="#sec:abbreviations" id="QQ2-1-20">Abbreviations</a></span>
+href="#sec:abbreviations" id="QQ2-1-21">Abbreviations</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.1 <a
-href="#sec:tagging" id="QQ2-1-21">Tagging Initials</a></span>
+href="#sec:tagging" id="QQ2-1-22">Tagging Initials</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.2 <a
-href="#sec:abbrstyle" id="QQ2-1-22">Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:abbrstyle" id="QQ2-1-23">Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.3 <a
-href="#sec:abbrshortcuts" id="QQ2-1-23">Shortcut Commands</a></span>
+href="#sec:abbrshortcuts" id="QQ2-1-24">Shortcut Commands</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.4 <a
-href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-25">Predefined Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-26">Predefined Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.4.1 <a
-href="#sec:predefregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-26">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
+href="#sec:predefregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-27">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.4.2 <a
-href="#sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-27">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
+href="#sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-28">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.5 <a
-href="#sec:newabbrvstyle" id="QQ2-1-28">Defining New Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:newabbrvstyle" id="QQ2-1-29">Defining New Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >4 <a
-href="#sec:headtitle" id="QQ2-1-29">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</a></span>
+href="#sec:headtitle" id="QQ2-1-30">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >5 <a
-href="#sec:categories" id="QQ2-1-30">Categories</a></span>
+href="#sec:categories" id="QQ2-1-31">Categories</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >6 <a
-href="#sec:countref" id="QQ2-1-31">Counting References</a></span>
+href="#sec:countref" id="QQ2-1-32">Counting References</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.1 <a
-href="#sec:entrycount" id="QQ2-1-32">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</a></span>
+href="#sec:entrycount" id="QQ2-1-33">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.2 <a
-href="#sec:linkcount" id="QQ2-1-33">Link Counting</a></span>
+href="#sec:linkcount" id="QQ2-1-34">Link Counting</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >7 <a
-href="#sec:autoindex" id="QQ2-1-34">Auto-Indexing</a></span>
+href="#sec:autoindex" id="QQ2-1-35">Auto-Indexing</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >8 <a
-href="#sec:onthefly" id="QQ2-1-35">On-the-Fly Document Definitions</a></span>
+href="#sec:onthefly" id="QQ2-1-36">On-the-Fly Document Definitions</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >9 <a
-href="#sec:bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-36">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases</a></span>
+href="#sec:bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-37">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.1 <a
-href="#selection" id="QQ2-1-37">Selection</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.2 <a
-href="#sortinganddisplayingtheglossary" id="QQ2-1-38">Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</a></span>
+href="#selection" id="QQ2-1-38">Selection</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.2 <a
+href="#sortinganddisplayingtheglossary" id="QQ2-1-39">Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.3 <a
-href="#x1-370009.3" id="QQ2-1-39">The <span
+href="#x1-380009.3" id="QQ2-1-40">The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.1 <a
+href="#sec:supplocations" id="QQ2-1-41">Supplemental Locations</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.2 <a
+href="#sec:recordnameref" id="QQ2-1-42">Nameref Record</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.3 <a
+href="#sec:resourcecommands" id="QQ2-1-43">Helper Commands for Resource Options</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.4 <a
-href="#supplementarycommands" id="QQ2-1-40">Supplementary Commands</a></span>
+href="#supplementarycommands" id="QQ2-1-44">Supplementary Commands</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.5 <a
-href="#sec:recordcount" id="QQ2-1-41">Record Counting</a></span>
+href="#sec:recordcount" id="QQ2-1-45">Record Counting</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >10 <a
-href="#sec:miscnew" id="QQ2-1-42">Miscellaneous New Commands</a></span>
+href="#sec:miscnew" id="QQ2-1-46">Miscellaneous New Commands</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.1 <a
-href="#sec:fields" id="QQ2-1-43">Entry Fields</a></span>
+href="#sec:fields" id="QQ2-1-47">Entry Fields</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.2 <a
-href="#sec:printunsrt" id="QQ2-1-44">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</a></span>
+href="#sec:printunsrt" id="QQ2-1-48">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.3 <a
-href="#sec:glossentry" id="QQ2-1-45">Standalone Entry Items</a></span>
+href="#sec:glossentry" id="QQ2-1-49">Standalone Entry Items</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.4 <a
-href="#sec:alias" id="QQ2-1-46">Entry Aliases</a></span>
+href="#sec:alias" id="QQ2-1-50">Entry Aliases</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >11 <a
-href="#sec:supplemental" id="QQ2-1-47">Supplemental Packages</a></span>
+href="#sec:supplemental" id="QQ2-1-51">Supplemental Packages</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.1 <a
-href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-48">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
+href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-52">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.2 <a
-href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-49">Accessibility Support</a></span>
+href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-53">Accessibility Support</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >12 <a
-href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-50">Sample Files</a></span>
+href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-54">Sample Files</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >13 <a
-href="#sec:lang" id="QQ2-1-51">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span>
+href="#sec:lang" id="QQ2-1-55">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" > <a
href="#glossary">Glossary</a></span>
</div>
@@ -1087,13 +1097,13 @@
</p><!--l. 628--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4041"></a> option can only be used as a package option (not
- through <span
+ id="dx1-4041"></a> option can only be used as a package option (and can’t
+ be set with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup</span><a
id="dx1-4042"></a>) since the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-4043"></a> package must be
- loaded before <span
+ id="dx1-4043"></a> package must
+ be loaded before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>if it’s required.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
@@ -1110,7 +1120,7 @@
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ if it contains any commas.) The value may
be omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a
href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10 </a><a
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11 </a><a
href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style
Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a> for further details. There are two special keyword values:
<a
@@ -1409,17 +1419,75 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.30.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
+class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">(New to v1.37 and requires <a
+ id="dx1-4094"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-4095"></a> v1.8+.) This option is like
+ <a
+href="#styopt.record"><span
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
+ id="dx1-4096"></a> but additionally records the current label information given by
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabel </span>and <span
+class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref</span>, and provides a more reliable way of
+ saving the <span
+class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ for the given location. This option requires
+ <span
+class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-4097"></a> otherwise it will fall back on the usual location records.
+ Remember that <span
+class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref </span>is always globally updated whenever
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>is used, but <span
+class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabel </span>isn’t. This can cause some
+ undesired side-effects with some settings. Remember also that the
+ <a
+href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span
+class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a
+ id="dx1-4098"></a> option increments the associated counter every time an entry
+ is indexed, which affects this option. See <a
+href="#sec:recordnameref"><span
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>9.3.2 </a><a
+href="#sec:recordnameref">Nameref Record<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordnameref --></a> for further
+ details.
+ <!--l. 778--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a
+href="#styopt.counter"><span
+class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=chapter</span><a
+ id="dx1-4099"></a> or <a
+href="#styopt.counter"><span
+class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=section</span><a
+ id="dx1-4100"></a> if you
+ want the title included in the location list. If the indexing counter is the
+ default <span
+class="cmss-10">page</span><a
+ id="dx1-4101"></a>, only the location number is shown. Similarly for
+ <a
+href="#styopt.counter"><span
+class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=equation</span><a
+ id="dx1-4102"></a> (or <a
+href="#styopt.equations"><span
+class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
+ id="dx1-4103"></a>).
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ <span
class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">This is a hybrid setting that uses <a
- id="dx1-4094"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4104"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4095"></a> to fetch entry information
+ id="dx1-4105"></a> to fetch entry information
from <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files, but uses <a
- id="dx1-4096"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4106"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4097"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4107"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> to create the glossary
files. This option should be used with <span
@@ -1428,33 +1496,36 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. You may need to change the transcript file used
by <a
- id="dx1-4098"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4108"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4099"></a> to avoid a clash with the transcript file used by <a
- id="dx1-4100"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4109"></a> to avoid a clash with the transcript file used by <a
+ id="dx1-4110"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>
or <a
- id="dx1-4101"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4111"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. (This can be done with <a
- id="dx1-4102"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4112"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4103"></a>’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="dx1-4113"></a>’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--log-file</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">-t</span></span></span>
option.)
- <!--l. 776--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span
+ <!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>). This option is expected to be used with <a
- id="dx1-4104"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4114"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4105"></a>’s
+ id="dx1-4115"></a>’s
<span
class="cmtt-10">sort=none </span>setting and so <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4106"></a> is not automatically
+ id="dx1-4116"></a> is not automatically
+
+
+
loaded.
- </p><!--l. 781--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span
+ </p><!--l. 800--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
@@ -1467,16 +1538,16 @@
 <br />makeglossaries myDoc
 <br />pdflatex myDoc
</div>
- <!--l. 789--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
- <!--l. 792--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a
+ <!--l. 808--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
+ <!--l. 811--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-4107"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-4117"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-4108"></a>), any of the commands
+ id="dx1-4118"></a>), any of the commands
that would typically index the entry (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span
@@ -1484,10 +1555,10 @@
will add a <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record </span>entry to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. <a
- id="dx1-4109"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4119"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4110"></a></a> can then
+ id="dx1-4120"></a></a> can then
read these lines to find out which entries have been used. (Remember
that commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>don’t index, so any use of these
@@ -1501,24 +1572,93 @@
details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
+ id="styopt.equations"></a><span
+class="cmssbx-10">equations</span><a
+ id="dx1-4121"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
+ automatically switch to <span
+class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
+ id="dx1-4122"></a> when inside a numbered equation
+ environment, such as <span
+class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
+ id="dx1-4123"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4124"></a> or <span
+class="cmss-10">align</span><a
+ id="dx1-4125"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4126"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
+ with <span
+class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
+ id="dx1-4127"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as
+ usual.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<a
+ id="styopt.floats"></a><span
+class="cmssbx-10">floats</span><a
+ id="dx1-4128"></a> </dt><dd
+class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
+ automatically switch to the corresponding counter when inside a floating
+ environment, such as <span
+class="cmss-10">figure</span><a
+ id="dx1-4129"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4130"></a> or <span
+class="cmss-10">table</span><a
+ id="dx1-4131"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4132"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
+ with <span
+class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
+ id="dx1-4133"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as
+ usual. Remember that within floats it’s the <span
+class="cmtt-10">\caption </span>command that
+ actually uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>, so indexing before the caption will
+ result in the wrong reference. The commands for use in captions and
+ sections, such as <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>and <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>, don’t index. (See <a
+href="#sec:headtitle"><span
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>4
+ </a><a
+href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a>). You may
+ want to consider using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>after the caption (not before). For
+ example:
+
+
+
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
+ \begin{figure}[htbp]
+  <br />  \centering
+  <br />  \includegraphics{example-image}
+  <br />  \caption{Sample \glsfmttext{foobar} figure}
+  <br />  \glsadd{foobar}
+  <br />\end{figure}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 847--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<a
id="styopt.indexcounter"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">indexcounter</span><a
- id="dx1-4111"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-4134"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">(New to v1.29.) This option (which doesn’t take a value) is primarily
intended for use with <a
- id="dx1-4112"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4135"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4113"></a> (v1.4+) and <span
+ id="dx1-4136"></a></a> (v1.4+) and <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-4114"></a>. It can be used
+ id="dx1-4137"></a>. It can be used
with <a
- id="dx1-4115"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4138"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4116"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4139"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> but it will interfere with the <a
- id="dx1-4117"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4140"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>
collation, so you won’t have ranges and you’ll have duplicate page numbers
present (but each page number will link to the relevant part of the page
@@ -1527,43 +1667,43 @@
href="#styopt.counter"><span
class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4118"></a>.
- <!--l. 811--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span
+ id="dx1-4141"></a>.
+ <!--l. 858--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4119"></a> and adding <span
+ id="dx1-4142"></a> and adding <span
class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a
- id="dx1-4120"></a>. This can
+ id="dx1-4143"></a>. This can
cause a problem if the indexing occurs in an <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4121"></a><a
- id="dx1-4122"></a> environment as <span
+ id="dx1-4144"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4145"></a> environment as <span
class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a
- id="dx1-4123"></a>
+ id="dx1-4146"></a>
forbids multiple occurrences of <span
class="cmtt-10">\label </span>(resulting in the “Multiple <span
class="cmtt-10">\label</span>’s”
error). It’s best to change the counter to <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-4124"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-4147"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-4125"></a> when in maths mode
+ id="dx1-4148"></a> when in maths mode
with this option. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
\renewcommand{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
 <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
 <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
 <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
</div>
- <!--l. 824--><p class="nopar" > </div>
- </p><!--l. 825--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 827--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span
+ <!--l. 871--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+ </p><!--l. 872--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 874--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-4126"></a>), the page numbers in <a
- id="dx1-4127"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4149"></a>), the page numbers in <a
+ id="dx1-4150"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number lists</a> link back to the
top of the relevant page (provided the format uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span>). The
@@ -1570,10 +1710,10 @@
<a
href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4128"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where
+ id="dx1-4151"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where
the indexing occurred. It does this by creating a new counter (called <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4129"></a>)
+ id="dx1-4152"></a>)
that’s incremented with <span
class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>every time an entry is indexed (but
not via cross-referencing commands, such as <span
@@ -1584,61 +1724,61 @@
class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span>. The location, as seen by the indexing application, is
the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4130"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page
+ id="dx1-4153"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page
reference when <a
- id="dx1-4131"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all
+ id="dx1-4154"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all
entries and is incremented every time any indexing occurs, neither
<a
- id="dx1-4132"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4155"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> nor <a
- id="dx1-4133"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4156"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> can correctly collate the lists. For example, if the first
term to be referenced is indexed three times on page 5 without any
intervening terms then the actual locations obtained from <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4134"></a>
+ id="dx1-4157"></a>
will be 1, 2 and 3, which <a
- id="dx1-4135"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4158"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and <a
- id="dx1-4136"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4159"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>will try to form into
the range 1–3, but they should actually all simply appear as page 5,
whereas it can actually end up with 5–5. Conversely, a range may not be
formed where it would naturally occur if just the <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-4137"></a> counter was
+ id="dx1-4160"></a> counter was
used.
- </p><!--l. 851--><p class="noindent" >Since <a
- id="dx1-4138"></a><a
+ </p><!--l. 898--><p class="noindent" >Since <a
+ id="dx1-4161"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4139"></a></a> is designed specifically to work with <span
+ id="dx1-4162"></a></a> is designed specifically to work with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>,
<a
- id="dx1-4140"></a><span
+ id="dx1-4163"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4141"></a> (v1.4+) will check for <span
+ id="dx1-4164"></a> (v1.4+) will check for <span
class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4142"></a> locations. If the default
+ id="dx1-4165"></a> locations. If the default
<span
class="cmtt-10">--merge-wrglossary-records </span>is on, then any records for the same page
for a given entry will be merged. In the above example with three
references on page 5, only a single record for page 5 for that entry will be
added to the <a
- id="dx1-4143"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on
+ id="dx1-4166"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on
that page. Whereas if you use the <span
class="cmtt-10">--no-merge-wrglossary-records</span>
switch, the <a
- id="dx1-4144"></a>number list will contain three instance of page 5, with
+ id="dx1-4167"></a>number list will contain three instance of page 5, with
each linking to the corresponding place on that page. In both cases,
consecutive pages can form ranges, but it may look strange in the second
case.
- </p><!--l. 864--><p class="noindent" >See the <a
- id="dx1-4145"></a><span
+ </p><!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" >See the <a
+ id="dx1-4168"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4146"></a> documentation for the <span
+ id="dx1-4169"></a> documentation for the <span
class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter </span>resource option
for more details.
@@ -1648,7 +1788,7 @@
<a
id="styopt.docdef"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">docdef</span><a
- id="dx1-4147"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-4170"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This option governs the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. It was originally a
boolean option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of the following
@@ -1657,10 +1797,10 @@
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4149"></a> is not permitted in the <span
+ id="dx1-4172"></a> is not permitted in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4150"></a><a
- id="dx1-4151"></a> environment
+ id="dx1-4173"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4174"></a> environment
(default).
</li>
<li class="itemize"><span
@@ -1668,8 +1808,8 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
That is, where its use is permitted in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4153"></a><a
- id="dx1-4154"></a> environment, it
+ id="dx1-4176"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4177"></a> environment, it
uses the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>temporary file to store the entry definitions so
that on the next <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
@@ -1676,8 +1816,8 @@
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run the entries are defined at the beginning
of the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4155"></a><a
- id="dx1-4156"></a> environment. This allows the entry information
+ id="dx1-4178"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4179"></a> environment. This allows the entry information
to be referenced in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs before
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. (For example, when the glossary is displayed in
@@ -1686,31 +1826,31 @@
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run has drawbacks that are detailed in the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user
manual.
- <!--l. 888--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span
+ <!--l. 935--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>wouldn’t be allowed in the
<span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4157"></a><a
- id="dx1-4158"></a> environment with the base <span
+ id="dx1-4180"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4181"></a> environment with the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, then it still
won’t be allowed with <a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4159"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the
+ id="dx1-4182"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the
end of the document, consider using <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4160"></a> instead.
+ id="dx1-4183"></a> instead.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">(new to version 1.06) <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4162"></a> is permitted in the
+ id="dx1-4185"></a> is permitted in the
<span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4163"></a><a
- id="dx1-4164"></a> environment without using the <span
+ id="dx1-4186"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4187"></a> environment without using the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file. This means
that all entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed, but
it avoids the complications associated with saving the entry details
@@ -1719,15 +1859,15 @@
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ mechanism
(that is, the comma and equal sign) and any <a
- id="dx1-4165"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4188"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4166"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4189"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>
character that occurs in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-4167"></a> key or label. If any of those characters
+ id="dx1-4190"></a> key or label. If any of those characters
are made active in the document, then it can cause problems with
the entry definition. This option will allow <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to
@@ -1735,12 +1875,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>, but note that
<span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>remains a preamble-only command.
- <!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been
+ <!--l. 958--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been
defined, an error will occur (or a warning if the <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-4168"></a>
+ id="dx1-4191"></a>
option is used.) If you edit your document and either remove an entry
or change its label, you may need to delete the document’s temporary
files (such as the <span
@@ -1751,7 +1891,7 @@
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4170"></a> but
+ id="dx1-4193"></a> but
creates the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file for <a
href="https://atom.io/packages/autocomplete-glossaries" >atom’s autocomplete support</a>. This file
@@ -1765,22 +1905,22 @@
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4171"></a>, entries may
+ id="dx1-4194"></a>, entries may
be defined in the preamble or anywhere in the document, but they
may only be referenced after they have been defined. Entries must
be defined before the associated glossary is displayed.
</li></ul>
- <!--l. 932--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>within the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4172"></a><a
- id="dx1-4173"></a>
+ id="dx1-4195"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4196"></a>
environment (when used with <a
- id="dx1-4174"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4197"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-4175"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4198"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>) but the user manual warns
against this usage. By default the <span
@@ -1789,13 +1929,13 @@
allowing definitions within the preamble. If you are really determined to define
entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-4176"></a><a
- id="dx1-4177"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you
+ id="dx1-4199"></a><a
+ id="dx1-4200"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you
can restore this with <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4178"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the
+ id="dx1-4201"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the
prohibitions that the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has in certain circumstances (for
example, when using “option 1”). See the <span
@@ -1805,14 +1945,14 @@
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a
- id="dx1-4179"></a>. Only use <a
+ id="dx1-4202"></a>. Only use <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4180"></a> if document definitions
+ id="dx1-4203"></a> if document definitions
are necessary and one or more of the glossaries occurs in the front
matter.
- </p><!--l. 949--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span
+ </p><!--l. 996--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>, such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, but not the “on-the-fly” commands described in <a
@@ -1824,7 +1964,7 @@
<a
id="styopt.nomissingglstext"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nomissingglstext</span><a
- id="dx1-4181"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-4204"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the
warning written to the transcript and the warning text that will appear
in the document if the external glossary files haven’t been generated
@@ -1835,7 +1975,7 @@
<a
id="styopt.abbreviations"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-4182"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-4205"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This option has no value and can’t be cancelled. If used, it will
automatically create a new glossary with the label <span
class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and
@@ -1842,14 +1982,14 @@
redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype </span>to this label. In addition, it defines a shortcut
command
- <!--l. 967--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 1014--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printabbreviations</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-4183"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-4206"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printabbreviations[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1016--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -1861,51 +2001,51 @@
</div>
</div> The title of the new glossary is given by
- <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\abbreviationsname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-4184"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-4207"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 977--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" >
If this command is already defined, it’s left unchanged. Otherwise it’s defined
to “Abbreviations” if <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-4185"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span
+ id="dx1-4208"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>if
<span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-4186"></a> has been loaded. However, if you’re using <span
+ id="dx1-4209"></a> has been loaded. However, if you’re using <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-4187"></a> it’s likely you
+ id="dx1-4210"></a> it’s likely you
will need to change this. (See <a
href="#sec:lang"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a
href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a> for further
details.)
- </p><!--l. 984--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a
+ </p><!--l. 1031--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a
href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4188"></a> package option, the <span
+ id="dx1-4211"></a> package option, the <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span>
command won’t be defined (unless it’s defined by an included language file).
</div>
- </p><!--l. 988--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
+ </p><!--l. 1035--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4189"></a> option is used and the <a
+ id="dx1-4212"></a> option is used and the <a
href="#styopt.acronym"><span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4190"></a> option provided by the
+ id="dx1-4213"></a> option provided by the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package hasn’t been used, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-4191"></a> will be set to
+ id="dx1-4214"></a> will be set to
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span><a
- id="dx1-4192"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span
+ id="dx1-4215"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-4193"></a> can be added
+ id="dx1-4216"></a> can be added
to the list of abbreviations. If you want acronyms in the <span
class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary and
other abbreviations in the <span
@@ -1917,15 +2057,15 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
\renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{main}
</div>
- <!--l. 1000--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 1002--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span
+ <!--l. 1047--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 1049--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <a
href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span
class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4194"></a>
+ id="dx1-4217"></a>
option (or associated commands) as the abbreviation mechanism is handled
differently with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>.
@@ -1933,13 +2073,13 @@
<a
id="styopt.symbols"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-4195"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-4218"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This is passed to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define
- <!--l. 1009--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 1056--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-4196"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-4219"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -1948,7 +2088,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1058--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -1968,7 +2108,7 @@
</div>
</div> Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-4197"></a> key is set to the ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-4220"></a> key is set to the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ not the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">symbol</span>⟩ as the symbol will
likely contain commands.
@@ -1976,19 +2116,19 @@
<a
id="styopt.numbers"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a
- id="dx1-4198"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-4221"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This is passed to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define
- <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 1069--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-4199"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-4222"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1071--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -2011,7 +2151,7 @@
<a
id="styopt.shortcuts"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a
- id="dx1-4200"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-4223"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Unlike the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn’t
boolean but has multiple values:
@@ -2023,11 +2163,11 @@
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-4201"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4224"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a
- id="dx1-4202"></a>): set the shortcuts provided
+ id="dx1-4225"></a>): set the shortcuts provided
by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for acronyms (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>). Note that the
@@ -2043,13 +2183,13 @@
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-4203"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4226"></a>.
</li>
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-4204"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span
+ id="dx1-4227"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for
acronyms (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>) but uses the <span
@@ -2066,11 +2206,11 @@
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-4205"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4228"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a
- id="dx1-4206"></a>):
+ id="dx1-4229"></a>):
set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span
@@ -2084,7 +2224,7 @@
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=other</span><a
- id="dx1-4207"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut
+ id="dx1-4230"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut
commands for abbreviations or the acronym shortcuts provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The “other” shortcuts are:
@@ -2091,28 +2231,28 @@
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmtt-10">\newentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4208"></a> equivalent to <span
+ id="dx1-4231"></a> equivalent to <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-4209"></a>
+ id="dx1-4232"></a>
</li>
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmtt-10">\newsym</span><a
- id="dx1-4210"></a> equivalent to <span
+ id="dx1-4233"></a> equivalent to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-4211"></a> (see the <a
+ id="dx1-4234"></a> (see the <a
href="#styopt.symbols"><span
class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4212"></a>
+ id="dx1-4235"></a>
option).
</li>
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmtt-10">\newnum</span><a
- id="dx1-4213"></a> equivalent to <span
+ id="dx1-4236"></a> equivalent to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a
- id="dx1-4214"></a> (see the <a
+ id="dx1-4237"></a> (see the <a
href="#styopt.numbers"><span
class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4215"></a>
+ id="dx1-4238"></a>
option).</li></ul>
</li>
<li class="itemize"><a
@@ -2119,75 +2259,75 @@
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=all</span><a
- id="dx1-4216"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4239"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-4217"></a>): implements <a
+ id="dx1-4240"></a>): implements <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-4218"></a>,
+ id="dx1-4241"></a>,
<a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-4219"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-4242"></a> and <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=other</span><a
- id="dx1-4220"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4243"></a>.
</li>
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=none</span><a
- id="dx1-4221"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-4244"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
- id="dx1-4222"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut
+ id="dx1-4245"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut
commands (default).</li></ul>
- <!--l. 1076--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a
+ <!--l. 1123--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4223"></a> option <span
+ id="dx1-4246"></a> option <span
class="cmti-10">within the same option</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">list </span>will override each other.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1080--><p class="indent" > After the <span
+<!--l. 1127--><p class="indent" > After the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has been loaded, you can set available options
using
-</p><!--l. 1082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glossariesextrasetup</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-4224"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-4247"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1084--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1131--><p class="noindent" >
The <a
href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4225"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-4248"></a> and <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4226"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally,
+ id="dx1-4249"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally,
<a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a
- id="dx1-4227"></a> can’t be used after <span
+ id="dx1-4250"></a> can’t be used after <span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-4228"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4251"></a>.
</p>
-<!--l. 1089--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 1089--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1136--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 1136--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a
id="sec:modifications"></a>Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles</h2>
-</p><!--l. 1092--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1139--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
id="dx1-5001"></a> which may be used in the <span
@@ -2196,12 +2336,12 @@
to suppress the post-description hook. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another
command
-</p><!--l. 1096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-5003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1098--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1145--><p class="noindent" >
which has a similar function but only suppresses the post-description punctuation. It
doesn’t suppress the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>which allows the use of
@@ -2213,12 +2353,12 @@
post-description hook can counter-act the effect of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span>
using
-</p><!--l. 1107--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-5004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1109--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1156--><p class="noindent" >
These commands have no effect outside of the glossary (except with standalone
entries that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span>and <span
@@ -2227,9 +2367,9 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.3
</a><a
href="#sec:glossentry">Standalone Entry Items<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glossentry --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 1114--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1161--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
-</p><!--l. 1115--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsseeitemformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-5005"></a> <span
@@ -2236,7 +2376,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" >
to format items in a cross-reference list (identified with the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-5006"></a> key or <span
@@ -2270,33 +2410,45 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%
 <br /> \ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsaccesstext{#1}}{\glsaccessname{#1}}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1136--><p class="nopar" > If you want to restore the <span
+<!--l. 1183--><p class="nopar" > If you want to restore the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0+ definition just do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1140--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1142--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span
+<!--l. 1187--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
+ id="dx1-5011"></a> package provides <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span><a
+ id="dx1-5012"></a> and its case-changing
+variants that may be used within the definition of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>if required.
+These display the hierarchy for sub-entries rather than just the name, which may be
+more helpful in cross-references. See <a
+href="#sec:see"><span
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a
+href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for
+further details.
+</p><!--l. 1195--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to automatically produce an error if an entry is
undefined (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a
- id="dx1-5011"></a>) are changed to take the <a
+ id="dx1-5013"></a>) are changed to take the <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><a
- id="dx1-5012"></a> option into
+ id="dx1-5014"></a> option into
account.
-</p><!--l. 1146--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1199--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-5013"></a><span
+ id="dx1-5015"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>command now (as from v1.11) has a starred
@@ -2304,7 +2456,7 @@
be used with the <a
href="#catattr.targeturl"><span
class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a
- id="dx1-5014"></a> attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See <a
+ id="dx1-5016"></a> attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5
</a><a
@@ -2312,22 +2464,22 @@
check that the glossary doesn’t already exist. (The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package omits this
check.)
-</p><!--l. 1155--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
-</p><!--l. 1156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1208--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
+</p><!--l. 1209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\provideignoredglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-5015"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-5017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1158--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1211--><p class="noindent" >
which will only define the glossary if it doesn’t already exist. This also has a starred
version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 1163--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span
+</p><!--l. 1216--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-5016"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-5018"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-5017"></a>
+ id="dx1-5019"></a>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have two extra keys:
</p>
@@ -2334,7 +2486,7 @@
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">target</span><a
- id="dx1-5018"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic
+ id="dx1-5020"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic
hypertarget for each entry. Unlike <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span>this doesn’t switch
off hyperlinks, so any cross-references within the glossary won’t be affected.
@@ -2343,7 +2495,7 @@
</li>
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span><a
- id="dx1-5019"></a><span
+ id="dx1-5021"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Another way of avoiding duplicate target names
@@ -2354,7 +2506,7 @@
</li>
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-5020"></a><span
+ id="dx1-5022"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If you do actually want to locally change <span
@@ -2361,17 +2513,20 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span>,
you can use the <span
class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-5021"></a> key instead. You need to use the matching <span
+ id="dx1-5023"></a> key instead. You need to use the matching <span
class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-5022"></a>
+ id="dx1-5024"></a>
key in commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1186--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 1239--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command has three new keys: </p>
+
+
+
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-5023"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this
+ id="dx1-5025"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this
is <span
class="cmtt-10">general</span>. See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
@@ -2378,12 +2533,9 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further information about categories.
</li>
-
-
-
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-5024"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a
+ id="dx1-5026"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a
href="#sec:alias"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.4 </a><a
href="#sec:alias">Entry
@@ -2391,32 +2543,32 @@
</li>
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-5025"></a>, which performs much like <span
+ id="dx1-5027"></a>, which performs much like <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-5026"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and
+ id="dx1-5028"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and
“see also” treatment. See <a
href="#sec:see"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a
href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for
further details.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1198--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span
+<!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span
class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a mixture of
<span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-5027"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-5029"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-5028"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-5030"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-5029"></a> keys for use with minimal working examples. There are also
+ id="dx1-5031"></a> keys for use with minimal working examples. There are also
<span
class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.bib </span>files that correspond to each <span
class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex</span>
file for testing <a
- id="dx1-5030"></a><a
+ id="dx1-5032"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5031"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1205--><p class="indent" > The <span
+ id="dx1-5033"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1258--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>command now has a starred version (as from v1.12)
that doesn’t automatically insert
@@ -2423,14 +2575,14 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
\leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc
</div>
-<!--l. 1209--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
-</p><!--l. 1211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 1262--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
+</p><!--l. 1264--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-5032"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-5034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry*{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -2440,19 +2592,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1213--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1266--><p class="noindent" >
The <span
class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-5033"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-5035"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 1217--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
+</p><!--l. 1270--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
trailing space and suppresses the post-description hook) but instead uses:
-</p><!--l. 1220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-5034"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-5036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1222--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" >
This can be redefined to allow the post-description hook to work but retain the
<span
class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example:
@@ -2460,44 +2612,44 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlongdescription}{\leavevmode\unskip}
</div>
-<!--l. 1228--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
+<!--l. 1281--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
suppress the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 1232--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span
+</p><!--l. 1285--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5035"></a> package’s treatment of the
+ id="dx1-5037"></a> package’s treatment of the
<span
class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-5036"></a> key. Since a plural description doesn’t make much sense for
+ id="dx1-5038"></a> key. Since a plural description doesn’t make much sense for
multi-paragraph descriptions, the default behaviour with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-5037"></a>’s
+ id="dx1-5039"></a>’s
<span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>is to simply leave the plural description unset
unless explicitly set using the <span
class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-5038"></a> key. The <span
+ id="dx1-5040"></a> key. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries.sty </span>version
of this command sets the description’s plural form to the same as the
singular.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-5039f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 1247--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span
+ id="x1-5041f1"></a>
+</p><!--l. 1300--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span>
to the description’s plural form.
-</p><!--l. 1250--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1303--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a
- id="dx1-5045"></a> command (defined through the <a
+ id="dx1-5047"></a> command (defined through the <a
href="#styopt.index"><span
class="cmss-10">index</span></a><a
- id="dx1-5046"></a> package option) is modified
+ id="dx1-5048"></a> package option) is modified
so that the category defaults to <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-5047"></a>. The <span
+ id="dx1-5049"></a>. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-5048"></a> command is modified
+ id="dx1-5050"></a> command is modified
to use the new abbreviation interface provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
href="#sec:abbreviations"><span
@@ -2504,16 +2656,16 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>3
</a><a
href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 1256--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1309--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>command now has an optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 1257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-5049"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-5051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1312--><p class="noindent" >
If ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is empty, <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in the
@@ -2521,22 +2673,22 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, otherwise ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ can be a comma-separated list of glossaries that
need processing with an external indexing application.
-</p><!--l. 1265--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a
+</p><!--l. 1318--><p class="indent" > This command is not permitted with the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-5050"></a> package option. Without
+ id="dx1-5052"></a> package option. Without
the optional argument, it’s permitted with <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-5051"></a>. With the optional
+ id="dx1-5053"></a>. With the optional
argument, it’s only permitted with the default <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=off</span><a
- id="dx1-5052"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1270--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span
+ id="dx1-5054"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1323--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for those glossaries listed in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩
and <span
@@ -2543,22 +2695,22 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for the other glossaries. (See the accompanying file
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-mixedsort.tex </span>for an example.)
-</p><!--l. 1275--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 1328--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩, you can’t define entries in the document
(even with the <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a
- id="dx1-5053"></a> option). </div>
-</p><!--l. 1278--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1280--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a
- id="dx1-5054"></a><a
+ id="dx1-5055"></a> option). </div>
+</p><!--l. 1331--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1333--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a
+ id="dx1-5056"></a><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> or at least version 1.3 of
the Lua alternative <a
- id="dx1-5055"></a><a
+ id="dx1-5057"></a><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-5056"></a></a> (both distributed with <span
+ id="dx1-5058"></a></a> (both distributed with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.27) to
allow for this use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>⟨<span
@@ -2566,19 +2718,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>. Alternatively, use the <a
href="#styopt.automake"><span
class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a
- id="dx1-5057"></a>
+ id="dx1-5059"></a>
option.
</p>
-<!--l. 1286--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1339--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a
id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 1289--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span
+<!--l. 1342--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>where the mandatory
argument is a comma-separated list of labels:
-</p><!--l. 1292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaddeach</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-6001"></a> <span
@@ -2587,7 +2739,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1294--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1347--><p class="noindent" >
This simply iterates over ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ and does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[</span>⟨<span
@@ -2596,7 +2748,91 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>for each entry in the
list.
-</p><!--l. 1298--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1351--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>
+automatically use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>with specific options when a given format is used
+(identified with <span
+class="cmtt-10">format={</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>in the optional argument of the corresponding
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>etc).
+</p><!--l. 1356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-6002"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format list</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">glsadd options</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1358--><p class="noindent" >
+The optional argument ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ defaults to <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>and indicates the label to use in
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>and so needs to be expandable. The ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">format list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of
+format values that will trigger the automated adding. The ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">glsadd options</span>⟩ are
+the options to pass to <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>with <span
+class="cmtt-10">format={</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>prepended to the
+list.
+</p><!--l. 1366--><p class="indent" > For example, with:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
+\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat{hyperbf}{counter=chapter}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1369--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
+\glsadd[format=hyperbf,counter=chapter]{sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1373--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include
+them in ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">format list</span>⟩ (in which case, be sure to add both the start and end
+formats).
+</p><!--l. 1378--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
+\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[dual.\glslabel]{hyperbf}{}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1381--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will now be equivalent to:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
+\glsadd[format=hyperbf]{dual.sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1386--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1388--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat </span>is not applied to <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>as it could cause an infinite
+loop. </div>
+</p><!--l. 1391--><p class="noindent" >
+The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides extra keys for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and
<span
@@ -2604,7 +2840,7 @@
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">noindex</span><a
- id="dx1-6002"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-6003"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This is a boolean key. If true, this suppresses the indexing. (That is,
it prevents <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or whatever from adding a line to the external glossary
@@ -2611,34 +2847,34 @@
file.) This is more useful than the <a
href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-6003"></a> package option provided
+ id="dx1-6004"></a> package option provided
by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, as the <a
- id="dx1-6004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-6005"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> might not be the most pertinent use. (If you
want to apply <a
href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-6005"></a> to selected entries, rather than all of them, you
+ id="dx1-6006"></a> to selected entries, rather than all of them, you
can use the <a
href="#catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-6006"></a> attribute, see <a
+ id="dx1-6007"></a> attribute, see <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.)
Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
- id="dx1-6007"></a> key isn’t available for <span
+ id="dx1-6008"></a> key isn’t available for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-6008"></a> (and <span
+ id="dx1-6009"></a> (and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a
- id="dx1-6009"></a>)
+ id="dx1-6010"></a>)
since the whole purpose of that command is to index an entry.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a
- id="dx1-6010"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-6011"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">(New to v1.14.) This is may only take the values <span
class="cmss-10">before </span>or <span
class="cmss-10">after</span>. By
@@ -2655,20 +2891,20 @@
doesn’t have an effect if the indexing has been suppressed through other
settings (such as <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
- id="dx1-6011"></a>).
- <!--l. 1328--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
- </p><!--l. 1329--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-6012"></a>).
+ <!--l. 1422--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
+ </p><!--l. 1423--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-6012"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-6013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1331--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1425--><p class="noindent" >
which is defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrinitwrgloss}{%
 <br /> \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{wrgloss}{after}%
 <br /> {%
@@ -2679,31 +2915,31 @@
 <br /> }%
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 1343--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
- </p><!--l. 1345--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 1437--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
+ </p><!--l. 1439--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-6013"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-6014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1347--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1441--><p class="noindent" >
which is used to determine where to perform the indexing.
- </p><!--l. 1350--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a
+ </p><!--l. 1444--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a
href="#catattr.wrgloss"><span
class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span></a><a
- id="dx1-6014"></a> attribute to <span
+ id="dx1-6015"></a> attribute to <span
class="cmss-10">after </span>to automatically use this
as the default for entries with that category attribute. (Note that adding
<span
class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a
- id="dx1-6015"></a> to the default options in <span
+ id="dx1-6016"></a> to the default options in <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a
- id="dx1-6016"></a> will override
+ id="dx1-6017"></a> will override
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span>.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a
- id="dx1-6017"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-6018"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">(New to v1.21.) This is a boolean key. The default is <span
class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=true</span>,
which puts the hyperlink outside <span
@@ -2744,11 +2980,11 @@
</div> You can use the <a
href="#catattr.hyperoutside"><span
class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span></a><a
- id="dx1-6018"></a> category attribute to set the default for a
+ id="dx1-6019"></a> category attribute to set the default for a
given category. This can be combined with the use of the <a
href="#catattr.textformat"><span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a
- id="dx1-6019"></a>
+ id="dx1-6020"></a>
attribute to counteract any interference caused by <span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span>. For
example:
@@ -2755,10 +2991,10 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
\glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{hyperoutside}{false}
</div>
- <!--l. 1377--><p class="nopar" > will set <span
+ <!--l. 1471--><p class="nopar" > will set <span
class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=false </span>for all entries that are assigned to the category
<span
class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and
@@ -2766,10 +3002,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
\glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{textformat}{mathrel}
</div>
- <!--l. 1382--><p class="nopar" > will use <span
+ <!--l. 1476--><p class="nopar" > will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\mathrel </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>resulting in: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -2786,12 +3022,12 @@
</div>
</div> for entries with the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-6020"></a> key set to <span
+ id="dx1-6021"></a> key set to <span
class="cmtt-10">mathrelation</span>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a
- id="dx1-6021"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-6022"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The
command formed from this name must exist and must take one argument.
(Use <span
@@ -2798,11 +3034,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">relax </span>for default behaviour.) If set, this overrides the <a
href="#catattr.textformat"><span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a
- id="dx1-6022"></a>
+ id="dx1-6023"></a>
attribute and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span>. See the <span
class="cmss-10">soul</span><a
- id="dx1-6023"></a> example in <a
+ id="dx1-6024"></a> example in <a
href="#sec:glsunset"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">First Use
@@ -2810,106 +3046,110 @@
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-6024"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-6025"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Locally redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span><a
- id="dx1-6025"></a> to the given value. It should match the
+ id="dx1-6026"></a> to the given value. It should match the
prefix for the desired glossary.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">thevalue</span><a
- id="dx1-6026"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-6027"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Explicitly set the location to this value (see below).
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">theHvalue</span><a
- id="dx1-6027"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-6028"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Set the corresponding hyperlink location (see below).
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1409--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
+<!--l. 1503--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
external glossary files:
-</p><!--l. 1411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1505--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-6028"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-6029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1507--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined.
(See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses
this hook to determine which entries haven’t been indexed.)
-</p><!--l. 1420--><p class="indent" > There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options
+</p><!--l. 1514--><p class="indent" > There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options
are set by the <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands:
-</p><!--l. 1423--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-6029"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-6030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1425--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" >
(The base package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-6030"></a> that’s used immediately after the
+ id="dx1-6031"></a> that’s used immediately after the
options are set.)
-</p><!--l. 1429--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span
+</p><!--l. 1523--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 1430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaddpresetkeys</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-6031"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-6032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpresetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1432--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1526--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 1434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaddpostsetkeys</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-6032"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-6033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpostsetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1436--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1530--><p class="noindent" >
For example, to default to using the <span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-6033"></a> counter in maths mode:
+ id="dx1-6034"></a> counter in maths mode:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
\renewcommand{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
 <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
 <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
 <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
</div>
-<!--l. 1444--><p class="nopar" > (This can be overridden with an explicit use of <span
+<!--l. 1538--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span
class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-6034"></a> in the optional argument
-of <span
+ id="dx1-6035"></a> in the
+optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>.) Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option
-argument):
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. (As from version 1.37, a simpler method is to
+just use the <a
+href="#styopt.equations"><span
+class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><a
+ id="dx1-6036"></a> package option.)
+</p><!--l. 1544--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
\renewcommand{\glslinkpostsetkeys}{%
 <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
 <br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpostsetkeys}{%
 <br /> \ifmmode \setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
</div>
-<!--l. 1454--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1456--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span
+<!--l. 1551--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1553--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
- id="dx1-6035"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-6037"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a
- id="dx1-6036"></a>.
+ id="dx1-6038"></a>.
These keys are designed for manually adding explicit locations rather than obtaining
the value from the associated counter. As from version 1.19, these two keys are also
available for commands like <span
@@ -2916,30 +3156,30 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
- id="dx1-6037"></a> keys is intended
+ id="dx1-6039"></a> keys is intended
primarily for adding locations in supplementary material that can’t be obtained from
a counter.
-</p><!--l. 1465--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span
+</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
- id="dx1-6038"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span
+ id="dx1-6040"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span
class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a
- id="dx1-6039"></a> can
+ id="dx1-6041"></a> can
be used to extract a prefix value for the first argument of commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><a
- id="dx1-6040"></a>. Its value must be in the format ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-6042"></a>. Its value must be in the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩. In general,
there’s little need for this key as the prefix is typically associated with a counter that
can be used to form hypertargets.
-</p><!--l. 1473--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+</p><!--l. 1570--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
- id="dx1-6041"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application
+ id="dx1-6043"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application
that will accept the given value. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1476--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1478--><p class="indent" > For example, <span
+</p><!--l. 1573--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1575--><p class="indent" > For example, <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-6042"></a> will only accept locations in the form [⟨<span
+ id="dx1-6044"></a> will only accept locations in the form [⟨<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmti-10">sep</span>⟩]*⟨<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩
@@ -2952,38 +3192,38 @@
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor</span>). This means that <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-6043"></a> won’t accept, for
+ id="dx1-6045"></a> won’t accept, for
example,
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
\glsadd[thevalue={Supplementary Material}]{sample}
</div>
-<!--l. 1488--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a
- id="dx1-6044"></a><a
+<!--l. 1585--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a
+ id="dx1-6046"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-6045"></a></a>, since it will allow any location and
+ id="dx1-6047"></a></a>, since it will allow any location and
will only try forming ranges if the location matches any of its numerical patterns.
In the case of <span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-6046"></a>, you’ll need to add a rule that can match the value.
+ id="dx1-6048"></a>, you’ll need to add a rule that can match the value.
If you’re using <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-6047"></a>, you may need to use the <span
+ id="dx1-6049"></a>, you may need to use the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-6048"></a> key to prevent a
+ id="dx1-6050"></a> key to prevent a
hyperlink if one can’t naturally be formed from the prefix, counter and location
value.
-</p><!--l. 1497--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span
+</p><!--l. 1594--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span
class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
@@ -2994,10 +3234,10 @@
 <br />\gls{sample}.
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 1512--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
+<!--l. 1609--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
location in the glossary. Then this can be done by setting <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
- id="dx1-6049"></a> to <span
+ id="dx1-6051"></a> to <span
class="cmtt-10">S.2</span>. For
example:
@@ -3004,7 +3244,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\makeglossaries
@@ -3015,38 +3255,38 @@
 <br />\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 1531--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span
+<!--l. 1628--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-6050"></a> as it’s in the form ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-6052"></a> as it’s in the form ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmti-10">sep</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 1535--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
+</p><!--l. 1632--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
<a
href="#catattr.externallocation"><span
class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a
- id="dx1-6051"></a> attribute to the location of the PDF file. For example:
+ id="dx1-6053"></a> attribute to the location of the PDF file. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
\glssetcategoryattribute{supplemental}{externallocation}{suppl.pdf}
 <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,
 <br /> name={sample},description={an example}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1543--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span
+<!--l. 1640--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span
class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
\glsadd[thevalue={S.2},format=glsxtrsupphypernumber]{sample}
</div>
-<!--l. 1547--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span
+<!--l. 1644--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-6052"></a> package. Remember that the counter
+ id="dx1-6054"></a> package. Remember that the counter
used for the location also needs to match. If <span
class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ is defined in the other
@@ -3053,21 +3293,21 @@
document and doesn’t match in the referencing document, then you need to use
<span
class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a
- id="dx1-6053"></a> to set the appropriate value. See the accompanying sample files
+ id="dx1-6055"></a> to set the appropriate value. See the accompanying sample files
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.tex </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.tex </span>for an example that uses
<span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-6054"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1557--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span
+ id="dx1-6056"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1654--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span
class="cmti-10">may not </span>take you to the
relevant place in the external PDF file <span
class="cmti-10">depending on your PDF viewer</span>. Some may not
support external links, and some may take you to the first page or last visited page.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1564--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span
+</p><!--l. 1659--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.pdf </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf</span>
are in the same directory, then viewing <span
@@ -3075,27 +3315,27 @@
take you to the correct location in the linked document (when you click on the S.2
external link), but Okular will take you to the top of the first page of the linked
document.
-</p><!--l. 1571--><p class="indent" > This method can only be used where there is one external source for the
+</p><!--l. 1668--><p class="indent" > This method can only be used where there is one external source for the
designated category (identified by the <a
href="#catattr.externallocation"><span
class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a
- id="dx1-6055"></a> attribute). For multiple
+ id="dx1-6057"></a> attribute). For multiple
sources, you need to use <a
- id="dx1-6056"></a><a
+ id="dx1-6058"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-6057"></a></a> version 1.7+, which is the better method in
+ id="dx1-6059"></a></a> version 1.7+, which is the better method in
general as it can automatically fetch the relevant locations from the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>files
of the designated external documents without the need to explicitly use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1579--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1676--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1579--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1676--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a
id="sec:see"></a>Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</h3>
-<!--l. 1582--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span
+<!--l. 1679--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-7001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>,
@@ -3122,9 +3362,9 @@
id="dx1-7008"></a><a
id="dx1-7009"></a> environment on the next
run.
-</p><!--l. 1595--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span
+</p><!--l. 1692--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to provide
-</p><!--l. 1596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1693--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7010"></a> <span
@@ -3132,13 +3372,13 @@
-</p><!--l. 1598--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1695--><p class="noindent" >
which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused
cross-references unless the package option <a
href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a
id="dx1-7011"></a> was set to false.
-</p><!--l. 1603--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span
+</p><!--l. 1700--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-7012"></a> key will now work for entries
defined in the <span
@@ -3167,9 +3407,9 @@
id="dx1-7019"></a>
value to be stored even though it may not be possible to index it at that
point.
-</p><!--l. 1614--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
+</p><!--l. 1711--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
entry using
-</p><!--l. 1616--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusesee</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7020"></a> <span
@@ -3176,9 +3416,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1618--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1715--><p class="noindent" >
This internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1620--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7021"></a> <span
@@ -3187,7 +3427,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1622--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1719--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ are obtained from the value of the entry’s <span
@@ -3209,23 +3449,191 @@
id="dx1-7024"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 1631--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a
- id="dx1-7025"></a>number list using <a
+</p><!--l. 1728--><p class="indent" > As with the base <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-7025"></a> package, <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is defined to do <span
+class="cmtt-10">\emph{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The third argument is always ignored and is present for
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
+ id="dx1-7026"></a>, which always requires a final argument to encapsulate the associated
+location. The command
+</p><!--l. 1734--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a
+ id="dx1-7027"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1735--><p class="noindent" >
+used to iterate over the list of cross-reference labels is also unchanged from
+the base <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-7028"></a> package, with each item in the list formatted according
+to:
+</p><!--l. 1740--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitem</span><a
+ id="dx1-7029"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1741--><p class="noindent" >
+This is defined by the <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-7030"></a> package to: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink[\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> So the actual formatting for each cross-referenced entry is performed by
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span><a
+ id="dx1-7031"></a>, which is redefined by <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
+ id="dx1-7032"></a>, as described in <a
+href="#sec:modifications"><span
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2
+</a><a
+href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>. This now displays the value of the
+<span
+class="cmss-10">text</span><a
+ id="dx1-7033"></a> field for abbreviations and the value of the <span
+class="cmss-10">name</span><a
+ id="dx1-7034"></a> field otherwise. There’s no
+indication of the entry hierarchy, which could confuse the reader. Therefore, as from
+
+
+
+<span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
+ id="dx1-7035"></a> v1.37, there are some new commands that include the hierarchical
+information. You may prefer to redefine <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>to use one of this if you
+have sub-entries. For example:
+
+
+
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
+\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsxtrhiername{#1}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1759--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1761--><p class="indent" > The command:
+</p><!--l. 1762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhiername</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7036"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1764--><p class="noindent" >
+performs a recursive action:
+ </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-7038x1">If the entry given by ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a parent, then <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">parent</span>
+ <span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>is done followed by <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span>then:
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-7040x2">If the entry given by ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is an abbreviation (that is, it has the <span
+class="cmss-10">short</span><a
+ id="dx1-7041"></a> field
+ set) then the short form is displayed (using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort</span>) otherwise
+ the name is displayed (using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname</span>).</li></ol>
+<!--l. 1775--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn’t have a parent. Each level is separated
+by:
+</p><!--l. 1777--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhiernamesep</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7042"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1779--><p class="noindent" >
+which defaults to “ <span
+class="cmmi-9">⊳ </span>”. This can be redefined as appropriate.
+</p><!--l. 1783--><p class="indent" > There are some case-changing variants:
+</p><!--l. 1784--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrhiername</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7043"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1786--><p class="noindent" >
+The top-level has the first letter changed to upper case (either <span
+class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort </span>or
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname</span>). There’s no case-change for sub-entries.
+</p><!--l. 1791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrhiername</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7044"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrhiername{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" >
+All levels have the first letter changed to upper case (either <span
+class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort </span>or
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname</span>).
+</p><!--l. 1797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrhiername</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7045"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrhiername{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1799--><p class="noindent" >
+The top-level is converted to upper case (either <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessshort </span>or <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessname</span>).
+There’s no case-change for sub-entries.
+</p><!--l. 1804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GLSXTRhiername</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-7046"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GLSXTRhiername{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1806--><p class="noindent" >
+All levels are converted to upper case (either <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessshort </span>or <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GLSaccessname</span>).
+</p><!--l. 1810--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a
+ id="dx1-7047"></a>number list using <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-7026"></a>. This
+ id="dx1-7048"></a>. This
will automatically prevent the cross-references from being displayed. The
<a
href="#styopt.seeautonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-7027"></a> package option will automatically enable the <a
- id="dx1-7028"></a>number list for entries
+ id="dx1-7049"></a> package option will automatically enable the <a
+ id="dx1-7050"></a>number list for entries
that have the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-7029"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a
- id="dx1-7030"></a>number
+ id="dx1-7051"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a
+ id="dx1-7052"></a>number
list.
-</p><!--l. 1638--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 1817--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>to append the cross-reference after the description. For
example:
@@ -3233,7 +3641,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{%
 <br /> \ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
 <br /> {, \glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
@@ -3240,15 +3648,15 @@
 <br /> {}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1647--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a
- id="dx1-7031"></a><a
+<!--l. 1826--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a
+ id="dx1-7053"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> has been
suppressed.
-</p><!--l. 1651--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span
+</p><!--l. 1830--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-7032"></a> key. Unlike <span
+ id="dx1-7054"></a> key. Unlike <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-7033"></a>, this doesn’t have an
+ id="dx1-7055"></a>, this doesn’t have an
optional part for the textual tag. The syntax <span
class="cmtt-10">seealso={</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr-labels</span>⟩<span
@@ -3259,39 +3667,39 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>but the
information is stored in a separate field. If you need a different tag, use the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-7034"></a> key
+ id="dx1-7056"></a> key
instead (or redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat</span>, described
below).
-</p><!--l. 1659--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span
+</p><!--l. 1838--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-7035"></a> key
+ id="dx1-7057"></a> key
using:
-</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseealso</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-7036"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-7058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1663--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1842--><p class="noindent" >
This works in much the same way as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>but it internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-7037"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-7059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1668--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1847--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{%
 <br /> \ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
 <br /> {, \glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
@@ -3301,27 +3709,27 @@
 <br /> {}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1679--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1681--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span
+<!--l. 1858--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1860--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr-list</span>⟩ stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-7038"></a> field
+ id="dx1-7060"></a> field
can be accessed with:
-</p><!--l. 1683--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1862--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseealsolabels</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-7039"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-7061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1685--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1864--><p class="noindent" >
This will just expand to the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr-labels</span>⟩ provided in the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-7040"></a> key. There’s
+ id="dx1-7062"></a> key. There’s
no corresponding command to access the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-7041"></a> field. If you really need to access it, you
+ id="dx1-7063"></a> field. If you really need to access it, you
can use commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse</span>, but remember that it may start with
<span
@@ -3329,40 +3737,40 @@
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>, so it can’t be automatically treated as a simple comma-separated
list.
-</p><!--l. 1693--><p class="indent" > The base <span
+</p><!--l. 1872--><p class="indent" > As mentioned above, the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a
- id="dx1-7042"></a>, which requires a
-comma-separated list of labels as the argument. The argument isn’t fully expanded,
-so it’s not suitable to use, for example, <span
+ id="dx1-7064"></a>, which
+requires a comma-separated list of labels as the argument. The argument isn’t fully
+expanded, so it’s not suitable to use, for example, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>as the
-argument. For convenience, <span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>as
+the argument. For convenience, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides
-</p><!--l. 1698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1877--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseelist</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-7043"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-7065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1700--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1879--><p class="noindent" >
which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1703--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1882--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-7044"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
-</p><!--l. 1704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-7066"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
+</p><!--l. 1883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexseealso</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-7045"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-7067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexseealso{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1706--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1885--><p class="noindent" >
which just does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -3376,20 +3784,20 @@
</div> unless the <a
href="#styopt.xindy"><span
class="cmss-10">xindy</span></a><a
- id="dx1-7046"></a> option is used with <span
+ id="dx1-7068"></a> option is used with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-7047"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
+ id="dx1-7069"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
<span
class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead.
-<!--l. 1715--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 1894--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1715--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1894--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a
id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 1718--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span
+<!--l. 1897--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at
that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant
@@ -3400,7 +3808,7 @@
it’s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry
format.
-</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span
+</p><!--l. 1904--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-8002"></a>) used in the <a
id="dx1-8003"></a><a
@@ -3483,15 +3891,15 @@
</a><a
href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>).
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1755--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
+<!--l. 1934--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
than abbreviations if it’s more appropriate for the desired style.
-</p><!--l. 1759--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span
+</p><!--l. 1938--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-8024"></a> now puts <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a
id="dx1-8025"></a> in the argument of
the new command
-</p><!--l. 1761--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrregularfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8026"></a> <span
@@ -3498,7 +3906,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1763--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1942--><p class="noindent" >
This just does its argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. This means that if you want regular
entries in a different font but don’t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then
@@ -3511,15 +3919,15 @@
href="#catattr.textformat"><span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a
id="dx1-8028"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 1951--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1775--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span
+<!--l. 1954--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the
category:
@@ -3526,11 +3934,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
 <br /> \glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1781--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
+<!--l. 1960--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
<span
class="cmtt-10">font</span>:
@@ -3537,25 +3945,25 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{font}{sf}
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
 <br /> \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1789--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example:
+<!--l. 1968--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{textformat}{textsf}
</div>
-<!--l. 1793--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span
+<!--l. 1972--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1796--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
+</p><!--l. 1975--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>:
-</p><!--l. 1798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbreviationfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8029"></a> <span
@@ -3562,11 +3970,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbreviationfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1800--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1979--><p class="noindent" >
This also just does its argument by default. Font changes made by abbreviation styles
are within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 1804--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1983--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information
after the <a
@@ -3575,35 +3983,35 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined
to
-</p><!--l. 1807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1986--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1809--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1988--><p class="noindent" >
This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
id="dx1-8032"></a> attribute
is set to “true” for the current entry’s category. It will also do
-</p><!--l. 1813--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlink</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1815--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1994--><p class="noindent" >
if a full stop hasn’t be discarded and
-</p><!--l. 1817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="noindent" >
if a full stop has been discarded.
-</p><!--l. 1822--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
+</p><!--l. 2001--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
attribute) to determine whether or not to discard a following full stop. In which case
you can redefine:
-</p><!--l. 1825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8035"></a> <span
@@ -3614,7 +4022,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1827--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2006--><p class="noindent" >
You can access the field’s label using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. This command should do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the
@@ -3625,12 +4033,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod}[2]{#2}
</div>
-<!--l. 1834--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
+<!--l. 2013--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
attributes will be checked.)
-</p><!--l. 1838--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span
+</p><!--l. 2017--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the
post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like
@@ -3642,8 +4050,8 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1843--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1845--><p class="indent" > By default <span
+</p><!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2024--><p class="indent" > By default <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a
@@ -3655,7 +4063,7 @@
id="dx1-8037"></a> category, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been
defined.)
-</p><!--l. 1850--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span
+</p><!--l. 2029--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newcommand</span>, for
example:
@@ -3662,13 +4070,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
 <br /> \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1856--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 1858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 2035--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostlink</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8038"></a> <span
@@ -3677,7 +4085,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2039--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -3691,7 +4099,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 1868--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
+<!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a
@@ -3706,21 +4114,21 @@
adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional
material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be
reinserted.
-</p><!--l. 1881--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
+</p><!--l. 2060--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
the post-<a
id="dx1-8041"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks:
-</p><!--l. 1883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1885--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2064--><p class="noindent" >
This will add the description in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-8043"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a
+</p><!--l. 2067--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-8044"></a>first
use for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
@@ -3729,30 +4137,30 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinksymbol}{%
 <br />  \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1895--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 2074--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1899--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2078--><p class="noindent" >
This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-8047"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. (Does nothing if
the symbol hasn’t been set.)
-</p><!--l. 1903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1905--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2084--><p class="noindent" >
(New to v1.31.) On <a
id="dx1-8049"></a>first use, this will append <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span
@@ -3761,7 +4169,7 @@
symbol is defined otherwise it just appends <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 1911--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
+</p><!--l. 2090--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
id="dx1-8050"></a> within the post-<a
@@ -3770,7 +4178,7 @@
id="dx1-8052"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have
been unset. Instead you can use
-</p><!--l. 1914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8053"></a> <span
@@ -3779,7 +4187,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1916--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2095--><p class="noindent" >
This will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the last used entry was the <a
id="dx1-8054"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it
@@ -3790,7 +4198,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don’t rely on it outside of the post-<a
id="dx1-8055"></a>link-text
hook.
-</p><!--l. 1924--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 2103--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-8056"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
@@ -3813,8 +4221,8 @@
id="dx1-8063"></a>first use otherwise
the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1933--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1935--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a
+</p><!--l. 2112--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2114--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a
id="dx1-8064"></a>link-text
on <a
id="dx1-8065"></a>first use for the <span
@@ -3824,13 +4232,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
 <br />  \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1941--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1943--><p class="indent" > The <a
+<!--l. 2120--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2122--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-8067"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a
@@ -3837,12 +4245,12 @@
id="dx1-8068"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the
footnote after trailing punctuation characters.
-</p><!--l. 1947--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span
+</p><!--l. 2126--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
id="dx1-8069"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-8070"></a> etc with:
-</p><!--l. 1949--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8071"></a> <span
@@ -3849,16 +4257,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1951--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2130--><p class="noindent" >
For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex}
</div>
-<!--l. 1956--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2135--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want
the location added to the <a
id="dx1-8072"></a><a
@@ -3867,7 +4275,7 @@
argument of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1963--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span
+</p><!--l. 2142--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span
class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and
<span
@@ -3878,18 +4286,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a
id="dx1-8074"></a>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 1969--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+</p><!--l. 2148--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn’t affect <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1971--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1973--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span
+</p><!--l. 2150--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2152--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-8075"></a>, you can instead use:
-</p><!--l. 1975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1977--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2156--><p class="noindent" >
This has the advantage of also working for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you
want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly
@@ -3898,12 +4306,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
\backmatter
 <br />\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit}
</div>
-<!--l. 1984--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1986--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span
+<!--l. 2163--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2165--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-8076"></a> have star (<span
class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span
@@ -3913,7 +4321,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a
third modifier, if required, using
-</p><!--l. 1990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8077"></a> <span
@@ -3923,7 +4331,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1992--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2171--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ is the character used as the modifier and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is the default set of
@@ -3930,19 +4338,19 @@
options (which may be overridden). Note that ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ must be a single character (not a
UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>).
-</p><!--l. 1999--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 2178--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ take care of any changes in category code.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2002--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="indent" > Example:
+</p><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2183--><p class="indent" > Example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex}
</div>
-<!--l. 2007--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2186--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It’s
not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do
@@ -3950,20 +4358,20 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
\gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample}
</div>
-<!--l. 2013--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2192--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you
can’t combine the <span
class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers.
-</p><!--l. 2018--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 2197--><p class="indent" > <a
id="dx1-8078"></a><a
href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use
-</p><!--l. 2020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8079"></a> <span
@@ -3978,7 +4386,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="noindent" >
This command is provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check
@@ -3987,8 +4395,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to
obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting
command.
-</p><!--l. 2029--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
-</p><!--l. 2030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2208--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
+</p><!--l. 2209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8080"></a> <span
@@ -3998,9 +4406,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2032--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2211--><p class="noindent" >
otherwise it uses
-</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2213--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8081"></a> <span
@@ -4010,11 +4418,11 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2036--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2215--><p class="noindent" >
for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩)
or
-</p><!--l. 2039--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendloc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8082"></a> <span
@@ -4024,16 +4432,16 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2041--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2220--><p class="noindent" >
for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 2045--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in
-</p><!--l. 2046--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2224--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in
+</p><!--l. 2225--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlocrangefmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8083"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2048--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2227--><p class="noindent" >
and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span
@@ -4044,9 +4452,9 @@
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
(If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span
class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 2056--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
+</p><!--l. 2235--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
does
-</p><!--l. 2058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8084"></a> <span
@@ -4056,7 +4464,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2060--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2239--><p class="noindent" >
(which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span
@@ -4070,34 +4478,34 @@
-</p><!--l. 2067--><p class="indent" > This means that the list
+</p><!--l. 2246--><p class="indent" > This means that the list
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{(textbf}{1},
 <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
 <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}.
</div>
-<!--l. 2072--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
+<!--l. 2251--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
 <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
 <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}.
</div>
-<!--l. 2078--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
+<!--l. 2257--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
accommodate the ranges.
-</p><!--l. 2083--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2262--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2083--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2262--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a
id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2086--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a
+<!--l. 2265--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a
id="dx1-9001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
@@ -4107,7 +4515,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 2090--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2269--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
id="dx1-9003"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
@@ -4120,40 +4528,40 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5
</a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2096--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing:
+</p><!--l. 2275--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
\glsenableentrycount
</div>
-<!--l. 2099--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
+<!--l. 2278--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
\glsenableentrycount
 <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
</div>
-<!--l. 2104--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span
+<!--l. 2283--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-9005"></a> category, but any
entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged.
-</p><!--l. 2109--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
+</p><!--l. 2288--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
described in <a
href="#sec:entrycount"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a
href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2112--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2112--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a
id="sec:glsunset"></a>First Use Flag</h3>
-<!--l. 2115--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 2294--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
-</p><!--l. 2117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
id="dx1-10001"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -4163,7 +4571,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2118--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2297--><p class="noindent" >
to determine whether or not an entry has been used. This requires the entry to have
been defined. If the entry is undefined, then the underlying boolean variable doesn’t
exist and so is neither true nor false. This command will produce an error with the
@@ -4182,7 +4590,7 @@
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ will be performed if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t
exist.
-</p><!--l. 2129--><p class="indent" > The <a
+</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
id="dx1-10004"></a> option automatically implements <a
@@ -4196,7 +4604,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-10007"></a></a>. In this case, you may prefer
to use:
-</p><!--l. 2133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-10008"></a> <span
@@ -4209,7 +4617,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2135--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2314--><p class="noindent" >
(new to v1.34) which does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is undefined or if
@@ -4227,8 +4635,8 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a
href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style
Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2144--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
-</p><!--l. 2145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2323--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
+</p><!--l. 2324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslocalreseteach</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-10011"></a> <span
@@ -4235,9 +4643,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2147--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2326--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 2149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunseteach</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-10012"></a> <span
@@ -4244,7 +4652,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2151--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2330--><p class="noindent" >
These behave like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>but the argument is a
@@ -4252,7 +4660,7 @@
comma-separated list of labels.
-</p><!--l. 2155--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span
+</p><!--l. 2334--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is modified first to allow for the
changing in entry counting, described above, but also to allow for buffering pending
unsets when commands like <span
@@ -4265,18 +4673,18 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
\ul{Some text about \gls{html}.}
</div>
-<!--l. 2164--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
+<!--l. 2343--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
Glossary entry `{html}' has not been defined.
</div>
-<!--l. 2168--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2347--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span> inside the argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\mbox</span>. For
example:
@@ -4284,29 +4692,29 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
\ul{Some text about \mbox{\gls{html}}.}
</div>
-<!--l. 2173--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
+<!--l. 2352--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
first use flag causes a problem and results in the error:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
! Package soul Error: Reconstruction failed.
</div>
-<!--l. 2179--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+<!--l. 2358--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of temporarily switching off <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span>
so that it just makes a note of the entry’s label but doesn’t actually perform the
change:
-</p><!--l. 2183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-10014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" >
The unstarred version doesn’t check for duplicates, so the internal list may
end up with multiple occurrences of the same label. The starred version
only adds a label to the internal list if it’s not already in it. Note that this
@@ -4314,14 +4722,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and does not affect the local
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2193--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span
+</p><!--l. 2372--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and unset all buffered labels using:
-</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2374--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-10015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2197--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2376--><p class="noindent" >
The starred form <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering* </span>uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>instead. For
@@ -4330,7 +4738,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
 <br />\usepackage{soul}
@@ -4343,9 +4751,9 @@
 <br />Next use: \gls{html}.
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 2216--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
+<!--l. 2395--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
using
-</p><!--l. 2219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-10016"></a> <span
@@ -4353,40 +4761,40 @@
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2400--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument (which is the entry label).
This is best used with the starred version <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering* </span>to avoid
duplicates.
-</p><!--l. 2226--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until
+</p><!--l. 2405--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span>, multiple references of the same term within the
buffering zone will always be treated as first use (if the term wasn’t used before the
buffering started). </div>
-</p><!--l. 2232--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2234--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span
+</p><!--l. 2411--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2413--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span
class="cmtt-10">\mbox </span>can’t break across a
line so you may end up with an overfull line or excessive white space within the
paragraph.
-</p><!--l. 2238--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
+</p><!--l. 2417--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering
 <br />\ul{Some text about \protect\gls{html}.}
 <br />\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
</div>
-<!--l. 2243--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another
+<!--l. 2422--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another
possibility is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
 <br />\usepackage{soul}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
@@ -4403,7 +4811,7 @@
 <br />Next use: \gls{html}.
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 2266--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span
+<!--l. 2445--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>outside of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>and uses <span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span><a
@@ -4418,7 +4826,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gul</span>, which locally changes the regular
font and the default abbreviation font to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\ul</span>. It then uses
-</p><!--l. 2273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-10019"></a> <span
@@ -4427,7 +4835,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2275--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2454--><p class="noindent" >
which (protected) fully expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ before applying ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩, which must be a control
@@ -4439,12 +4847,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>can’t deal with. For example, if an abbreviation style is used
that contains complex formatting or if the field value contains problematic
content.
-</p><!--l. 2285--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2464--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2285--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2464--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a
id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 2287--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
+<!--l. 2466--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
the singular with a suffix appended. This isn’t an absolute rule. There are
plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies,
sheep). The <span
@@ -4458,7 +4866,7 @@
the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the
singular.
-</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
+</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-11003"></a> package lets the <span
@@ -4474,11 +4882,11 @@
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-11007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the
exceptions.
-</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span
+</p><!--l. 2484--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-11008"></a> field will always need to
be supplied, where needed.
-</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2487--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-11009"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
@@ -4488,7 +4896,7 @@
you are using a language that doesn’t have a simple suffix rule, you’ll have to
supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the
context).
-</p><!--l. 2314--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span
+</p><!--l. 2493--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-11012"></a> package follows these rules: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
@@ -4549,7 +4957,7 @@
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-11031"></a> field.
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2337--><p class="indent" > This <span
+<!--l. 2516--><p class="indent" > This <span
class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the
<span
@@ -4564,12 +4972,12 @@
implemented, <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to
use
-</p><!--l. 2345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-11035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2347--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their
own command for the plural suffix, such as <span
@@ -4585,7 +4993,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 2357--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
+</p><!--l. 2536--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
@@ -4595,10 +5003,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
'\abbrvpluralsuffix
</div>
-<!--l. 2362--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span
+<!--l. 2541--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second
attribute is <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
@@ -4609,12 +5017,12 @@
same as <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-11039"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2547--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2368--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2547--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a
id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3>
-<!--l. 2371--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span
+<!--l. 2550--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-12001"></a> in the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -4627,19 +5035,19 @@
For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an
abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext
Markup Language.
-</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span
+</p><!--l. 2558--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
\newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{Server Side Includes}
 <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext Markup Language}
 <br />\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2385--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2387--><p class="indent" > The main problems are:
+<!--l. 2564--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2566--><p class="indent" > The main problems are:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-12006x1"><a
@@ -4655,10 +5063,10 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
\gls{\uppercase ssi} enabled \gls{html}
</div>
- <!--l. 2395--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 2574--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this
will effectively try to do
@@ -4665,10 +5073,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
\uppercase{\gls{ssi}} enabled \gls{html}
</div>
- <!--l. 2400--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span
+ <!--l. 2579--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won’t be recognised.
This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as
<span
@@ -4706,18 +5114,18 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
This section discusses \gls{ssi}, \gls{html} and \gls{shtml}.
</div>
- <!--l. 2419--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ <!--l. 2598--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext
+ <!--l. 2601--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext
markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></div>
- <!--l. 2425--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ <!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-12019"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)”.
- </p><!--l. 2428--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2607--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is
@@ -4727,21 +5135,21 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
The sample files are either \gls{html} or \gls{shtml}, but let's
 <br />first discuss \gls{ssi}.
</div>
- <!--l. 2434--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ <!--l. 2613--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 2437--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
+ <!--l. 2616--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s
first discuss SSI.</p></div>
- <!--l. 2442--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ <!--l. 2621--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-12020"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
enabled HTML (SHTML)”, which looks a bit strange.
- </p><!--l. 2446--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2625--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two
entries:
@@ -4748,20 +5156,20 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
This article is an introduction to \gls{shtml}.
</div>
- <!--l. 2450--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ <!--l. 2629--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 2453--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
+ <!--l. 2632--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></div>
- <!--l. 2456--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ <!--l. 2635--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-12021"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)”, which is even more
strange.
- </p><!--l. 2460--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
<span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example:
@@ -4769,10 +5177,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
\setacronymstyle{long-short}
</div>
- <!--l. 2465--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span
+ <!--l. 2644--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the
long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so
@@ -4784,7 +5192,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">html </span>by
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>.
- </p><!--l. 2473--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2652--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>
entry. For example:
@@ -4792,13 +5200,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
\gls{shtml} ... \glsreset{html}\gls{shtml}
</div>
- <!--l. 2477--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span
+ <!--l. 2656--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces “Shypertext markup language (HTML)”,
which is downright weird.
- </p><!--l. 2481--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
+ </p><!--l. 2660--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem
for some styles, but if you use one of the “sm” styles (that use <span
@@ -4831,7 +5239,7 @@
in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the
glossary.
</li></ol>
-<!--l. 2502--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
+<!--l. 2681--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
id="dx1-12031"></a> or <span
@@ -4843,23 +5251,23 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
\newacronym
 <br /> [description={\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}]
 <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
</div>
-<!--l. 2510--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+<!--l. 2689--><p class="nopar" > with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
\newabbreviation
 <br /> [description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}]
 <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
</div>
-<!--l. 2516--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+<!--l. 2695--><p class="nopar" > with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don’t
use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
@@ -4870,7 +5278,7 @@
id="dx1-12034"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn’t fix any of the other problems listed
above.
-</p><!--l. 2523--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2702--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>:
@@ -4877,7 +5285,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
 <br />\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side includes}
 <br />\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext markup language}
@@ -4884,10 +5292,10 @@
 <br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi} enabled
 <br />\glsabbrvfont{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2532--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
+<!--l. 2711--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
This isn’t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same
style.
-</p><!--l. 2537--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span
+</p><!--l. 2716--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-12035"></a> in a field that may be included
within some <a
@@ -4908,19 +5316,19 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}
</div>
-<!--l. 2548--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
+<!--l. 2727--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}} enabled
 <br />{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2553--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a
+<!--l. 2732--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a
href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a
href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a
href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn’t fix problems <a
@@ -4936,7 +5344,7 @@
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12040"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2564--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2743--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
id="dx1-12041"></a> or
<span
@@ -4971,10 +5379,10 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
\newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2577--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a
+<!--l. 2756--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-12047"></a> style) the <a
@@ -4984,20 +5392,20 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled
 <br />{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
</div>
-<!--l. 2583--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
+<!--l. 2762--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
\newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled
 <br />\glsxtrshort{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2588--><p class="nopar" > then the <a
+<!--l. 2767--><p class="nopar" > then the <a
id="dx1-12049"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like:
@@ -5004,11 +5412,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled
 <br />{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
</div>
-<!--l. 2593--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span
+<!--l. 2772--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in
this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The
@@ -5019,8 +5427,8 @@
id="dx1-12051"></a>. Note
that <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn’t set the abbreviation style.
-</p><!--l. 2601--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use:
-</p><!--l. 2602--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2780--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use:
+</p><!--l. 2781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrp</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-12052"></a> <span
@@ -5029,7 +5437,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2783--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span
@@ -5039,8 +5447,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (e.g. <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2609--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
-</p><!--l. 2610--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2788--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
+</p><!--l. 2789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsps</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-12053"></a> <span
@@ -5047,13 +5455,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2612--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and
-</p><!--l. 2614--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glspt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-12054"></a> <span
@@ -5060,13 +5468,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2616--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2795--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2619--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2798--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ commands described
@@ -5083,7 +5491,7 @@
id="dx1-12056"></a> to <span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 2626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetpopts</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-12057"></a> <span
@@ -5090,35 +5498,35 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2628--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2807--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
\glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false}
</div>
-<!--l. 2632--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
+<!--l. 2811--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested
links.
-</p><!--l. 2637--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
+</p><!--l. 2816--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
command:
-</p><!--l. 2639--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glossxtrsetpopts</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-12058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2820--><p class="noindent" >
which by default just does
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex}
</div>
-<!--l. 2645--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span
+<!--l. 2824--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the
glossary. For example:
@@ -5125,40 +5533,40 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
\renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2650--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2652--><p class="indent" > For example,
+<!--l. 2829--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2831--><p class="indent" > For example,
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}
</div>
-<!--l. 2655--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+<!--l. 2834--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
{\let\glspostlinkhook\relax
 <br /> \glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 2661--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
+<!--l. 2840--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
{\let\glspostlinkhook\relax
 <br /> \glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 2667--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
-</p><!--l. 2670--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2846--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
+</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it’s equivalent
to
@@ -5165,14 +5573,14 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
{\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2674--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a
+<!--l. 2853--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a
href="#catattr.headuc"><span
class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12059"></a> attribute.)
-</p><!--l. 2677--><p class="indent" > If <span
+</p><!--l. 2856--><p class="indent" > If <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-12060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span
@@ -5179,8 +5587,8 @@
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩
(<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example).
-</p><!--l. 2681--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands
-</p><!--l. 2682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2860--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands
+</p><!--l. 2861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-12061"></a> <span
@@ -5189,10 +5597,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2684--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2863--><p class="noindent" >
for first letter upper case and
-</p><!--l. 2686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
-class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span
+</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrp</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-12062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrp{</span>⟨<span
@@ -5200,9 +5608,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2688--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2867--><p class="noindent" >
for all upper case.
-</p><!--l. 2691--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2870--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-12063"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a
@@ -5214,8 +5622,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-12066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used
by those case-changing commands. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2697--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2699--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a
+</p><!--l. 2876--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a
href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the
start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing
commands like <span
@@ -5222,23 +5630,23 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won’t be able to use the all caps commands, such
as <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2705--><p class="indent" > If you <span
+</p><!--l. 2884--><p class="indent" > If you <span
class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi} enabled
 <br />\glsxtrp{short}{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2709--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
-</p><!--l. 2712--><p class="indent" > Example document:
+<!--l. 2888--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
+</p><!--l. 2891--><p class="indent" > Example document:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
\documentclass{report}
 <br />\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
 <br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
@@ -5263,16 +5671,16 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 2750--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2752--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2929--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2931--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2752--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2931--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8 </span> <a
id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2755--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 2934--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and
redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
@@ -5290,10 +5698,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
</div>
-<!--l. 2763--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just
+<!--l. 2942--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
@@ -5300,7 +5708,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage[acronym,nopostdot,toc]{glossaries}
 <br />\makeglossaries
@@ -5311,13 +5719,13 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 2776--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span
+<!--l. 2955--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\makeglossaries
@@ -5328,7 +5736,7 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 2788--><p class="nopar" > Table <a
+<!--l. 2967--><p class="nopar" > Table <a
href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the
predefined acronym styles provided by <span
@@ -5343,7 +5751,7 @@
-<!--l. 2795--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 2974--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -5367,34 +5775,34 @@
id="TBL-2-1" /><col
id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2802--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2981--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2803--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td10"><!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2804--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2983--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
id="dx1-13003"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2804--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2983--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13004"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2805--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a
id="dx1-13005"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2805--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a
id="dx1-13006"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2806--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
id="dx1-13007"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2806--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-13008"></a> <br
@@ -5411,64 +5819,64 @@
class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2808--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a
id="dx1-13009"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2808--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-13010"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2809--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a
id="dx1-13011"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2809--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-13012"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2810--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a
id="dx1-13013"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2810--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-13014"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2811--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-13015"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2811--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13016"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2812--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2991--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-13017"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2812--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2991--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13018"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2813--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-13019"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2813--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13020"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2814--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-13021"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2814--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13022"></a> <br
@@ -5485,100 +5893,100 @@
class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2816--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-13023"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2816--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13024"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2817--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-13025"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2817--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13026"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2818--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-13027"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2818--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13028"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2819--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
id="dx1-13029"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2819--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
id="dx1-13030"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2820--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a
id="dx1-13031"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2820--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13032"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
id="dx1-13033"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-13034"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2822--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a
id="dx1-13035"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2822--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-13036"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2823--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a
id="dx1-13037"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2823--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-13038"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2824--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3003--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a
id="dx1-13039"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2824--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3003--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13040"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2825--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3004--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
id="dx1-13041"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2825--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3004--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13042"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2826--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a
id="dx1-13043"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2826--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13044"></a> </p></td></tr></table></div>
@@ -5587,7 +5995,7 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 2830--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
+<!--l. 3009--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are
@@ -5596,15 +6004,15 @@
However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 2837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\RestoreAcronyms</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-13045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2839--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3018--><p class="noindent" >
(before any use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2842--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 3021--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don’t combine old and new style entries with the same
@@ -5614,7 +6022,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn’t work well with the newer
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands.
-</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+</p><!--l. 3027--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don’t use any of the commands provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span
@@ -5626,8 +6034,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-13049"></a> as it will cause unexpected results.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2856--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span
+</p><!--l. 3033--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3035--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a
document that uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
@@ -5641,7 +6049,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.5 </a><a
href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further
details.)
-</p><!--l. 2863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsacspace</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-13052"></a> <span
@@ -5648,7 +6056,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3044--><p class="noindent" >
The space command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
@@ -5655,16 +6063,16 @@
id="dx1-13053"></a> acronym style provided
by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses
-</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsacspacemax</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-13054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" >
instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be
changed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span
+</p><!--l. 3054--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a
id="dx1-13055"></a> (such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
@@ -5676,18 +6084,18 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2880--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2882--><p class="indent" > The <a
+<!--l. 3059--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3061--><p class="indent" > The <a
id="dx1-13057"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 2883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 3062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2885--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" >
is redefined to use the <a
id="dx1-13058"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a
@@ -5694,12 +6102,12 @@
id="dx1-13059"></a>.
This will be reset if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2890--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 2891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 3069--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command
+</p><!--l. 3070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2893--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3072--><p class="noindent" >
is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a
id="dx1-13060"></a>.
@@ -5706,11 +6114,11 @@
This will be reset if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
</p>
-<!--l. 2898--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9 </span> <a
id="x1-140002.9"></a><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 2901--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span
+<!--l. 3080--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has a new supplementary package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-14001"></a>
@@ -5726,12 +6134,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\usepackage{glossary-bookindex}
 <br />\setglossarystyle{bookindex}
</div>
-<!--l. 2911--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a
+<!--l. 3090--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-14004"></a> and <span
@@ -5741,10 +6149,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
\usepackage[stylemods=bookindex,style=bookindex]{glossaries-extra}
</div>
-<!--l. 2915--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+<!--l. 3094--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-14006"></a> style only supports a maximum hierarchical level of 2 (top-level,
level 1 and level 2). It’s primarily designed for use with <a
@@ -5764,24 +6172,24 @@
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
id="dx1-14011"></a> package
option.)
-</p><!--l. 2926--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by
-</p><!--l. 2927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3105--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by
+</p><!--l. 3106--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexcols</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcols </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2929--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3108--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to 2.
-</p><!--l. 2932--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span
+</p><!--l. 3111--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span
class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
id="dx1-14013"></a><a
id="dx1-14014"></a> environment. If the command
-</p><!--l. 2934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2936--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3115--><p class="noindent" >
isn’t empty then it’s supplied as the optional argument following <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\begin{multicols}</span></span></span>
<span
@@ -5794,23 +6202,23 @@
class="cmss-10">multicols*</span><a
id="dx1-14018"></a><a
id="dx1-14019"></a> by redefining
-</p><!--l. 2940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3119--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2942--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" >
For example
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv}{multicols*}
</div>
-<!--l. 2946--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2948--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using
-</p><!--l. 2949--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 3125--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3127--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using
+</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14021"></a> <span
@@ -5817,7 +6225,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2951--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" >
where the entry is identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span
@@ -5828,30 +6236,30 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
 <br /> \glossentryname{#1}%
 <br /> \ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space (\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 2960--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
+<!--l. 3139--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
 <br /> \glossentryname{#1}%
 <br /> \ifglshasdesc{#1}{\space \glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 2967--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
-</p><!--l. 2970--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
+<!--l. 3146--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
+</p><!--l. 3149--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ hook to append
information after the name according to the entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 2974--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using
-</p><!--l. 2975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3153--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using
+</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14022"></a> <span
@@ -5858,14 +6266,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2977--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3156--><p class="noindent" >
which just defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2980--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
+</p><!--l. 3159--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
by
-</p><!--l. 2982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14023"></a> <span
@@ -5873,7 +6281,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3163--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This checks if the <span
class="cmtt-10">location </span>field has been set. If it
@@ -5882,10 +6290,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
,\glsxtrprelocation
</div>
-<!--l. 2990--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span
+<!--l. 3169--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span>(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>). If you’re not
using <a
@@ -5895,8 +6303,8 @@
id="dx1-14025"></a></a>, the <span
class="cmss-10">location</span><a
id="dx1-14026"></a> field won’t be set.
-</p><!--l. 2995--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 2997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3174--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 3176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14027"></a> <span
@@ -5904,35 +6312,35 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3178--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3002--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 3181--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
by
-</p><!--l. 3004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3006--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3185--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopagebreak</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3009--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 3188--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
by
-</p><!--l. 3011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3192--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3016--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 3017--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 3196--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexbetween</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14030"></a> <span
@@ -5942,7 +6350,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3019--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3198--><p class="noindent" >
This comes after the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label1</span>⟩, if the entry has no children, or after the
last descendent otherwise, so it always comes immediately before the entry given by
@@ -5949,8 +6357,8 @@
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label2</span>⟩ unless the entry occurs at the start of a group. This does nothing by
default.
-</p><!--l. 3026--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 3027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3205--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 3206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14031"></a> <span
@@ -5960,9 +6368,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3029--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3031--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 3032--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3208--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3210--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 3211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14032"></a> <span
@@ -5973,9 +6381,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3034--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3213--><p class="noindent" >
At the end of each letter group, the following hooks are done in order:
-</p><!--l. 3037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3216--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14033"></a> <span
@@ -5987,8 +6395,8 @@
-</p><!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14034"></a> <span
@@ -5996,8 +6404,8 @@
class="cmitt-10">sub-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3042--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3221--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14035"></a> <span
@@ -6005,13 +6413,13 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3224--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">sub-sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 2 entry, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the
last level 1 entry and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 0 entry.
-</p><!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span
+</p><!--l. 3230--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">seealso=omit </span>instructs <a
id="dx1-14036"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -6028,7 +6436,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup}[1]{%
 <br />  \glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
 <br />}
@@ -6049,7 +6457,7 @@
 <br />  \glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 3081--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span
+<!--l. 3260--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span>to indent the cross-reference
according to the next level down, so the cross-reference for a top-level entry is aligned
@@ -6059,7 +6467,7 @@
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-14038"></a>
style only supports a maximum of two sub-levels).
-</p><!--l. 3092--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3271--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-14039"></a> style uses group headings. (If you use <a
id="dx1-14040"></a><a
@@ -6069,7 +6477,7 @@
it with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch.) The heading will use
-</p><!--l. 3095--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3274--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14042"></a> <span
@@ -6079,7 +6487,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3276--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>has been defined, this will use that command to bookmark the
group title. If <a
@@ -6091,8 +6499,8 @@
isn’t appropriate. If <span
class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>hasn’t been defined, this command does
nothin.
-</p><!--l. 3105--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 3106--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3284--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to
+</p><!--l. 3285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14044"></a> <span
@@ -6103,18 +6511,18 @@
-</p><!--l. 3108--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3287--><p class="noindent" >
which is defined as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexformatheader}[1]{%
 <br />  \par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 3114--><p class="nopar" > where <span
+<!--l. 3293--><p class="nopar" > where <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>is provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
id="dx1-14045"></a> package, which is
@@ -6121,7 +6529,7 @@
automatically loaded. Note that the entry names aren’t encapsulated with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3120--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3299--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a
id="dx1-14046"></a> package provides some supplementary commands that
aren’t used by default, but may be used when adjusting the style. These commands
@@ -6129,7 +6537,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\print</span><span
class="cmtt-10">…glossary </span>commands. (That is, they
should only be used in glossary styles.)
-</p><!--l. 3125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14047"></a> <span
@@ -6136,28 +6544,28 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3306--><p class="noindent" >
This writes information to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file that can be read on the next run to obtain
the first and last entry on each page of the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 3132--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 3134--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3311--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
+</p><!--l. 3313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3136--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3315--><p class="noindent" >
and the last entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 3139--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3141--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3320--><p class="noindent" >
These do nothing if there are no entries marked on the current page (or if the
document build isn’t up to date).
-</p><!--l. 3145--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using:
-</p><!--l. 3146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3324--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using:
+</p><!--l. 3325--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14050"></a> <span
@@ -6165,9 +6573,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3148--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3327--><p class="noindent" >
for the first instance and
-</p><!--l. 3150--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3329--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14051"></a> <span
@@ -6175,9 +6583,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3152--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3331--><p class="noindent" >
for the last.
-</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
+</p><!--l. 3334--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
number is stable. For example, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname </span>can be redefined to mark the
current entry:
@@ -6185,13 +6593,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
 <br />  \glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{#1}%
 <br />  \glossentryname{#1}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 3163--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
+<!--l. 3342--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname </span>as it defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>:
@@ -6199,13 +6607,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubname}[1]{%
 <br />  \glossentryname{#1}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 3171--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3173--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span
+<!--l. 3350--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3352--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span
class="cmss-10">fancyhdr</span><a
id="dx1-14052"></a> you can set the page style to show the first and last
entry for the current page with:
@@ -6213,7 +6621,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
  \pagestyle{fancy}%
 <br />  \lhead{\thepage}%
 <br />  \lfoot{\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark}%
@@ -6220,30 +6628,1057 @@
 <br />  \cfoot{}%
 <br />  \rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}%
</div>
-<!--l. 3181--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3183--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3360--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3362--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3183--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3362--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10 </span> <a
+ id="x1-150002.10"></a><span
+class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</h3>
+<!--l. 3365--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary
+package <span
+class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a
+ id="dx1-15001"></a> that provides additional styles, listed below, that use the
+<span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15002"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15003"></a> environment. If you know that your glossary won’t span more than a page
+and you need to use it in a context that’s incompatible with <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15005"></a>, you can
+instead setup these styles to use <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15007"></a> instead. In order to do this you must
+use
+</p><!--l. 3372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15008"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3374--><p class="noindent" >
+<span
+class="cmti-10">before the style is set</span>. For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113">
+\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
+ <br />\setglossarystyle{long-name-desc}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3379--><p class="nopar" > or
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
+\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
+ <br />\printunsrtglossary[style={long-name-desc}]
+</div>
+<!--l. 3384--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with:
+</p><!--l. 3387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraTabularVAlign</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15009"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraTabularVAlign </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3389--><p class="noindent" >
+The default definition is <span
+class="cmtt-10">c</span>.
+</p><!--l. 3392--><p class="indent" > The column titles are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 3393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraHeaderFmt</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15010"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3395--><p class="noindent" >
+which simply does <span
+class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
+</p><!--l. 3398--><p class="indent" > The name column has the title given by <span
+class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a
+ id="dx1-15011"></a> and the column alignment is
+given by:
+</p><!--l. 3400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameAlign</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15012"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameAlign </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3402--><p class="noindent" >
+which expands to <span
+class="cmtt-10">l </span>(left) by default.
+</p><!--l. 3405--><p class="indent" > The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
+class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a
+ id="dx1-15013"></a> and
+the column alignment is given by:
+</p><!--l. 3407--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymbolAlign</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15014"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolAlign </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3409--><p class="noindent" >
+which expands to <span
+class="cmtt-10">c </span>(centred) by default.
+</p><!--l. 3412--><p class="indent" > The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
+class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a
+ id="dx1-15015"></a>
+and the column alignment is given by:
+</p><!--l. 3414--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationAlign</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15016"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationAlign </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3416--><p class="noindent" >
+which expands to
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
+>{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3420--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a
+ id="dx1-15017"></a> is defined in <span
+class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-15018"></a>,
+which is automatically loaded.)
+</p><!--l. 3424--><p class="indent" > The description column has the title given by <span
+class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a
+ id="dx1-15019"></a> and the column
+alignment is given by:
+</p><!--l. 3426--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescAlign</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15020"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescAlign </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3428--><p class="noindent" >
+which expands to
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
+>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3432--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
+ id="dx1-15021"></a> is defined in <span
+class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
+ id="dx1-15022"></a>,
+which is automatically loaded.)
+</p><!--l. 3436--><p class="indent" > Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, these new styles try
+to determine the value of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>at the start of the glossary according to the
+number of columns provided by the style. The calculations are performed by the
+following commands:
+</p><!--l. 3441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15023"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3443--><p class="noindent" >
+This is used by the styles that have a name and description column. The value of
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is computed as:
+</p>
+ <center class="math-display" >
+<img
+src="glossaries-extra-manual0x.png" alt="\glsdescwidth = \linewidth- 4\tabcolsep- W
+" class="math-display" /></center>
+<!--l. 3448--><p class="nopar" > where <span
+class="cmmi-10">W </span>is a guess at the width of the name column. This is first set to the width of
+the name column header: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\settowidth{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">width</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt\entryname</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> If any names in that column are larger than this, then you need to specify the widest
+name using:
+<!--l. 3456--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSetWidest</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15024"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetWidest{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">widest name</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3458--><p class="noindent" >
+or
+</p><!--l. 3460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraUpdateWidest</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15025"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidest{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3462--><p class="noindent" >
+These work like the analogous commands <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>and <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest</span>
+provided with the <span
+class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
+ id="dx1-15026"></a> style, but in this case there’s no hierarchy. The default
+widest name is obtained from the <span
+class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
+ id="dx1-15027"></a> top-level name if set, otherwise it’s empty,
+so you can use <a
+ id="dx1-15028"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-15029"></a>’s</a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option. If you have the entry counter enabled,
+you will need to include this with the name for the extra material to be taken into
+account.
+</p><!--l. 3472--><p class="indent" > The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you
+want to use <a
+ id="dx1-15030"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-15031"></a>’s <span
+class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option (for <a
+ id="dx1-15032"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-15033"></a> v1.8+) then you need to
+redefine:
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15034"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" >
+This does nothing by default, but if you are including the child names then you need
+to redefine this command:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
+\renewcommand{\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild}[2]{%
+ <br /> \glslongextraUpdateWidest{#2}%
+ <br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3485--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3487--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to
+redefine <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span>. For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
+\renewcommand{\glslongextraSetDescWidth}{%
+ <br />  \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\linewidth}%
+ <br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3494--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3496--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set
+with:
+</p><!--l. 3498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15035"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3500--><p class="noindent" >
+This first uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
+class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
+the width of the symbol column header from <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. This assumes that the
+symbol column header is larger than any of the symbols. If this isn’t appropriate then
+you can redefine this command. For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
+\renewcommand{\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth}{%
+ <br />  \glslongextraSetDescWidth
+ <br />  \addtolength{\glsdescwidth}{-3cm}%
+ <br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3511--><p class="nopar" > or
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
+\renewcommand{\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth}{%
+ <br />  \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.5\linewidth}%
+ <br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3517--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3519--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>
+is set using:
+</p><!--l. 3521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15036"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3523--><p class="noindent" >
+This uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
+class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>from <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. You can redefine this command to set
+both <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>and <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>if appropriate.
+</p><!--l. 3529--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column,
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set using:
+</p><!--l. 3531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15037"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3533--><p class="noindent" >
+This uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
+class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>from <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. Again, you can redefine this command to
+explicitly set both lengths.
+</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="indent" > In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 3540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameFmt</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15038"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameFmt{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3542--><p class="noindent" >
+This does </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}\glstarget{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
+class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> which includes the entry counter (if enabled), the target and the post-name
+link.
+<!--l. 3549--><p class="indent" > The top-level description is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescFmt</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15039"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3552--><p class="noindent" >
+This does <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description hook.
+</p><!--l. 3556--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using:
+</p><!--l. 3557--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymbolFmt</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15040"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3559--><p class="noindent" >
+This just does <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
+</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list using:
+</p><!--l. 3563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationFmt</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15041"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationFmt{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">locations</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3565--><p class="noindent" >
+This just does ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">locations</span>⟩ and ignores the label.
+</p><!--l. 3568--><p class="indent" > The child entries have their name formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 3569--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSubNameFmt</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15042"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubNameFmt{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3571--><p class="noindent" >
+where ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the hierarchical level. This defaults to: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}\glstarget{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
+class="cmtt-10">\strut</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> This includes the sub-entry counter (if enabled) and the target but doesn’t show the
+name. The child description is formatted according to:
+<!--l. 3578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSubDescFmt</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15043"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubDescFmt{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3580--><p class="noindent" >
+which defaults to just <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</p><!--l. 3583--><p class="indent" > The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to:
+</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15044"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3586--><p class="noindent" >
+This just does <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
+</p><!--l. 3589--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries
+using:
+</p><!--l. 3591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationFmt</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15045"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubLocationFmt</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">locations</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3593--><p class="noindent" >
+This just does ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">locations</span>⟩ and ignores the level and label.
+</p><!--l. 3596--><p class="indent" > The letter group headings are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 3597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraGroupHeading</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15046"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraGroupHeading{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3599--><p class="noindent" >
+which does nothing by default. The first argument ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the number of columns in the
+table. The second argument ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the group label (not the title, although they may
+happen to be the same).
+</p><!--l. 3605--><p class="indent" > This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
+\renewcommand*{\glslongextraGroupHeading}[2]{%
+ <br />  \glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#2}{\thisgrptitle}%
+ <br />  \glslongextraHeaderFmt{\thisgrptitle}%
+ <br />  \tabularnewline
+ <br />  \noalign{\vskip\normalbaselineskip}%
+ <br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 3613--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column
+formatted according to <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt </span>(to match the column
+header).
+</p><!--l. 3618--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The
+name column’s title is given by <span
+class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span>, the description column’s title is given by
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname </span>and (where present) the symbol column’s title is given by
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span>, as for the other long styles that have headers.
+ </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-15047"></a> This is like the <span
+class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a
+ id="dx1-15048"></a> style but doesn’t show the
+ location list (regardless of the <a
+href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
+class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
+ id="dx1-15049"></a> option). The name is shown in
+ the first column and the description in the second.
+ <!--l. 3631--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with:
+ </p><!--l. 3633--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15050"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3635--><p class="noindent" >
+ This essentially uses the same code as for <span
+class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a
+ id="dx1-15051"></a> but makes it
+ easier to adjust the header without having to define a new style. This is defined
+ as:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
+ \glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader\endhead
+  <br />\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter\endfoot
+</div>
+ <!--l. 3642--><p class="nopar" > where:
+ </p><!--l. 3644--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15052"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3646--><p class="noindent" >
+ sets up the header and
+ </p><!--l. 3648--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15053"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3650--><p class="noindent" >
+ sets up the footer. If you have setup the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15054"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15055"></a> version of this style then the
+ above two commands are used at the start and end of the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15056"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15057"></a> environment
+ (and <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span>isn’t used).
+ </p><!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15058"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15059"></a>
+ version of the style):
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
+ \renewcommand{\glslongextraNameDescHeader}{}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 3660--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
+ \renewcommand{\glslongextraNameAlign}{c}
+</div>
+ <!--l. 3664--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-loc</span><a
+ id="dx1-15060"></a> This is like the <span
+class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-15061"></a> style but has a third column for
+ the location list. The <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15062"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15063"></a> header is given by:
+ <!--l. 3669--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15064"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3671--><p class="noindent" >
+ which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15065"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15066"></a>
+ version:
+ </p><!--l. 3674--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15067"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3676--><p class="noindent" >
+ and
+ </p><!--l. 3678--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15068"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3680--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-desc-name</span><a
+ id="dx1-15069"></a> This is like the <span
+class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-15070"></a> style but swaps the columns. Note
+ that if the entry counter is displayed it will appear at the start of the
+ second column by default. The <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15071"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15072"></a> header is formatted according
+ to:
+ <!--l. 3687--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescNameHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15073"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3689--><p class="noindent" >
+ which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15074"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15075"></a>
+ version:
+ </p><!--l. 3692--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15076"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3694--><p class="noindent" >
+ and
+ </p><!--l. 3696--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15077"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3698--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-name</span><a
+ id="dx1-15078"></a> This has three columns containing the location list,
+ description and name. The <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15079"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15080"></a> header is formatted according
+ to:
+ <!--l. 3704--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15081"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3706--><p class="noindent" >
+ which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15082"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15083"></a>
+ version:
+ </p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15084"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3711--><p class="noindent" >
+ and
+ </p><!--l. 3713--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15085"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3715--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a
+ id="dx1-15086"></a> This is has three columns, with the name in the first, the
+ description in the second and the symbol in the third.
+ <!--l. 3721--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15087"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15088"></a> header row is produced with:
+ </p><!--l. 3722--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15089"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3724--><p class="noindent" >
+ which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15090"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15091"></a>
+ version:
+ </p><!--l. 3727--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15092"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3729--><p class="noindent" >
+ and
+ </p><!--l. 3731--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15093"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3733--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a
+ id="dx1-15094"></a> This is has four columns, with the name in the first, the
+ description in the second, the symbol in the third and the location list in the
+ fourth.
+ <!--l. 3739--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15095"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15096"></a> header row is produced with:
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 3740--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15097"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3742--><p class="noindent" >
+ which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15098"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15099"></a>
+ version:
+ </p><!--l. 3745--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15100"></a>
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3747--><p class="noindent" >
+ and
+ </p><!--l. 3749--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15101"></a>
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc</span><a
+ id="dx1-15102"></a> This is like the <span
+class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a
+ id="dx1-15103"></a> but the second and third
+ column are swapped. The <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15104"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15105"></a> header row is given by:
+ <!--l. 3756--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15106"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3758--><p class="noindent" >
+ which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15107"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15108"></a>
+ version:
+ </p><!--l. 3761--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15109"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3763--><p class="noindent" >
+ and
+ </p><!--l. 3765--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15110"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc-loc</span><a
+ id="dx1-15111"></a> This is like the <span
+class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a
+ id="dx1-15112"></a> but the second and
+ third column are swapped. The <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15113"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15114"></a> header row is given by:
+ <!--l. 3772--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15115"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3774--><p class="noindent" >
+ which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15116"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15117"></a>
+ version:
+ </p><!--l. 3777--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15118"></a>
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
+
+
+
+ </p><!--l. 3779--><p class="noindent" >
+ and
+ </p><!--l. 3781--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15119"></a>
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3783--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-sym-desc-name</span><a
+ id="dx1-15120"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in the
+ second and the name in the third. The <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15121"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15122"></a> header row is given
+ by:
+ <!--l. 3788--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15123"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3790--><p class="noindent" >
+ which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15124"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15125"></a>
+ version:
+ </p><!--l. 3793--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15126"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3795--><p class="noindent" >
+ and
+ </p><!--l. 3797--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15127"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3799--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-loc-sym-desc-name</span><a
+ id="dx1-15128"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in the
+ second column, the description in the third and the name in the fourth. The
+ <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15129"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15130"></a> header row is given by:
+ <!--l. 3805--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15131"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3807--><p class="noindent" >
+ which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15132"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15133"></a>
+ version:
+ </p><!--l. 3810--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15134"></a>
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3812--><p class="noindent" >
+ and
+ </p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15135"></a>
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3816--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-desc-sym-name</span><a
+ id="dx1-15136"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in the
+ second and the name in the third. The <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15137"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15138"></a> header row is given
+ by:
+ <!--l. 3821--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15139"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3823--><p class="noindent" >
+ which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15140"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15141"></a>
+ version:
+ </p><!--l. 3826--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15142"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3828--><p class="noindent" >
+ and
+ </p><!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15143"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3832--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd
+class="description"><span
+class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-sym-name</span><a
+ id="dx1-15144"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the description
+ in the second column, the symbol in the third and the name in the fourth. The
+ <span
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
+ id="dx1-15145"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15146"></a> header row is given by:
+ <!--l. 3838--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15147"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3840--><p class="noindent" >
+ which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
+class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
+ id="dx1-15148"></a><a
+ id="dx1-15149"></a>
+ version:
+ </p><!--l. 3843--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15150"></a>
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3845--><p class="noindent" >
+ and
+ </p><!--l. 3847--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-15151"></a>
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 3849--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+ </dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<!--l. 3853--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 3853--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11 </span> <a
id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 3186--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 3856--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-15001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the
+ id="dx1-16001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span><a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
- id="dx1-15002"></a> option) modifies some of the predefined styles that are
+ id="dx1-16002"></a> option) modifies some of the predefined styles that are
provided with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These modifications are described in more detail
in <a
-href="#x1-180002.10.3"><span
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10.3 </a><a
-href="#x1-180002.10.3">The <span
+href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11.3 </a><a
+href="#x1-190002.11.3">The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3193--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-15003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first
+ id="dx1-16003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first
checking if <span
class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -6250,42 +7685,42 @@
class="cmtt-10">groupname </span>exists. If it doesn’t exist, then the title is assumed to be
the same as the label. For example, when typesetting the “A” letter group, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-15004"></a>
+ id="dx1-16004"></a>
first checks if <span
class="cmtt-10">\Agroupname </span>exists. This could potentially cause conflict with another
package that may have some other meaning for <span
class="cmtt-10">\Agroupname</span>, so <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-15005"></a> first
+ id="dx1-16005"></a> first
checks for the existence of the internal command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at grouptitle@</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title
using
-</p><!--l. 3205--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-15006"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-16006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3207--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3877--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A (a)}
</div>
-<!--l. 3211--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
+<!--l. 3881--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
use
-</p><!--l. 3214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-15007"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-16007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -6292,60 +7727,60 @@
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3216--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3886--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3888--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10.1 </span> <a
+<!--l. 3888--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.1 </span> <a
id="sec:stylehooks"></a>Style Hooks</h4>
-<!--l. 3221--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span
+<!--l. 3891--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-16001"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-17001"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-16002"></a> are modified to take into
+ id="dx1-17002"></a> are modified to take into
account the <a
href="#catattr.glossname"><span
class="cmss-10">glossname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-16003"></a>, <a
+ id="dx1-17003"></a>, <a
href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span
class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-16004"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-17004"></a> and <a
href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-16005"></a> attributes (see <a
+ id="dx1-17005"></a> attributes (see <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This
means you can make simple case-changing modifications to the name and description
without defining a new glossary style.
-</p><!--l. 3227--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span
+</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-16006"></a>, you can
+ id="dx1-17006"></a>, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 3229--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glossentrynameother</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-16007"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-17007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3231--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3901--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves just like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>(that is, it obeys <a
href="#catattr.glossname"><span
class="cmss-10">glossname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-16008"></a>, <a
+ id="dx1-17008"></a>, <a
href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-16009"></a> or
+ id="dx1-17009"></a> or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>and uses the post-name hook) but it uses the given ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ instead of
<span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-16010"></a>. The ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-17010"></a>. The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ argument must be the internal field name (for example <span
class="cmtt-10">desc </span>rather
than <span
@@ -6352,28 +7787,28 @@
class="cmtt-10">description</span>). See the key to field mappings table in the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user
manual.
-</p><!--l. 3240--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span
+</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-16011"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-17011"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-16012"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 3242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-17012"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 3912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-16013"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-17013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3244--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3914--><p class="noindent" >
By default this checks the <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-16014"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the
+ id="dx1-17014"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the
category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed
using
-</p><!--l. 3249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 3919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a
- id="dx1-16015"></a><span
+ id="dx1-17015"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
@@ -6380,18 +7815,18 @@
class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span
class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3920--><p class="noindent" >
See <a
href="#sec:autoindex"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a
href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 3254--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span
+</p><!--l. 3924--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists. You can use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel</span><a
- id="dx1-16016"></a> to
+ id="dx1-17016"></a> to
obtain the entry label with the definition of this command. For example,
suppose you are using a glossary style the doesn’t display the symbol, you can
insert the symbol after the name for a particular category, say, the “symbol”
@@ -6400,21 +7835,21 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space
 <br /> (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})}
</div>
-<!--l. 3265--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3267--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 3935--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-16017"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-17017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3269--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3939--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -6428,35 +7863,35 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3276--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
-</p><!--l. 3277--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 3946--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
+</p><!--l. 3947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsextrapostnamehook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-16018"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-17018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3949--><p class="noindent" >
(before <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩) to allow for additional non-category related code.
This does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 3284--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
+</p><!--l. 3954--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
does
-</p><!--l. 3286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3956--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostdescription</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-16019"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-17019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3288--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >
This occurs before the original <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
- id="dx1-16020"></a>
+ id="dx1-17020"></a>
option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop.
-</p><!--l. 3293--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span
+</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists, where
⟨<span
@@ -6464,22 +7899,22 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescgeneral </span>for entries with the category set to <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
- id="dx1-16021"></a> or
+ id="dx1-17021"></a> or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescacronym </span>for entries with the category set to <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-16022"></a>. For
+ id="dx1-17022"></a>. For
convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdefpostdesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-16023"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-17023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3302--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3972--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -6493,37 +7928,37 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3309--><p class="indent" > Since both <span
+<!--l. 3979--><p class="indent" > Since both <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set
-</p><!--l. 3310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glscurrententrylabel</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-16024"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-17024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3312--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3982--><p class="noindent" >
to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these
post-description hooks if you need to reference the label.
-</p><!--l. 3317--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
+</p><!--l. 3987--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
- id="dx1-16025"></a> category, then you could
+ id="dx1-17025"></a> category, then you could
do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space
 <br /> (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
</div>
-<!--l. 3323--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
+<!--l. 3993--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the
underlying glossary style.)
-</p><!--l. 3328--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span
+</p><!--l. 3998--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if
you redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span
@@ -6533,68 +7968,68 @@
the <a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a
- id="dx1-16026"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) See <a
-href="#x1-180002.10.3"><span
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10.3 </a><a
-href="#x1-180002.10.3">The
+ id="dx1-17026"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) See <a
+href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11.3 </a><a
+href="#x1-190002.11.3">The
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a> to patch the predefined styles provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
that are missing <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3337--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3339--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4009--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3339--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10.2 </span> <a
+<!--l. 4009--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.2 </span> <a
id="sec:glosstylenumlist"></a>Number List</h4>
-<!--l. 3342--><p class="noindent" >The <a
- id="dx1-17001"></a><a
+<!--l. 4012--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+ id="dx1-18001"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of
-</p><!--l. 3343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-17002"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-18002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4015--><p class="noindent" >
This is internally used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-17003"></a> option
+ id="dx1-18003"></a> option
redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>so that it doesn’t display the <a
- id="dx1-17004"></a>number list, but it
+ id="dx1-18004"></a>number list, but it
still saves the <a
- id="dx1-17005"></a>number list in case it’s required.
-</p><!--l. 3351--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a
- id="dx1-17006"></a>number list always use the <a
+ id="dx1-18005"></a>number list in case it’s required.
+</p><!--l. 4021--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a
+ id="dx1-18006"></a>number list always use the <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-17007"></a> option
+ id="dx1-18007"></a> option
instead of redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3355--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3357--><p class="indent" > If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a
- id="dx1-17008"></a>number list
+</p><!--l. 4025--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4027--><p class="indent" > If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a
+ id="dx1-18008"></a>number list
then redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3361--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a
- id="dx1-17009"></a>number list. This
+</p><!--l. 4031--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a
+ id="dx1-18009"></a>number list. This
is quite fiddly to do with the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a
way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display
using:
-</p><!--l. 3366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-17010"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-18010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">page</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -6601,10 +8036,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">pages</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">page</span>⟩ is the text to display if the <a
- id="dx1-17011"></a>number list only contains a single location and
+ id="dx1-18011"></a>number list only contains a single location and
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">pages</span>⟩ is the text to display otherwise. For example:
@@ -6611,34 +8046,34 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page: }{Pages: }
</div>
-<!--l. 3374--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
-</p><!--l. 3377--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span
+<!--l. 4044--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
+</p><!--l. 4047--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span
class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span
class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page
number (and only index the entry once). </div>
-</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3382--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 4050--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4052--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3384--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
- id="dx1-17012"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 4054--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
+ id="dx1-18012"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-17013"></a></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty
+ id="dx1-18013"></a></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty
location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3388--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3388--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-180002.10.3"></a>The <span
+<!--l. 4058--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-190002.11.3"></a>The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h4>
-<!--l. 3391--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span
+<!--l. 4061--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-18001"></a> that
+ id="dx1-19001"></a> that
will redefine the predefined styles to include the post-description hook (for those that
are missing it). You will need to make sure the styles have already been defined
before loading <span
@@ -6647,12 +8082,12 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
</div>
-<!--l. 3400--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span
+<!--l. 4070--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span
class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing ⟨<span
@@ -6659,59 +8094,59 @@
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩
as a package option to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-18002"></a>. For example:
+ id="dx1-19002"></a>. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
</div>
-<!--l. 3408--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a
+<!--l. 4078--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
- id="dx1-18003"></a> key when you load <span
+ id="dx1-19003"></a> key when you load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You can
omit a value if you only want to use the predefined styles that are automatically
loaded by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(for example, the <span
class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a
- id="dx1-18004"></a> style):
+ id="dx1-19004"></a> style):
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
\usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra}
</div>
-<!--l. 3415--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a
+<!--l. 4085--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
- id="dx1-18005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package
+ id="dx1-19005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package
identifiers. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
\usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra}
</div>
-<!--l. 3420--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
+<!--l. 4090--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
\usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra}
</div>
-<!--l. 3424--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3426--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
+<!--l. 4094--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4096--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
- id="dx1-18006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition
+ id="dx1-19006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition
provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a
- id="dx1-18007"></a> package uses <span
+ id="dx1-19007"></a> package uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>at the end of the
glossary (not after each entry description) within the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span>.
@@ -6726,23 +8161,23 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>). This means that the
modified <span
class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
- id="dx1-18008"></a> style isn’t affected by the <a
+ id="dx1-19008"></a> style isn’t affected by the <a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a
- id="dx1-18009"></a> option, but the post-description
+ id="dx1-19009"></a> option, but the post-description
category hook can still be used.
-</p><!--l. 3440--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4110--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-18010"></a><a
- id="dx1-18011"></a>-like styles, such as <span
+ id="dx1-19010"></a><a
+ id="dx1-19011"></a>-like styles, such as <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-18012"></a> are adjusted so that the <span
+ id="dx1-19012"></a> are adjusted so that the <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsnogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-18013"></a>
+ id="dx1-19013"></a>
conditional (set with <a
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
- id="dx1-18014"></a>) is moved outside of the definition of
+ id="dx1-19014"></a>) is moved outside of the definition of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid problems that cause an “Incomplete <span
class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error with
@@ -6752,23 +8187,23 @@
change this conditional using <span
class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries </span>or using the <span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-18015"></a> option in
+ id="dx1-19015"></a> option in
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, you must also
reset the glossary style.
-</p><!--l. 3451--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span
+</p><!--l. 4121--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span
class="cmtt-10">\space </span>before the <a
- id="dx1-18016"></a><a
+ id="dx1-19016"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in many of
the predefined styles is replaced with
-</p><!--l. 3454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprelocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18017"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3456--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4126--><p class="noindent" >
This just defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example:
@@ -6775,84 +8210,84 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill}
</div>
-<!--l. 3461--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3463--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 4131--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4133--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-18018"></a> styles use
-</p><!--l. 3464--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-19018"></a> styles use
+</p><!--l. 4134--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslistprelocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18019"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3466--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4136--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 3468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4138--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslistchildprelocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18020"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3470--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4140--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 3473--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
+</p><!--l. 4143--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
by:
-</p><!--l. 3475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslistdesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18021"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3477--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4147--><p class="noindent" >
for the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-18022"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-19022"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
- id="dx1-18023"></a> styles (but not the <span
+ id="dx1-19023"></a> styles (but not the <span
class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
- id="dx1-18024"></a> variations).
-</p><!--l. 3481--><p class="indent" > For just the <span
+ id="dx1-19024"></a> variations).
+</p><!--l. 4151--><p class="indent" > For just the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-18025"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span
+ id="dx1-19025"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span
class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
- id="dx1-18026"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-19026"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
- id="dx1-18027"></a>
+ id="dx1-19027"></a>
variations) the <a
- id="dx1-18028"></a><a
+ id="dx1-19028"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> for child entries is followed by
-</p><!--l. 3484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslistchildpostlocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18029"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3486--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to a full stop.
-</p><!--l. 3489--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span
+</p><!--l. 4159--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-18030"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start
+ id="dx1-19030"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start
of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should
take into account situations where <span
class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the
document.
-</p><!--l. 3494--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-18031"></a> package introduced two new commands in <span
+ id="dx1-19031"></a> package introduced two new commands in <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18032"></a> version 4.22,
+ id="dx1-19032"></a> version 4.22,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-18033"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-19033"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-18034"></a>, which are used to format
+ id="dx1-19034"></a>, which are used to format
the letter group headings and the navigation elements for the appropriate styles.
These two new commands are defined in terms of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span><a
- id="dx1-18035"></a> since that was
+ id="dx1-19035"></a> since that was
the command originally used for the group headings and navigation. This
now allows these different elements to be defined independently, but the
most common redefinition is for <span
@@ -6862,16 +8297,16 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>has been defined, as from v1.31 <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-18036"></a>
+ id="dx1-19036"></a>
defines:
-</p><!--l. 3507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18037"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3509--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="noindent" >
which simply does <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
@@ -6890,142 +8325,142 @@
you now can.
-</p><!--l. 3519--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-18038"></a>-like and <span
+ id="dx1-19038"></a>-like and <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-18039"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a
- id="dx1-18040"></a><a
+ id="dx1-19039"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a
+ id="dx1-19040"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> space with
-</p><!--l. 3521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4191--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreeprelocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18041"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3523--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4193--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 3525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreechildprelocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18042"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4197--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 3530--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span
+</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package also provides:
-</p><!--l. 3532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamedesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18043"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3534--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="noindent" >
which is used by the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-18044"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
+ id="dx1-19044"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
description and the post-description hook. Similarly for the symbol:
-</p><!--l. 3538--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4208--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamesymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18045"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3540--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4210--><p class="noindent" >
The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don’t have the name or
symbol displayed for the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-18046"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child
+ id="dx1-19046"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child
description:
-</p><!--l. 3544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreenonamechilddesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18047"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3546--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3548--><p class="indent" > For the <span
+</p><!--l. 4216--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4218--><p class="indent" > For the <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-18048"></a> styles (but not the <span
+ id="dx1-19048"></a> styles (but not the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-18049"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-19049"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-18050"></a> styles), the description is
+ id="dx1-19050"></a> styles), the description is
displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreedesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18051"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3552--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="noindent" >
and the symbol with:
-</p><!--l. 3554--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4224--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreesymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18052"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3556--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4226--><p class="noindent" >
Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The child entries
use:
-</p><!--l. 3559--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4229--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreechilddesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18053"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3561--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4231--><p class="noindent" >
for the description and
-</p><!--l. 3563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreechildsymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18054"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3565--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4235--><p class="noindent" >
for the symbol.
-</p><!--l. 3569--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span
+</p><!--l. 4239--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some
additional commands for use with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-18055"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
+ id="dx1-19055"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
commands are only defined if the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-18056"></a> package has already been loaded,
+ id="dx1-19056"></a> package has already been loaded,
which is typically the case unless the <a
href="#styopt.notree"><span
class="cmss-10">notree</span></a><a
- id="dx1-18057"></a> option has been used when loading
+ id="dx1-19057"></a> option has been used when loading
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\gglssetwidest</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18058"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3579--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4249--><p class="noindent" >
(New to version 1.21.) This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-18059"></a>) but
+ id="dx1-19059"></a>) but
performs a global assignment.
-</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\eglssetwidest</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18060"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19060"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7034,131 +8469,131 @@
-</p><!--l. 3586--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4256--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>but performs a protected expansion on ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩. This has a
localised effect. For a global setting, use
-</p><!--l. 3590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\xglssetwidest</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18061"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3592--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4262--><p class="noindent" >
The following only set the value if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is wider than the current value (new to
version 1.23). Local update:
-</p><!--l. 3595--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsupdatewidest</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18062"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3597--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="noindent" >
Global update:
-</p><!--l. 3599--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\gglsupdatewidest</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18063"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3601--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4271--><p class="noindent" >
Locale update (expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩):
-</p><!--l. 3603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\eglsupdatewidest</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18064"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3605--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4275--><p class="noindent" >
Global update (expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩):
-</p><!--l. 3607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4277--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\xglsupdatewidest</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18065"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3609--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3612--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
-</p><!--l. 3613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4282--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
+</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18066"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3615--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4285--><p class="noindent" >
for the top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3617--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4287--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestsubname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18067"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3619--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4289--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the level number.
-</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a
- id="dx1-18068"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a
+ id="dx1-19068"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-18069"></a></a>, you can use the resource option <span
+ id="dx1-19069"></a></a>, you can use the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span>
which will try to determine the widest name of all the selected entries. This isn’t
guaranteed to work as it may depend on fonts or commands that <a
- id="dx1-18070"></a><span
+ id="dx1-19070"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-18071"></a>
+ id="dx1-19071"></a>
can’t replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just consist of text,
and can be more efficient than iterating over all the defined entries using
<span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3630--><p class="indent" > The command <span
+</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" > The command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-18072"></a> has a
+ id="dx1-19072"></a> has a
CamelCase synonym:
-</p><!--l. 3632--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18073"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4304--><p class="noindent" >
Similar commands are also provided:
-</p><!--l. 3636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18074"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary</span>
<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3638--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4308--><p class="noindent" >
This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only
useful if the glossaries that use the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-18075"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
+ id="dx1-19075"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. (Alternatively,
place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the
next run.)
@@ -7165,56 +8600,56 @@
-</p><!--l. 3646--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4316--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18076"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19076"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3648--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4318--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-18077"></a> key. This is useful if
+ id="dx1-19077"></a> key. This is useful if
all levels should have the same width for the name.
-</p><!--l. 3653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyName</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18078"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3655--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4325--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4329--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18079"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4331--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels
as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored.
-</p><!--l. 3666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18080"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3668--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4338--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18081"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19081"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -7222,15 +8657,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3675--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length
of the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 3680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4350--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18082"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary</span>
<span
@@ -7238,13 +8673,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4352--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18083"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19083"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -7254,24 +8689,24 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3689--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4359--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a
- id="dx1-18084"></a><a
+ id="dx1-19084"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
This requires <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-18085"></a> (see the <span
+ id="dx1-19085"></a> (see the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual). The length of
the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">symbol register</span>⟩ and the length of the widest <a
- id="dx1-18086"></a>number
+ id="dx1-19086"></a>number
list is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 3697--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18087"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19087"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -7281,13 +8716,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4370--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4374--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18088"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19088"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -7295,19 +8730,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3707--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the
symbol. The length of the widest <a
- id="dx1-18089"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-19089"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 3712--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18090"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19090"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary</span>
<span
@@ -7315,16 +8750,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3715--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4385--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3719--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a
- id="dx1-18091"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 4389--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a
+ id="dx1-19091"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is governed by
-</p><!--l. 3721--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18092"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19092"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7332,12 +8767,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3723--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4393--><p class="noindent" >
for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18093"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19093"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7345,29 +8780,29 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3727--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4397--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 3730--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span
+</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-18094"></a>
+ id="dx1-19094"></a>
style:
-</p><!--l. 3732--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeInit</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18095"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19095"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3734--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3736--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
+</p><!--l. 4404--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4406--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
is provided by the length
-</p><!--l. 3738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-18096"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-19096"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3740--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3742--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span
+</p><!--l. 4410--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-18097"></a> style, see the
+ id="dx1-19097"></a> style, see the
documented code (<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). For examples, see the
accompanying sample files <span
@@ -7379,11 +8814,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 3749--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 3749--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4419--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 4419--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a
id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2>
-</p><!--l. 3752--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
+</p><!--l. 4422--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
“laser”), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as “html”, that aren’t
pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often
replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acronym” code provided by the
@@ -7391,19 +8826,19 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is misnamed as it’s more often than not used for initialisms instead.
Acronyms tend not to be <span
class="cmti-10">expanded </span>on <a
- id="dx1-19001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-20001"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> (although they may need
to be <span
class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore
more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the
glossary.
-</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4434--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better
abbreviation handling, with
-</p><!--l. 3766--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4436--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-19002"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-20002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7414,10 +8849,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3768--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3770--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span
+</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-19003"></a> key to <span
+ id="dx1-20003"></a> key to <span
class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may be
overridden in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩. The category may have attributes that modify the way
@@ -7424,52 +8859,52 @@
abbreviations are defined. For example, the <a
href="#catattr.insertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19004"></a> attribute will automatically
+ id="dx1-20004"></a> attribute will automatically
insert full stops (periods) into ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or the <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19005"></a> attribute will set the default
+ id="dx1-20005"></a> attribute will set the default
value of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-19006"></a> key to just ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-20006"></a> key to just ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (without appending the plural suffix). See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5
</a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="indent" > See <a
+</p><!--l. 4450--><p class="indent" > See <a
href="#sec:nested"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-19007"></a> or
+ id="dx1-20007"></a> or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-19008"></a> within ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-20008"></a> within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 3784--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
+</p><!--l. 4454--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
or they may not be correctly applied. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4457--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-19009"></a> command provided by the <span
+ id="dx1-20009"></a> command provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>with the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-19010"></a> set to <span
+ id="dx1-20010"></a> set to <span
class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(see also
<a
href="#sec:acronymmods"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.8 </a><a
href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so
-</p><!--l. 3793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4463--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-19011"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-20011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7479,7 +8914,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4465--><p class="noindent" >
is
now
equivalent
@@ -7505,7 +8940,7 @@
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 3802--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4472--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package’s <span
@@ -7513,55 +8948,55 @@
default style is <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19012"></a> for entries in the <span
+ id="dx1-20012"></a> for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-19013"></a> category and <a
+ id="dx1-20013"></a> category and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19014"></a> for
+ id="dx1-20014"></a> for
entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-19015"></a> category. (These aren’t the same as the acronym
+ id="dx1-20015"></a> category. (These aren’t the same as the acronym
styles provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar
results.)
-</p><!--l. 3812--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according
to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry’s category so,
unlike the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within
the same glossary.
-</p><!--l. 3818--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
+</p><!--l. 4488--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
<a
- id="dx1-19016"></a><a
+ id="dx1-20016"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-19017"></a> and the inline full form, which is used by
+ id="dx1-20017"></a> and the inline full form, which is used by
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-19018"></a>. For some of the abbreviation styles, such as
+ id="dx1-20018"></a>. For some of the abbreviation styles, such as
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19019"></a>, the display and inline forms are the same. In the case of styles
+ id="dx1-20019"></a>, the display and inline forms are the same. In the case of styles
such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19020"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-20020"></a> or <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19021"></a>, the display and inline full forms are
+ id="dx1-20021"></a>, the display and inline full forms are
different.
-</p><!--l. 3825--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span
+</p><!--l. 4495--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-19022"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-20022"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-19023"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-20023"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-19024"></a> or
+ id="dx1-20024"></a> or
<span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-19025"></a> fields, which means they won’t be used within commands like
+ id="dx1-20025"></a> fields, which means they won’t be used within commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>(but they are used within commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>and
@@ -7568,45 +9003,45 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>). Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-19026"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use
+ id="dx1-20026"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3833--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
+</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
text using
-</p><!--l. 3835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4505--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsuseabbrvfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-19027"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-20027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuseabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4507--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label that identifies the abbreviation style. Similarly
for the formatting command use by the long form:
-</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsuselongfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-19028"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-20028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuselongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4513--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3845--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4515--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a
id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3>
-<!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
+<!--l. 4518--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 3851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-20001"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-21001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -7614,9 +9049,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3853--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="noindent" >
before you define your abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (a control sequence) to accept a single
argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal
behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in
@@ -7626,23 +9061,23 @@
the glossary it’s activated for those categories that have the <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
- id="dx1-20002"></a> attribute set to
+ id="dx1-21002"></a> attribute set to
“true”. For those cases it will use
-</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrtagfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-20003"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-21003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3865--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4535--><p class="noindent" >
This command defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a
- id="dx1-20004"></a><span
+ id="dx1-21004"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required.
-</p><!--l. 3869--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 4539--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ can’t already be defined when used with the unstarred
version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred
@@ -7651,32 +9086,32 @@
commands, ensure that you don’t redefine something important. In fact, just
forget the existence of the starred version and let’s pretend I didn’t mention
it.
-</p><!--l. 3878--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span
+</p><!--l. 4548--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list
of category names. The <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
- id="dx1-20005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for those
+ id="dx1-21005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for those
categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but
this must be done before the glossary is displayed.
-</p><!--l. 3885--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 4555--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both
the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-20006"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-21006"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-20007"></a> categories:
+ id="dx1-21007"></a> categories:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag}
</div>
-<!--l. 3890--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span
+<!--l. 4560--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span
class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For
example:
@@ -7683,7 +9118,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
\newacronym
 <br /> [description={a system for detecting the location and
 <br /> speed of ships, aircraft, etc, through the use of radio
@@ -7695,21 +9130,21 @@
 <br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
 <br /> {e\itag{x}tensible \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage}
</div>
-<!--l. 3905--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
+<!--l. 4575--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
entries with the <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
- id="dx1-20008"></a> attribute set.
-</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-21008"></a> attribute set.
+</p><!--l. 4580--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3910--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4580--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a
id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 3913--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
-</p><!--l. 3915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 4583--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
+</p><!--l. 4585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\setabbreviationstyle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21001"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7716,7 +9151,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4587--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style-name</span>⟩ is the name of the style and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label
@@ -7729,22 +9164,22 @@
example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-21002"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-22002"></a> and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-21003"></a> styles set the <a
+ id="dx1-22003"></a> styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-21004"></a> attribute to
+ id="dx1-22004"></a> attribute to
<span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3928--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
+</p><!--l. 4598--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
different category to each group and set the style for the given category.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 3932--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3934--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 4602--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4604--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-21005"></a> is disabled by <span
+ id="dx1-22005"></a> is disabled by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -7757,26 +9192,26 @@
</div>
</div> instead. The original acronym interface can be restored with <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-21006"></a> (see
+ id="dx1-22006"></a> (see
<a
href="#sec:acronymmods"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.8 </a><a
href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym interface is
incompatible with all the commands described here.
-<!--l. 3944--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span
+<!--l. 4614--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-21007"></a>,
+ id="dx1-22007"></a>,
but don’t use the acronym commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-21008"></a> (which use <span
+ id="dx1-22008"></a> (which use <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-21009"></a>).
+ id="dx1-22009"></a>).
The short form can be produced with:
-</p><!--l. 3948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21010"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7784,15 +9219,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3950--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" >
(Use this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-21011"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 3953--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 3954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-22011"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 4623--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with
+</p><!--l. 4624--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21012"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7800,16 +9235,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3956--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4626--><p class="noindent" >
(Use this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-21013"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 3959--><p class="indent" > The <span
+ id="dx1-22013"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 3960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21014"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7817,48 +9252,48 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3962--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4632--><p class="noindent" >
(This this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-21015"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 3965--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span
+ id="dx1-22015"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 4635--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-21016"></a> for abbreviations,
+ id="dx1-22016"></a> for abbreviations,
especially if you use the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ optional argument. Use either <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a
reset) or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3972--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
+</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4642--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
used on <a
- id="dx1-21017"></a><a
+ id="dx1-22017"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-21018"></a> style only displays the
+ id="dx1-22018"></a> style only displays the
short form on <a
- id="dx1-21019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the
+ id="dx1-22019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the
short form in parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 3979--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
+</p><!--l. 4649--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
commands described in <a
href="#sec:headtitle"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a
href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and
Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3983--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3985--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ are the same as for commands such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands:
-</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 3990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4659--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 4660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21020"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7866,12 +9301,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3992--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3994--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 3995--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4664--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 4665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21021"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7879,12 +9314,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3997--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3999--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 4000--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4667--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4669--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 4670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21022"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7892,15 +9327,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4004--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 4672--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4674--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 4005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21023"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7908,12 +9343,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4009--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 4010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4677--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 4680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21024"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7921,12 +9356,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4012--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4014--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 4015--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4682--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4684--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 4685--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21025"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7934,13 +9369,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4017--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4019--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available.
-</p><!--l. 4021--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 4022--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4687--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4689--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available.
+</p><!--l. 4691--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 4692--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21026"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7948,11 +9383,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4024--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4694--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21027"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7960,11 +9395,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4027--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4697--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21028"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7972,12 +9407,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4030--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4032--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 4033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4700--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4702--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 4703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21029"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7985,11 +9420,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4705--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21030"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7997,11 +9432,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4039--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4708--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4709--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21031"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -8009,12 +9444,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4041--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 4044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4711--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4713--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 4714--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21032"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -8022,11 +9457,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4046--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4716--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21033"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -8034,11 +9469,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4049--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4719--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-21034"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -8046,8 +9481,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4052--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4054--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span
+</p><!--l. 4722--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4724--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and
@@ -8056,32 +9491,32 @@
than the style in use when the entry was defined. If you have mixed styles,
you’ll need to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-21035"></a> instead. Similarly for <span
+ id="dx1-22035"></a> instead. Similarly for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>etc.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 4060--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4062--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4730--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4732--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4062--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4732--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a
id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 4065--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option
+<!--l. 4735--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option
<a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-22001"></a> (or <a
+ id="dx1-23001"></a> (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a
- id="dx1-22002"></a>) or <a
+ id="dx1-23002"></a>) or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-22003"></a>. (You can use
+ id="dx1-23003"></a>. (You can use
both settings at the same time.) The provided shortcut commands listed in
<a
href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table 3.1</a>.
@@ -8090,7 +9525,7 @@
-<!--l. 4072--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 4742--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -8098,7 +9533,7 @@
<div class="caption"
><span class="id">Table 3.1: </span><span
-class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-220041 -->
+class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-230041 -->
<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col
@@ -8119,7 +9554,7 @@
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">=abbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-22005"></a><span
+ id="dx1-23005"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">)</span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmbx-10">(</span><a
@@ -8126,415 +9561,415 @@
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-22006"></a><span
+ id="dx1-23006"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">)</span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ab</span><a
- id="dx1-22007"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"
+ id="dx1-23007"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a
- id="dx1-22008"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"
+ id="dx1-23008"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-22009"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23009"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\abp</span><a
- id="dx1-22010"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"
+ id="dx1-23010"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acp</span><a
- id="dx1-22011"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"
+ id="dx1-23011"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span><a
- id="dx1-22012"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23012"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\as</span><a
- id="dx1-22013"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"
+ id="dx1-23013"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acs</span><a
- id="dx1-22014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"
+ id="dx1-23014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-22015"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23015"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\asp</span><a
- id="dx1-22016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"
+ id="dx1-23016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acsp</span><a
- id="dx1-22017"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"
+ id="dx1-23017"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl</span><a
- id="dx1-22018"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23018"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\al</span><a
- id="dx1-22019"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2"
+ id="dx1-23019"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acl</span><a
- id="dx1-22020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3"
+ id="dx1-23020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-22021"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23021"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\alp</span><a
- id="dx1-22022"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2"
+ id="dx1-23022"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\aclp</span><a
- id="dx1-22023"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3"
+ id="dx1-23023"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl</span><a
- id="dx1-22024"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23024"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\af</span><a
- id="dx1-22025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2"
+ id="dx1-23025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acf</span><a
- id="dx1-22026"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3"
+ id="dx1-23026"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-22027"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23027"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\afp</span><a
- id="dx1-22028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-2"
+ id="dx1-23028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acfp</span><a
- id="dx1-22029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-3"
+ id="dx1-23029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-22030"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23030"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Ab</span><a
- id="dx1-22031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2"
+ id="dx1-23031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Ac</span><a
- id="dx1-22032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-3"
+ id="dx1-23032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-22033"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23033"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Abp</span><a
- id="dx1-22034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-2"
+ id="dx1-23034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acp</span><a
- id="dx1-22035"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-3"
+ id="dx1-23035"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span><a
- id="dx1-22036"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23036"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\As</span><a
- id="dx1-22037"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-2"
+ id="dx1-23037"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acs</span><a
- id="dx1-22038"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-3"
+ id="dx1-23038"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-22039"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23039"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Asp</span><a
- id="dx1-22040"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-2"
+ id="dx1-23040"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acsp</span><a
- id="dx1-22041"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-3"
+ id="dx1-23041"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><a
- id="dx1-22042"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23042"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Al</span><a
- id="dx1-22043"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-2"
+ id="dx1-23043"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acl</span><a
- id="dx1-22044"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-3"
+ id="dx1-23044"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-22045"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23045"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Alp</span><a
- id="dx1-22046"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-2"
+ id="dx1-23046"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Aclp</span><a
- id="dx1-22047"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-3"
+ id="dx1-23047"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><a
- id="dx1-22048"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23048"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Af</span><a
- id="dx1-22049"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-2"
+ id="dx1-23049"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acf</span><a
- id="dx1-22050"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-3"
+ id="dx1-23050"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-22051"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23051"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Afp</span><a
- id="dx1-22052"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-2"
+ id="dx1-23052"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acfp</span><a
- id="dx1-22053"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-3"
+ id="dx1-23053"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-22054"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23054"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AB</span><a
- id="dx1-22055"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-2"
+ id="dx1-23055"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AC</span><a
- id="dx1-22056"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-3"
+ id="dx1-23056"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLS</span><a
- id="dx1-22057"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23057"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ABP</span><a
- id="dx1-22058"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-2"
+ id="dx1-23058"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACP</span><a
- id="dx1-22059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-3"
+ id="dx1-23059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl</span><a
- id="dx1-22060"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23060"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AS</span><a
- id="dx1-22061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-2"
+ id="dx1-23061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACS</span><a
- id="dx1-22062"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-3"
+ id="dx1-23062"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-22063"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23063"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ASP</span><a
- id="dx1-22064"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-2"
+ id="dx1-23064"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACSP</span><a
- id="dx1-22065"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-3"
+ id="dx1-23065"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><a
- id="dx1-22066"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23066"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AL</span><a
- id="dx1-22067"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-2"
+ id="dx1-23067"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACL</span><a
- id="dx1-22068"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-3"
+ id="dx1-23068"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-22069"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23069"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ALP</span><a
- id="dx1-22070"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-2"
+ id="dx1-23070"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACLP</span><a
- id="dx1-22071"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-3"
+ id="dx1-23071"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><a
- id="dx1-22072"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23072"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AF</span><a
- id="dx1-22073"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-2"
+ id="dx1-23073"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACF</span><a
- id="dx1-22074"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-3"
+ id="dx1-23074"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-22075"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23075"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AFP</span><a
- id="dx1-22076"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-2"
+ id="dx1-23076"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACFP</span><a
- id="dx1-22077"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-3"
+ id="dx1-23077"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-22078"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-23078"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbr</span><a
- id="dx1-22079"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-2"
+ id="dx1-23079"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbr</span><a
- id="dx1-22080"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-3"
+ id="dx1-23080"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-22081"></a> </td></tr></table></div>
+ id="dx1-23081"></a> </td></tr></table></div>
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 4110--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4780--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4 </span> <a
id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 4113--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
+<!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
regular entry (so that <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-23001"></a> uses <span
+ id="dx1-24001"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-23002"></a>) and those that don’t treat the
+ id="dx1-24002"></a>) and those that don’t treat the
abbreviation as a regular entry (so that <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-23003"></a> uses <span
+ id="dx1-24003"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-23004"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 4118--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a
+ id="dx1-24004"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 4788--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23005"></a> attribute to “true” for the
+ id="dx1-24005"></a> attribute to “true” for the
category assigned to each abbreviation with that style. This means that on <a
- id="dx1-23006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24006"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-23007"></a> uses the value of the <span
+ id="dx1-24007"></a> uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-23008"></a> field and on subsequent use <span
+ id="dx1-24008"></a> field and on subsequent use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-23009"></a> uses the value of the
+ id="dx1-24009"></a> uses the value of the
<span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-23010"></a> field (and analogously for the plural and case-changing versions). The <span
+ id="dx1-24010"></a> field (and analogously for the plural and case-changing versions). The <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-23011"></a> and
+ id="dx1-24011"></a> and
<span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-23012"></a> fields are set as appropriate and may be accessed through commands like
+ id="dx1-24012"></a> fields are set as appropriate and may be accessed through commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-23013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a
+ id="dx1-24013"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 4797--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23014"></a> attribute. The <span
+ id="dx1-24014"></a> attribute. The <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-23015"></a>
+ id="dx1-24015"></a>
and <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-23016"></a> fields (and their plural forms) are set and can be accessed through
+ id="dx1-24016"></a> fields (and their plural forms) are set and can be accessed through
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span>, but they aren’t used by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-23017"></a>, which
+ id="dx1-24017"></a>, which
instead use the short form (stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-23018"></a> key) and the display full
+ id="dx1-24018"></a> key) and the display full
format (through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a
- id="dx1-23019"></a> that are defined by the
+ id="dx1-24019"></a> that are defined by the
style).
-</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a
- id="dx1-23020"></a>first use of <span
+</p><!--l. 4805--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a
+ id="dx1-24020"></a>first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-23021"></a> may not match the text produced by
+ id="dx1-24021"></a> may not match the text produced by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-23022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
-</p><!--l. 4139--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
+ id="dx1-24022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
+</p><!--l. 4809--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles
described here.
-</p><!--l. 4142--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span
+</p><!--l. 4812--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-23023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
+ id="dx1-24023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold
and small-caps. I recommend that you at least use the <span
class="cmss-10">fontenc</span><a
- id="dx1-23024"></a> package with the <span
+ id="dx1-24024"></a> package with the <span
class="cmss-10">T1</span>
option or something similar. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4148--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4150--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4820--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23025"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 4152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-24025"></a>, use
+</p><!--l. 4822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrparen</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23026"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4154--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4824--><p class="noindent" >
to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text:
(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 4828--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23027"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-24027"></a> and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23028"></a> use
-</p><!--l. 4160--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-24028"></a> use
+</p><!--l. 4830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23029"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4162--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4832--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form. This just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. (That is, no font change is
applied.) On first use,
-</p><!--l. 4165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23030"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4837--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. By default, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is
formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 4170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongdefaultfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23031"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -8541,57 +9976,57 @@
-</p><!--l. 4172--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4842--><p class="noindent" >
which again just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (no font change). On first use,
-</p><!--l. 4174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23032"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4176--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4846--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the
short form is given by
-</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23033"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4181--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4851--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a
- id="dx1-23034"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4184--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a
+ id="dx1-24034"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 4854--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23035"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-24035"></a> and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23036"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 4186--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-24036"></a>, use
+</p><!--l. 4856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvscfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23037"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4188--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4858--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-23038f1"></a>
+ id="x1-24038f1"></a>
On first use
-</p><!--l. 4194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23039"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4196--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4866--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont </span>by default. So redefine, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span>
@@ -8598,150 +10033,150 @@
to change first and subsequent uses or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont </span>to change just the
first use.
-</p><!--l. 4201--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span
+</p><!--l. 4871--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrscsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23040"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4210--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+<!--l. 4880--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span><a
- id="dx1-23041"></a> command is provided by <span
+ id="dx1-24041"></a> command is provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off the
small caps font for the suffix. If you override the default short plural using the
<span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-23042"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to make the
+ id="dx1-24042"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to make the
appropriate adjustment if necessary. (Remember that the default plural suffix
behaviour can be modified through the use of the <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23043"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-24043"></a> and <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23044"></a>
+ id="dx1-24044"></a>
attributes. See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 4221--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 4891--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23045"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-24045"></a> and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23046"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 4223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-24046"></a>, use
+</p><!--l. 4893--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23047"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4895--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. (This requires the <span
class="cmss-10">relsizes</span><a
- id="dx1-23048"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by
+ id="dx1-24048"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, so must be loaded explicitly.) On first use
-</p><!--l. 4230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23049"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4232--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4902--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 4235--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span
+</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 4238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4908--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsmsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23050"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4240--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4910--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4243--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 4913--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23051"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-24051"></a> or <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23052"></a>,
+ id="dx1-24052"></a>,
use
-</p><!--l. 4245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvemfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23053"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4247--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4917--><p class="noindent" >
On first use
-</p><!--l. 4249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvemfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23054"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4921--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont </span>by default. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 4254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtremsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23055"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24055"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4256--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4926--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. The long form is as for the basic
style unless the style is a “long-em” style.
-</p><!--l. 4261--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 4931--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23056"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-24056"></a> or <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23057"></a>,
+ id="dx1-24057"></a>,
use
-</p><!--l. 4263--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23058"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4265--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4935--><p class="noindent" >
instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>and
-</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongemfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23059"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -8748,7 +10183,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4939--><p class="noindent" >
instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
@@ -8756,129 +10191,129 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span>
is initialised to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4273--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands:
-</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4943--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands:
+</p><!--l. 4944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23060"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24060"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4946--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 4278--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23061"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4280--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 4282--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslonguserfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23062"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4284--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4954--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 4286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4956--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonguserfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23063"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4288--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4958--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23064"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4962--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 4295--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles:
-</p><!--l. 4296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4965--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles:
+</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvhyphenfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23065"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4298--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4968--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23066"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4972--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 4304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslonghyphenfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23067"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4306--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4976--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 4308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23068"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4310--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhyphensuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23069"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24069"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4984--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 4317--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 4987--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span
class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23070"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 4319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-24070"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 4989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvonlyfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23071"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24071"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4991--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 4323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23072"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4995--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 4327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongonlyfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23073"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4999--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 4331--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongonlyfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23074"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -8885,46 +10320,46 @@
-</p><!--l. 4333--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5003--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlysuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23075"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24075"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4337--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5007--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
+</p><!--l. 5010--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To
move it inside, use:
-</p><!--l. 4343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23076"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24076"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="noindent" >
This applies to all the predefined styles. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
\setabbreviationstyle{long-short}
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
 <br />\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue
</div>
-<!--l. 4351--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
+<!--l. 5021--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
(without <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span>) would place the inserted text outside of the
emphasized font.
-</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a
+</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23077"></a>, the inserted text would be
+ id="dx1-24077"></a>, the inserted text would be
placed inside the font command for the short form (rather than the long form in the
above example).
-</p><!--l. 4360--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span
+</p><!--l. 5030--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>renders <span
class="cmti-10">lowercase </span>letters as small capitals. Uppercase
letters are rendered as normal uppercase letters, so if you specify the short form in
@@ -8935,30 +10370,30 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4367--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
+<!--l. 5037--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5039--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
easier to redefine this command to convert case:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4375--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use
-</p><!--l. 4378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 5045--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5047--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use
+</p><!--l. 5048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullsep</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23078"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4380--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5050--><p class="noindent" >
as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by
default, but may be changed as required. For example:
@@ -8965,19 +10400,19 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~}
</div>
-<!--l. 4385--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 5055--><p class="nopar" > or
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4389--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
+<!--l. 5059--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5061--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩[<span
@@ -8988,7 +10423,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier2</span>⟩][<span
class="cmtt-10">-user</span>]
- <!--l. 4396--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span
+ <!--l. 5066--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ parts may be omitted.
These styles display ⟨<span
@@ -8998,30 +10433,30 @@
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ starts with “no” then that element is omitted from the display style
(no parenthetical part) but is included in the inline style.
- </p><!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ </p><!--l. 5072--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ part is present, then the field has a font changing command
applied to it. The special modifier <span
class="cmtt-10">-only </span>indicates that field is only present
according to whether or not the entry has been used.
- </p><!--l. 4407--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ </p><!--l. 5077--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ is placed after the <a
- id="dx1-23079"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24079"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the
post-link hook.
- </p><!--l. 4410--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ </p><!--l. 5080--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmtt-10">-user </span>part is present, then the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-23080"></a> value, if provided, is inserted
+ id="dx1-24080"></a> value, if provided, is inserted
into the parenthetical material . (The field used for the inserted material
may be changed.)
- </p><!--l. 4414--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 5084--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23081"></a>: ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-24081"></a>: ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ is the long form, the short form is set in
smallcaps but omitted in the display style.
</li>
@@ -9028,21 +10463,21 @@
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23082"></a>: both the long form and the short form are
+ id="dx1-24082"></a>: both the long form and the short form are
emphasized. The short form is in parentheses.
</li>
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23083"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form.
+ id="dx1-24083"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form.
The short form is in parentheses.
</li>
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23084"></a>: if the <span
+ id="dx1-24084"></a>: if the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-23085"></a> key has been set, this produces the style
+ id="dx1-24085"></a> key has been set, this produces the style
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span
@@ -9053,7 +10488,7 @@
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23086"></a>: the short form and the inserted
+ id="dx1-24086"></a>: the short form and the inserted
material (provided by the final optional argument of commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) is moved to the post-link hook. The long form is formatted
@@ -9072,31 +10507,31 @@
<li class="itemize">⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-noreg</span>
- <!--l. 4438--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a
+ <!--l. 5108--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23087"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the
+ id="dx1-24087"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the
style that doesn’t set this attribute. For example, <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23088"></a> sets the
+ id="dx1-24088"></a> sets the
<a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23089"></a> attribute. The <a
+ id="dx1-24089"></a> attribute. The <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23090"></a> style is a minor variation that
+ id="dx1-24090"></a> style is a minor variation that
style that doesn’t set the attribute.
- </p><!--l. 4445--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a
+ </p><!--l. 5115--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23091"></a>, that have
+ id="dx1-24091"></a>, that have
“-noreg” version without a regular version. This is because the style won’t work
properly with the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23092"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for
+ id="dx1-24092"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for
consistency with the other “noshort” styles.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">⟨<span
@@ -9106,79 +10541,79 @@
class="cmtt-10">-</span>[<span
class="cmtt-10">post</span>]<span
class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>
- <!--l. 4455--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 5125--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by a footnote with the other field in it. If
<span
class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then the footnote is placed after the <a
- id="dx1-23093"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24093"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the
post-link hook. The inline style does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by the other field in
parentheses.
- </p><!--l. 4461--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ </p><!--l. 5131--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩ is present, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ has a font-changing command applied to
it.
- </p><!--l. 4464--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 5134--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23094"></a>: short form in the text with the long form in the
+ id="dx1-24094"></a>: short form in the text with the long form in the
footnote.
</li>
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23095"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in
+ id="dx1-24095"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in
the footnote outside of the <a
- id="dx1-23096"></a>link-text.</li></ul>
- <!--l. 4472--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
+ id="dx1-24096"></a>link-text.</li></ul>
+ <!--l. 5142--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
where <span
class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-23097"></a> doesn’t work. </div>
- </p><!--l. 4475--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-24097"></a> doesn’t work. </div>
+ </p><!--l. 5145--><p class="noindent" >
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-desc</span>
- <!--l. 4479--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 5149--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩ but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-23098"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations
+ id="dx1-24098"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations
with this style.
- </p><!--l. 4482--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 5152--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23099"></a>: like <a
+ id="dx1-24099"></a>: like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23100"></a> but requires a description.
+ id="dx1-24100"></a> but requires a description.
</li>
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23101"></a>: like <a
+ id="dx1-24101"></a>: like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23102"></a> but requires a
+ id="dx1-24102"></a> but requires a
description.</li></ul>
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 4492--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
+<!--l. 5162--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
styles that didn’t fit this naming scheme are either provided with a synonym (where
the former name wasn’t ambiguous) or provided with a deprecated synonym (where
the former name was confusing). The deprecated style names generate a warning
using:
-</p><!--l. 4498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-23103"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24103"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -9186,38 +10621,38 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">new-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4500--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">old-name</span>⟩ is the deprecated name and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">new-name</span>⟩ is the preferred name. You
can suppress these warnings by redefining this command to do nothing.
-</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4506--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.1 </span> <a
id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 4509--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a
+<!--l. 5179--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories
+ id="dx1-25001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories
that have abbreviations defined with any of these styles.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-24002"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25002"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This only displays the short form on <a
- id="dx1-24003"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25003"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-24004"></a> is set to the
+ id="dx1-25004"></a> is set to the
short form through the command
- <!--l. 4517--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5187--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortnolongname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-24005"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-25005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4519--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5189--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for the other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -9230,33 +10665,33 @@
take effect. Make sure to <span
class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>any formatting commands (or anything else
that shouldn’t be expanded).
- </p><!--l. 4528--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5198--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-24006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-25006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩
(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The long form on its own can be displayed through commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-24007"></a>.
+ id="dx1-25007"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-24008"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25008"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24009"></a>.
+ id="dx1-25009"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short</span><a
- id="dx1-24010"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25010"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24011"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-25011"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -9263,25 +10698,25 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-24012"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25012"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24013"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-25013"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24014"></a> (which defaults to <span
+ id="dx1-25014"></a> (which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>).
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-24015"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25015"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24016"></a>
+ id="dx1-25016"></a>
@@ -9289,11 +10724,11 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-24017"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25017"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24018"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-25018"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
The name is still obtained from <span
@@ -9308,34 +10743,34 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-24019"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25019"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24020"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-25020"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24021"></a> (which defaults to <span
+ id="dx1-25021"></a> (which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>).
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-24022"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25022"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24023"></a>.
+ id="dx1-25023"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-24024"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25024"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24025"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-25025"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩
(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
@@ -9343,33 +10778,33 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-24026"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25026"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24027"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-25027"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24028"></a>.
+ id="dx1-25028"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-24029"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25029"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24030"></a>
+ id="dx1-25030"></a>
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-24031"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25031"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24032"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-25032"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩
(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
@@ -9377,20 +10812,20 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24033"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25033"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24034"></a> style, but the <span
+ id="dx1-25034"></a> style, but the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-24035"></a> is set to the full form
+ id="dx1-25035"></a> is set to the full form
obtained by expanding
- <!--l. 4575--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5245--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortdescname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-24036"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-25036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4577--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5247--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for the other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -9403,16 +10838,16 @@
before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
- </p><!--l. 4584--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5254--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-24037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use
+ id="dx1-25037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use
the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24038"></a> style with the post-description hook set to display
+ id="dx1-25038"></a> style with the post-description hook set to display
the long form and override the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-24039"></a> key. (See the sample file
+ id="dx1-25039"></a> key. (See the sample file
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span>.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -9419,24 +10854,24 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24040"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25040"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24041"></a>.
+ id="dx1-25041"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24042"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25042"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24043"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-25043"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24044"></a> (which defaults to <span
+ id="dx1-25044"></a> (which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>).
@@ -9445,83 +10880,83 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24045"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25045"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24046"></a>.
+ id="dx1-25046"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24047"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25047"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24048"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-25048"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24049"></a> (which defaults to <span
+ id="dx1-25049"></a> (which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>).
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24050"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25050"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24051"></a>.
+ id="dx1-25051"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24052"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25052"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24053"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-25053"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24054"></a>.
+ id="dx1-25054"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24055"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25055"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24056"></a>.
+ id="dx1-25056"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24057"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25057"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or
subsequent use of commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-24058"></a>. The short form may be accessed
+ id="dx1-25058"></a>. The short form may be accessed
through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-24059"></a>. The inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-25059"></a>. The inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩
(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
- <!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ <!--l. 5290--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-24060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span
+ id="dx1-25060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-24061"></a> key is also set to the long form,
+ id="dx1-25061"></a> key is also set to the long form,
but this is done by expanding
- </p><!--l. 4623--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 5293--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-24062"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-25062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4625--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5295--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for the other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -9531,9 +10966,9 @@
indicated otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before
abbreviations are defined, and any fragile or formatting commands within it
need protecting.
- </p><!--l. 4631--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5301--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-24063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles
+ id="dx1-25063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles
won’t display the short form. You can use the post-description hook to
automatically append the short form to the description. The inline full form
will display ⟨<span
@@ -9543,44 +10978,44 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24064"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25064"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24065"></a>.
+ id="dx1-25065"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24066"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25066"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24067"></a> style but the short form (accessed
+ id="dx1-25067"></a> style but the short form (accessed
through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-24068"></a>) use <span
+ id="dx1-25068"></a>) use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24069"></a>. (This style was
+ id="dx1-25069"></a>. (This style was
originally called <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-24070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name
+ id="dx1-25070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name
retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24071"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25071"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24072"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-25072"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24073"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-25073"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-24074"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-25074"></a>. Renamed in
version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
backward-compatibility.)
@@ -9590,60 +11025,60 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24075"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25075"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24076"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-25076"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24077"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
+ id="dx1-25077"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
called <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span><a
- id="dx1-24078"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
+ id="dx1-25078"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-24079"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25079"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.04, like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24080"></a> but
+ id="dx1-25080"></a> but
redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24081"></a>. The long form uses
+ id="dx1-25081"></a>. The long form uses
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24082"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-25082"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24083"></a>.
+ id="dx1-25083"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort</span><a
- id="dx1-24084"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25084"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style doesn’t really make sense if you don’t use the short form
anywhere in the document, but is provided for completeness. This is
like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24085"></a> style, but the <span
+ id="dx1-25085"></a> style, but the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-24086"></a> key is set to the short
+ id="dx1-25086"></a> key is set to the short
form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-24087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by
+ id="dx1-25087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by
expanding
- <!--l. 4672--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5342--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongnoshortname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-24088"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-25088"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4674--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5344--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -9651,51 +11086,51 @@
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ styles, unless indicated
otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before abbreviations are
defined, and fragile or formatting commands should be protected.
- </p><!--l. 4681--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5351--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-24089"></a> is set to the long form.
+ id="dx1-25089"></a> is set to the long form.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-24090"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25090"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24091"></a>
+ id="dx1-25091"></a>
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-24092"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25092"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through
+ id="dx1-25093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-24094"></a>) use <span
+ id="dx1-25094"></a>) use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24095"></a>. (This style was originally
+ id="dx1-25095"></a>. (This style was originally
called <span
class="cmss-10">long-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-24096"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
+ id="dx1-25096"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-24097"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25097"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24098"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-25098"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24099"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-25099"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">long-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-24100"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-25100"></a>. Renamed in
version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
backward-compatibility.)
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -9702,28 +11137,28 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em</span><a
- id="dx1-24101"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25101"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24102"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-25102"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24103"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
+ id="dx1-25103"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
called <span
class="cmss-10">long-em</span><a
- id="dx1-24104"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
+ id="dx1-25104"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em</span><a
- id="dx1-24105"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-25105"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24106"></a> but redefines
+ id="dx1-25106"></a> but redefines
@@ -9730,7 +11165,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-24107"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-25107"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont </span>and <span
@@ -9738,27 +11173,27 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. The short
form isn’t used by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-24108"></a>, but can be obtained using
+ id="dx1-25108"></a>, but can be obtained using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-24109"></a>. The related style <a
+ id="dx1-25109"></a>. The related style <a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-24110"></a> doesn’t set the
+ id="dx1-25110"></a> doesn’t set the
<a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24111"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-25111"></a> attribute.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4718--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 5388--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4718--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5388--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.2 </span> <a
id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 4721--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a
+<!--l. 5391--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has
+ id="dx1-26001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has
previously been set. If it hasn’t already been set, it’s left unset. Other attributes may
also be set, depending on the style.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -9765,24 +11200,24 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short</span><a
- id="dx1-25002"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26002"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">On <a
- id="dx1-25003"></a><a
+ id="dx1-26003"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The inline and
display full forms are the same. The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-25004"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span
+ id="dx1-26004"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25005"></a>
+ id="dx1-26005"></a>
is also set to the short form through
- <!--l. 4732--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5402--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25006"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4734--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5404--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -9795,64 +11230,64 @@
class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
- </p><!--l. 4744--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5414--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated
+ id="dx1-26007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated
by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. If you want to insert material within the parentheses
(such as a translation), try the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25008"></a> style.
+ id="dx1-26008"></a> style.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-25009"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26009"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25010"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26010"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25011"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26011"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-25012"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26012"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25013"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26013"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25014"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26014"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-25015"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26015"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25016"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26016"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25017"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26017"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-25018"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26018"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25019"></a> but redefines
+ id="dx1-26019"></a> but redefines
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25020"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26020"></a>.
@@ -9860,7 +11295,7 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only</span><a
- id="dx1-25021"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26021"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.17, this style only shows the long form on first
use and only shows the short form on subsequent use. The inline full form
<span
@@ -9867,13 +11302,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>shows the long form followed by the short form in parentheses.
The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25022"></a> field is obtained from
- <!--l. 4771--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-26022"></a> field is obtained from
+ <!--l. 5441--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlyname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25023"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlyname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4773--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5443--><p class="noindent" >
Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations
are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
@@ -9885,21 +11320,21 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25024"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26024"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span
class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25025"></a>
+ id="dx1-26025"></a>
but the user must supply the description. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25026"></a> field is obtained
+ id="dx1-26026"></a> field is obtained
from
- <!--l. 4785--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5455--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlydescname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25027"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4787--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5457--><p class="noindent" >
Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations
are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
@@ -9911,41 +11346,41 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-25028"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26028"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25029"></a>
+ id="dx1-26029"></a>
but doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25030"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-26030"></a> attribute.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user</span><a
- id="dx1-25031"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26031"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.04. It’s like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25032"></a> style
+ id="dx1-26032"></a> style
but additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This
checks the value of the field given by
- <!--l. 4804--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5474--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserfield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25033"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4806--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5476--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">useri</span>) using <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a
- id="dx1-25034"></a> (provided by <span
+ id="dx1-26034"></a> (provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). If the
field hasn’t been set, the style behaves like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25035"></a> style and produces
+ id="dx1-26035"></a> style and produces
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) but if the field has been set, the contents of that field are inserted
@@ -9954,25 +11389,25 @@
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field-value</span>⟩). The format is
governed by
- </p><!--l. 4814--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 5484--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserparen</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25036"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5486--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the short form (for the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25037"></a> style) or the long form (for
+ id="dx1-26037"></a> style) or the long form (for
the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25038"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using
+ id="dx1-26038"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using
@@ -9979,28 +11414,28 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep </span>and then the parenthetical content (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span><a
- id="dx1-25039"></a>).
+ id="dx1-26039"></a>).
The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25040"></a> is set to
- </p><!--l. 4823--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-26040"></a> is set to
+ </p><!--l. 5493--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsuserdescription</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25041"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4825--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5495--><p class="noindent" >
The default definition ignores the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and encapsulates ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont</span>.
- </p><!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5499--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span
+ id="dx1-26042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span>(see above). The
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ argument includes the font formatting command, <span
@@ -10011,7 +11446,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>in the case of the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25043"></a> style and <span
+ id="dx1-26043"></a> style and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -10018,13 +11453,13 @@
in the case of the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25044"></a> style.
- </p><!--l. 4837--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+ id="dx1-26044"></a> style.
+ </p><!--l. 5507--><p class="noindent" >For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short-user}
 <br />\newacronym{tug}{TUG}{\TeX\ User Group}
 <br />\newacronym
@@ -10031,123 +11466,123 @@
 <br /> [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]
 <br /> {dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V}
</div>
- <!--l. 4847--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 5517--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{tug}</span></span></span> will appear as:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 4850--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span
+ <!--l. 5520--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> User Group (TUG)</p></div>
- <!--l. 4852--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 5522--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{dante}</span></span></span> will appear as:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 4854--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung <span class="TEX">T<span
+ <!--l. 5524--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> e.V (DANTE,
German Speaking <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> User Group)</p></div>
- <!--l. 4857--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
- </p><!--l. 4858--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5527--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
+ </p><!--l. 5528--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25045"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5530--><p class="noindent" >
and the plural suffix is given by
- </p><!--l. 4862--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 5532--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25046"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4864--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 4866--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps
+ </p><!--l. 5534--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5536--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps
style, you can just set these commands to those used by the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25047"></a>
+ id="dx1-26047"></a>
style:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
\renewcommand{\glsabbruserfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{#1}}
 <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
</div>
- <!--l. 4872--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 5542--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-25048"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26048"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25049"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-26049"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25050"></a>
+ id="dx1-26050"></a>
attribute.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-25051"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26051"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25052"></a> but it doesn’t set the
+ id="dx1-26052"></a> but it doesn’t set the
<a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25053"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-26053"></a> attribute.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25054"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26054"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">On <a
- id="dx1-25055"></a><a
+ id="dx1-26055"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The
inline and display full forms are the same. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25056"></a> is set to the full
+ id="dx1-26056"></a> is set to the full
form. The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-25057"></a> key is set to ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-26057"></a> key is set to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). Before version 1.04, this was
incorrectly set to the short form. If you want to revert back to this you can
redefine
- <!--l. 4889--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5559--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25058"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4891--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5561--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}{\the\glsshorttok}
</div>
- <!--l. 4895--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+ <!--l. 5565--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short
+ id="dx1-26059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short
forms are separated by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25060"></a> field is obtained
+ id="dx1-26060"></a> field is obtained
from
- </p><!--l. 4899--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 5569--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25061"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4901--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5571--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -10165,172 +11600,172 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25062"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26062"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25063"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26063"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25064"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26064"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25065"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26065"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25066"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26066"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25067"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26067"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25068"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26068"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25069"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26069"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25070"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26070"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25071"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26071"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25072"></a> but
+ id="dx1-26072"></a> but
redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25073"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26073"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-25074"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26074"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25075"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-26075"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25076"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-26076"></a> attribute.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25077"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26077"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25078"></a> style and the <a
+ id="dx1-26078"></a> style and the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25079"></a> style. The display and
+ id="dx1-26079"></a> style. The display and
inline forms are as for <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25080"></a> and the <span
+ id="dx1-26080"></a> and the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25081"></a> key is obtained
+ id="dx1-26081"></a> key is obtained
from
- <!--l. 4939--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25082"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4941--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5611--><p class="noindent" >
Again, this should only be redefined before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting.
- </p><!--l. 4945--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5615--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
+ id="dx1-26083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-25084"></a> key is set to ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-26084"></a> key is set to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) as per
the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25085"></a> style.
+ id="dx1-26085"></a> style.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-25086"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26086"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25087"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-26087"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25088"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-26088"></a> attribute.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-25089"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26089"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.nolong-short"><span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25090"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-26090"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25091"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-26091"></a> attribute.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long</span><a
- id="dx1-25092"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26092"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">On <a
- id="dx1-25093"></a><a
+ id="dx1-26093"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The inline and
display full forms are the same. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25094"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-26094"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-25095"></a> keys are set to the
+ id="dx1-26095"></a> keys are set to the
short form. The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25096"></a> is set to the long form. The short and long
+ id="dx1-26096"></a> is set to the long form. The short and long
forms are separated by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. If you want to insert material
within the parentheses (such as a translation), try the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25097"></a>
+ id="dx1-26097"></a>
style.
- <!--l. 4968--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ <!--l. 5638--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25098"></a> field is obtained from
- </p><!--l. 4969--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-26098"></a> field is obtained from
+ </p><!--l. 5639--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25099"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26099"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4971--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5641--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -10347,77 +11782,77 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long</span><a
- id="dx1-25100"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26100"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25101"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26101"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25102"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26102"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long</span><a
- id="dx1-25103"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26103"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25104"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26104"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25105"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26105"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long</span><a
- id="dx1-25106"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26106"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25107"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26107"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25108"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26108"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em</span><a
- id="dx1-25109"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26109"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25110"></a> but redefines
+ id="dx1-26110"></a> but redefines
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25111"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26111"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user</span><a
- id="dx1-25112"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26112"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.04. This style is like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25113"></a> style but
+ id="dx1-26113"></a> style but
with the long and short forms switched. The parenthetical material is governed
by the same command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen</span><a
- id="dx1-25114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it
+ id="dx1-26114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it
is the long form instead of the short form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25115"></a> field is obtained by
+ id="dx1-26115"></a> field is obtained by
expanding
- <!--l. 5005--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5675--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25116"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26116"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5007--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5677--><p class="noindent" >
Again, this should only be redefined before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
@@ -10424,7 +11859,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) and commands that should be expanded need to be protected.
The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25117"></a> is set to <span
+ id="dx1-26117"></a> is set to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10434,42 +11869,42 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-25118"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26118"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25119"></a> but it doesn’t set the
+ id="dx1-26119"></a> but it doesn’t set the
<a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25120"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-26120"></a> attribute.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25121"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26121"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">On <a
- id="dx1-25122"></a><a
+ id="dx1-26122"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The
inline and display full forms are the same. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25123"></a> is set to the full
+ id="dx1-26123"></a> is set to the full
form. The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25124"></a> must be supplied by the user. The short and long
+ id="dx1-26124"></a> must be supplied by the user. The short and long
forms are separated by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25125"></a> field is obtained
+ id="dx1-26125"></a> field is obtained
from
- <!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5694--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25126"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26126"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5026--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5696--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -10487,90 +11922,90 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25127"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26127"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25128"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26128"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25129"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26129"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25130"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26130"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25131"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26131"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25132"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26132"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25133"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26133"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25134"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26134"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25135"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26135"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25136"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26136"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25137"></a> but
+ id="dx1-26137"></a> but
redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25138"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26138"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25139"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26139"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the
<a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25140"></a> style and the <a
+ id="dx1-26140"></a> style and the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25141"></a> style. The display and
+ id="dx1-26141"></a> style. The display and
inline forms are as for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25142"></a>, but the <span
+ id="dx1-26142"></a>, but the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25143"></a> key is obtained
+ id="dx1-26143"></a> key is obtained
from
- <!--l. 5058--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5728--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25144"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26144"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5060--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5730--><p class="noindent" >
Again, this should only be redefined before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting.
- </p><!--l. 5064--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5734--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
+ id="dx1-26145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
@@ -10578,36 +12013,36 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-25146"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26146"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">On <a
- id="dx1-25147"></a><a
+ id="dx1-26147"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style displays the short form with the long form as
a footnote. This style automatically sets the <a
href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25148"></a> attribute to “true” for
+ id="dx1-26148"></a> attribute to “true” for
the supplied category, so the <a
- id="dx1-25149"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote
+ id="dx1-26149"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote
marker may be, if the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-25150"></a> package is used).
- <!--l. 5075--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-26150"></a> package is used).
+ <!--l. 5745--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25151"></a> is set to the short
+ id="dx1-26151"></a> is set to the short
form. The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25152"></a> is set to the long form. The <span
+ id="dx1-26152"></a> is set to the long form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25153"></a> key is obtained by
+ id="dx1-26153"></a> key is obtained by
expanding
- </p><!--l. 5079--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 5749--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfootnotename</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25154"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26154"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotename </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5081--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5751--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -10619,42 +12054,42 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile or formatting commands
should be protected from expansion.
- </p><!--l. 5088--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
- </p><!--l. 5089--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 5758--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
+ </p><!--l. 5759--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25155"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26155"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5091--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5761--><p class="noindent" >
to format the long form on <a
- id="dx1-25156"></a>first use or for the full form and
- </p><!--l. 5093--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-26156"></a>first use or for the full form and
+ </p><!--l. 5763--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongfootnotefont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25157"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26157"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5095--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5765--><p class="noindent" >
to format the long form elsewhere (for example, when used with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>).
- </p><!--l. 5099--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
- </p><!--l. 5100--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 5769--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
+ </p><!--l. 5770--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25158"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26158"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5102--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5772--><p class="noindent" >
By default, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-25159"></a><span
+ id="dx1-26159"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For
@@ -10664,22 +12099,22 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrabbrvfootnote}[2]{%
 <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 5110--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
+ <!--l. 5780--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrabbrvfootnote}[2]{%
 <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}: #2}%
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 5116--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span
+ <!--l. 5786--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>to avoid interference
(see <a
href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span
@@ -10692,26 +12127,26 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-25160"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26160"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25161"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26161"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-25162"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26162"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25163"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26163"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25164"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-26164"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-25165"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-26165"></a>. Renamed in
version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
backward-compatibility.)
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -10718,17 +12153,17 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-25166"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26166"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25167"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26167"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25168"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-26168"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-25169"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-26169"></a>. Renamed in
version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
backward-compatibility.)
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -10735,17 +12170,17 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-25170"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26170"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25171"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26171"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25172"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-26172"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span><a
- id="dx1-25173"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-26173"></a>. Renamed in
version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
backward-compatibility.)
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -10752,45 +12187,45 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-25174"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26174"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This is similar to the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25175"></a> style but doesn’t modify the
+ id="dx1-26175"></a> style but doesn’t modify the
category attribute. Instead it changes <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a
- id="dx1-25176"></a> to insert the
+ id="dx1-26176"></a> to insert the
footnote after the <a
- id="dx1-25177"></a><a
+ id="dx1-26177"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> on <a
- id="dx1-25178"></a><a
+ id="dx1-26178"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. This will also defer the footnote
until after any following punctuation character that’s recognised by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a
- id="dx1-25179"></a>.
- <!--l. 5153--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-26179"></a>.
+ <!--l. 5823--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25180"></a> is set to the short
+ id="dx1-26180"></a> is set to the short
form. The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25181"></a> is set to the long form. Note that this style will change
+ id="dx1-26181"></a> is set to the long form. Note that this style will change
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>(and its variants) so that it fakes non-<a
- id="dx1-25182"></a>first use. (Otherwise the
+ id="dx1-26182"></a>first use. (Otherwise the
footnote would appear after the inline form.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-25183"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26183"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25184"></a>.
+ id="dx1-26184"></a>.
@@ -10798,17 +12233,17 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-25185"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26185"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25186"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26186"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25187"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-26187"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-25188"></a>. Renamed in
+ id="dx1-26188"></a>. Renamed in
version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
backward-compatibility.)
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -10815,17 +12250,17 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-25189"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26189"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25190"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26190"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25191"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-26191"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-25192"></a>. Renamed
+ id="dx1-26192"></a>. Renamed
in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
backward-compatibility.)
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -10832,17 +12267,17 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-25193"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26193"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25194"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-26194"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-25195"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-26195"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span><a
- id="dx1-25196"></a>. Renamed
+ id="dx1-26196"></a>. Renamed
in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
backward-compatibility.)
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -10849,18 +12284,18 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user</span><a
- id="dx1-25197"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26197"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
<a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25198"></a> style but defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text.
+ id="dx1-26198"></a> style but defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text.
This means that you don’t have such a long hyperlink (which can cause
problems for the DVI <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> format) and it also means that the user supplied
material can include a hyperlink to another location. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25199"></a> key is obtained
+ id="dx1-26199"></a> key is obtained
from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -10867,16 +12302,16 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25200"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26200"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
above <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25201"></a> style but the <span
+ id="dx1-26201"></a> style but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25202"></a> must be specified. The <span
+ id="dx1-26202"></a> must be specified. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25203"></a>
+ id="dx1-26203"></a>
is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span>.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -10883,31 +12318,31 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user</span><a
- id="dx1-25204"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26204"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
above <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25205"></a> style but the long form is shown first and
+ id="dx1-26205"></a> style but the long form is shown first and
the short form is in the parenthetical material (as for <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25206"></a>)
+ id="dx1-26206"></a>)
style.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25207"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26207"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
above <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25208"></a> style but the <span
+ id="dx1-26208"></a> style but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-25209"></a> must be specified. The <span
+ id="dx1-26209"></a> must be specified. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25210"></a>
+ id="dx1-26210"></a>
is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span>.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -10914,17 +12349,17 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-25211"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26211"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work
with the <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25212"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted
+ id="dx1-26212"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted
using
- <!--l. 5214--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 5884--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25213"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26213"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10939,7 +12374,7 @@
- </p><!--l. 5216--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5886--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is the inserted material provided in the final optional argument of
commands like <span
@@ -10947,26 +12382,26 @@
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ start with a hyphen, then this locally
redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep</span><a
- id="dx1-25214"></a> to a hyphen, which means that if the <a
+ id="dx1-26214"></a> to a hyphen, which means that if the <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25215"></a>
+ id="dx1-26215"></a>
attribute is set then the long form will become hyphenated. (If this attribute
isn’t set, there’s no alteration to the way the long form is displayed.) The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25216"></a>
+ id="dx1-26216"></a>
key is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname</span>.
- </p><!--l. 5226--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 5896--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) type of styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25217"></a>, this style also
+ id="dx1-26217"></a>, this style also
repeats the insertion in the parenthetical part, so that the first use form
is:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 5231--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 5901--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
@@ -10976,7 +12411,7 @@
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩)</p></div>
- <!--l. 5234--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
+ <!--l. 5904--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -10985,41 +12420,41 @@
moved into the formatting commands according to the conditional
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span>.
- </p><!--l. 5239--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span
+ </p><!--l. 5909--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span
class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
\glssetcategoryattribute{english}{markwords}{true}
 <br />\setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
 <br />\newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol}
</div>
- <!--l. 5244--><p class="nopar" > then
+ <!--l. 5914--><p class="nopar" > then
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
\gls{ip}[-Adressen]
</div>
- <!--l. 5248--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ <!--l. 5918--><p class="nopar" > will do
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 5251--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
- <!--l. 5253--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
+ <!--l. 5921--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
+ <!--l. 5923--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
\gls{ip}[ Address]
</div>
- <!--l. 5256--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ <!--l. 5926--><p class="nopar" > will do
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 5259--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div>
- <!--l. 5261--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
- </p><!--l. 5263--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
+ <!--l. 5929--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div>
+ <!--l. 5931--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
+ </p><!--l. 5933--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that
@@ -11026,39 +12461,39 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
\glsxtrlong{ip}[-Adressen]
</div>
- <!--l. 5268--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ <!--l. 5938--><p class="nopar" > will do
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 5271--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div>
+ <!--l. 5941--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div>
</div>
- <!--l. 5273--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 5275--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
+ <!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5945--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25218"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of
+ id="dx1-26218"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
\gls{ip}[-Adressen]
</div>
- <!--l. 5279--><p class="nopar" > would do
+ <!--l. 5949--><p class="nopar" > would do
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 5282--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
- <!--l. 5284--><p class="noindent" >instead.
- </p><!--l. 5286--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 5952--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
+ <!--l. 5954--><p class="noindent" >instead.
+ </p><!--l. 5956--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is likely to contain commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
then use <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25219"></a> instead to avoid nested links.
+ id="dx1-26219"></a> instead to avoid nested links.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 5290--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 5292--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
+ </p><!--l. 5960--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5962--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps
@@ -11067,21 +12502,21 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
\renewcommand{\glsabbrvhyphenfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}
 <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
</div>
- <!--l. 5298--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
+ <!--l. 5968--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-25220"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26220"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25221"></a> except that the parenthetical part is omitted and
+ id="dx1-26221"></a> except that the parenthetical part is omitted and
the long form is displayed on subsequent use. The short form can be accessed
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>but just uses the default abbreviation font. There’s
@@ -11088,7 +12523,7 @@
no regular version of this style as the regular form doesn’t have the
flexibility to deal with the hyphen switch. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25222"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-26222"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span>.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -11095,37 +12530,37 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-25223"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26223"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25224"></a> but the name is set to the short form and the
+ id="dx1-26224"></a> but the name is set to the short form and the
description is set to the long form.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25225"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26225"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5319--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 5989--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25226"></a> but the user
+ id="dx1-26226"></a> but the user
supplies the description. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25227"></a> is obtained from <span
+ id="dx1-26227"></a> is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-25228"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26228"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5326--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 5996--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25229"></a> but the
+ id="dx1-26229"></a> but the
inserted and parenthetical material are moved to the post-link hook. On first
use, <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span
@@ -11148,16 +12583,16 @@
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
where
- </p><!--l. 5334--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 6004--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25230"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26230"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5336--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6006--><p class="noindent" >
is in the post-link hook. This uses the format: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br />⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ (<span
@@ -11169,18 +12604,18 @@
- </p><!--l. 5342--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span
+ </p><!--l. 6012--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. (Unlike
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25231"></a>.) </div>
- </p><!--l. 5345--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 5347--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
- </p><!--l. 5348--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-26231"></a>.) </div>
+ </p><!--l. 6015--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6017--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
+ </p><!--l. 6018--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphen</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25232"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26232"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphen{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -11189,7 +12624,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5350--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6020--><p class="noindent" >
checks if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ starts with a hyphen. If it does, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally
@@ -11202,7 +12637,7 @@
this style without causing nested hyperlinks, but only for commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
- </p><!--l. 5359--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
+ </p><!--l. 6029--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -11209,8 +12644,8 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 5362--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
+ </p><!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6034--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
behaves differently to the first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -11225,15 +12660,15 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25233"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26233"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5371--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6041--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25234"></a>
+ id="dx1-26234"></a>
but the user supplies the description. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25235"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-26235"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -11240,17 +12675,17 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-25236"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26236"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25237"></a>,
+ id="dx1-26237"></a>,
except that the short form is displayed first followed by the long form in
parentheses. The full form is formatted using
- <!--l. 5381--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 6051--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25238"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26238"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -11262,11 +12697,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5383--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6053--><p class="noindent" >
which behaves in an analogous way to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25239"></a> is
+ id="dx1-26239"></a> is
obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -11273,15 +12708,15 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25240"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26240"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5389--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6059--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25241"></a> but the user
+ id="dx1-26241"></a> but the user
supplies the description. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25242"></a> is obtained from <span
+ id="dx1-26242"></a> is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>.
@@ -11290,12 +12725,12 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-25243"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26243"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25244"></a>, but the short form is displayed first followed by
+ id="dx1-26244"></a>, but the short form is displayed first followed by
the long form in parentheses. On first use, <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -11318,26 +12753,26 @@
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
where
- <!--l. 5404--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-25245"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26245"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5406--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6076--><p class="noindent" >
is in the post-link hook. These commands behave in an analogous manner to
those used with <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25246"></a>. The <span
+ id="dx1-26246"></a>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25247"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-26247"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
- </p><!--l. 5411--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
+ </p><!--l. 6081--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -11344,8 +12779,8 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 5414--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 5416--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
+ </p><!--l. 6084--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6086--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
behaves differently to the first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -11360,29 +12795,29 @@
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-25248"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26248"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5423--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6093--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25249"></a>
+ id="dx1-26249"></a>
but the user supplies the description. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-25250"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-26250"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>.
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5430--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6100--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5430--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6100--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.5 </span> <a
id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 5433--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
-</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 6103--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
+</p><!--l. 6104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviationstyle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26001"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -11391,76 +12826,76 @@
class="cmitt-10">fmts</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6106--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6107--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-26002"></a>). This is similar but not identical to the <span
+ id="dx1-27002"></a>). This is similar but not identical to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-26003"></a> command.
-</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span
+ id="dx1-27003"></a> command.
+</p><!--l. 6114--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
unless you have reverted <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-26004"></a> back to its generic definition from
+ id="dx1-27004"></a> back to its generic definition from
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(using <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-26005"></a>). The acronym styles from the <span
+ id="dx1-27005"></a>). The acronym styles from the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package can’t be used with abbreviations defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5451--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6121--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6123--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may
set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should
redefine
-</p><!--l. 5456--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26006"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5458--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6128--><p class="noindent" >
to set the entry fields including the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-26007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted),
+ id="dx1-27007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted),
<span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-26008"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-27008"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-26009"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-27009"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-26010"></a>. Other fields may also be set, such as <span
+ id="dx1-27010"></a>. Other fields may also be set, such as <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-26011"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-27011"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-26012"></a> and
+ id="dx1-27012"></a> and
<span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-26013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+ id="dx1-27013"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6135--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to
protect commands that shouldn’t be expanded. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5468--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5470--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+</p><!--l. 6138--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6140--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26014"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-27014"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
  \renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
 <br />    name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
 <br />    sort={\the\glsshorttok},
@@ -11473,17 +12908,17 @@
 <br />    plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
 <br />    description={\the\glslongtok}}%
</div>
-<!--l. 5484--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span
+<!--l. 6154--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-26015"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-27015"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-26016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by
+ id="dx1-27016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 6158--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26017"></a>, use commands like <span
+ id="dx1-27017"></a>, use commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>(which are
redefined whenever the style formatting is set) within <span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>.
@@ -11490,7 +12925,7 @@
Other styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26018"></a> directly use their own custom commands, such
+ id="dx1-27018"></a> directly use their own custom commands, such
as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span>. With these styles, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>still need to
@@ -11498,26 +12933,26 @@
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument even if they’re not used within
<span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6167--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument may also redefine
-</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26019"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5500--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" >
which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do
nothing.)
-</p><!--l. 5504--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+</p><!--l. 6174--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26020"></a> includes the following in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-27020"></a> includes the following in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
  \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
 <br />    \glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
 <br />    \glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
@@ -11527,252 +12962,252 @@
 <br />    {}%
 <br />  }%
</div>
-<!--l. 5515--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a
+<!--l. 6185--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a
href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a
+ id="dx1-27021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26022"></a> attribute if it
+ id="dx1-27022"></a> attribute if it
has previously been set. Note that the <a
href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by
+ id="dx1-27023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by
other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category.
-</p><!--l. 5522--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
+</p><!--l. 6192--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
following token registers.
-</p><!--l. 5525--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6195--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 5526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6196--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsshorttok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26024"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5528--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5530--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6198--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6200--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 5531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsshortpltok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26025"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6203--><p class="noindent" >
(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
through the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-26026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
+ id="dx1-27026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-26027"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5538--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span
+ id="dx1-27027"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 6208--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 5539--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongtok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26028"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5541--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5543--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6211--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6213--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 5544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongpltok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26029"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5546--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6216--><p class="noindent" >
(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
through the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-26030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
+ id="dx1-27030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-26031"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5551--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a
+ id="dx1-27031"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 6221--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26032"></a>). The
+ id="dx1-27032"></a>). The
above registers reflect the modification. If you want to access the original
(unmodified) short or long form (as provided in the final two arguments of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>), then use the commands:
-</p><!--l. 5556--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorgshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26033"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5558--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6228--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form and
-</p><!--l. 5560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorglong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26034"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5562--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6232--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form. (These may be useful for the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-26035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that
+ id="dx1-27035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that
may be added by the attribute setting.)
-</p><!--l. 5566--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6236--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
-</p><!--l. 5569--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslabeltok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26036"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5571--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="noindent" >
which contains the entry’s label and
-</p><!--l. 5573--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6243--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glskeylisttok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26037"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5575--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6245--><p class="noindent" >
which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-26038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span
+ id="dx1-27038"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6249--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span
class="cmtt-10">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above.
The category label can be access through the command (not a register):
-</p><!--l. 5582--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6252--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glscategorylabel</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26039"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5584--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6254--><p class="noindent" >
This may be used inside the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5588--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 5589--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6258--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 6259--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26040"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5591--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6261--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26041"></a>
+ id="dx1-27041"></a>
style simply does
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc}
</div>
-<!--l. 5596--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span
+<!--l. 6266--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6269--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document.
This argument should redefine the following commands.
-</p><!--l. 5603--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span
+</p><!--l. 6273--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-26042"></a>
+ id="dx1-27042"></a>
key):
-</p><!--l. 5605--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6275--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26043"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5607--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6277--><p class="noindent" >
(Note that this isn’t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 5611--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a
- id="dx1-26044"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 6281--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a
+ id="dx1-27044"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 5612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6282--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26045"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5614--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5616--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
+</p><!--l. 6284--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6286--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-26046"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 5618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-27046"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 6288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26047"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5620--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5622--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a
- id="dx1-26048"></a>first use or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6290--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6292--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a
+ id="dx1-27048"></a>first use or in the full forms:
+</p><!--l. 6293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26049"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5625--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5627--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 6295--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6297--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>use:
-</p><!--l. 5629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26050"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5631--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5633--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6303--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-26051"></a> on <a
- id="dx1-26052"></a>first use for
+ id="dx1-27051"></a> on <a
+ id="dx1-27052"></a>first use for
abbreviations without the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26053"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 5636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-27053"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 6306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26054"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5638--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5640--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 6308--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6310--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-26055"></a> on
+ id="dx1-27055"></a> on
<a
- id="dx1-26056"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <a
+ id="dx1-27056"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26057"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 5643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-27057"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26058"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5645--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5647--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6317--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-26059"></a> on <a
- id="dx1-26060"></a>first use for
+ id="dx1-27059"></a> on <a
+ id="dx1-27060"></a>first use for
abbreviations without the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26061"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 5650--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-27061"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 6320--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26062"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -11781,42 +13216,42 @@
-</p><!--l. 5652--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5654--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 6322--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6324--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-26063"></a> on
+ id="dx1-27063"></a> on
<a
- id="dx1-26064"></a><a
+ id="dx1-27064"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for abbreviations without the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26065"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 5657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-27065"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 6327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26066"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5659--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5661--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6331--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline
full formats. If the style doesn’t redefine them, they will default to the same as the
display full forms.
-</p><!--l. 5665--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 6335--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
- id="dx1-26067"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-27067"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-26068"></a> and
+ id="dx1-27068"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-26069"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 5667--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-27069"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 6337--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26070"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -11823,17 +13258,17 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5669--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5671--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 6339--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6341--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><a
- id="dx1-26071"></a> and
+ id="dx1-27071"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-26072"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 5673--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-27072"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 6343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26073"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -11840,19 +13275,19 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5675--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5677--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 6345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6347--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-26074"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-27074"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-26075"></a> and
+ id="dx1-27075"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-26076"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 5679--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-27076"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 6349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26077"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -11859,17 +13294,17 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5681--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5683--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 6351--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6353--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-26078"></a> and
+ id="dx1-27078"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-26079"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 5685--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-27079"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 6355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26080"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -11876,44 +13311,44 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5687--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5689--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
+</p><!--l. 6357--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6359--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
formatted by redefining the following four commands, but these won’t be used for
abbreviations with the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these
+ id="dx1-27081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these
commands, the default values are used.
-</p><!--l. 5695--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 5696--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6365--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 6366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26082"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5698--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5700--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 5701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6370--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 6371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26083"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27083"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5703--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6373--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5705--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 5706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6375--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 6376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26084"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27084"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -11920,12 +13355,12 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5708--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5710--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 5711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6378--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6380--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 6381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26085"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27085"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -11932,10 +13367,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5713--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5715--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span
+</p><!--l. 6383--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6385--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-26086"></a> use the following
+ id="dx1-27086"></a> use the following
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands (<a
@@ -11948,20 +13383,20 @@
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. (If you
don’t use <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-26087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding <span
+ id="dx1-27087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩
command.)
-</p><!--l. 5723--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+</p><!--l. 6393--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26088"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-27088"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
  \renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}%
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
@@ -11990,17 +13425,17 @@
 <br />    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
 <br />  }%
</div>
-<!--l. 5753--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
+<!--l. 6423--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
display versions.
-</p><!--l. 5757--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 5758--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6427--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 6428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-26089"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-27089"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5760--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6430--><p class="noindent" >
within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the
@@ -12007,20 +13442,20 @@
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26090"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-27090"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
  \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
</div>
-<!--l. 5766--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5768--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a
+<!--l. 6436--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6438--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26091"></a> that displays
+ id="dx1-27091"></a> that displays
the short form within <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsf</span>:
@@ -12027,7 +13462,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
\newabbreviationstyle
 <br />{custom-sf}% label
 <br />{% setup
@@ -12038,20 +13473,20 @@
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5781--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
+<!--l. 6451--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26092"></a> as they explicitly use their own formatting commands, such as
+ id="dx1-27092"></a> as they explicitly use their own formatting commands, such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span>. The base styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26093"></a>, use the more generic
+ id="dx1-27093"></a>, use the more generic
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified
styles.
-</p><!--l. 5789--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
+</p><!--l. 6459--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
(<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>).
@@ -12058,17 +13493,17 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 5792--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 5792--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6462--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 6462--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a
id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5795--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 6465--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual cautions against using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter
or section titles. The principle problems are: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">if you have a table of contents, the <a
- id="dx1-27001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-28001"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset in the contents
rather than later in the document;
</li>
@@ -12085,27 +13520,27 @@
</li>
<li class="itemize">if you use <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-27002"></a>, commands like <span
+ id="dx1-28002"></a>, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>can’t be expanded to a simple
string and only the label will appear in the PDF bookmark (with a warning
from <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-27003"></a>);
+ id="dx1-28003"></a>);
</li>
<li class="itemize">if you use <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-27004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of
+ id="dx1-28004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of
contents.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 5816--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
+<!--l. 6486--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
issues).
-</p><!--l. 5819--><p class="indent" > To get around all these problems, the <span
+</p><!--l. 6489--><p class="indent" > To get around all these problems, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual recommends
using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-27005"></a>
+ id="dx1-28005"></a>
(for regular entries) or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a
- id="dx1-27006"></a> (for abbreviations). This is the
+ id="dx1-28006"></a> (for abbreviations). This is the
simplest solution, but doesn’t allow for special formatting that’s applied to
the entry through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span
@@ -12113,7 +13548,7 @@
that if, for example, you are using one of the abbreviation styles that uses
<span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-27007"></a> then the short form displayed with <span
+ id="dx1-28007"></a> then the short form displayed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>won’t use
small caps. If you only have one abbreviation style in use, you can explicitly
enclose <span
@@ -12126,22 +13561,22 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
\chapter{A Chapter about \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5832--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span
+<!--l. 6502--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-27008"></a>:
+ id="dx1-28008"></a>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
\chapter{A Chapter about
 <br />\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5837--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5839--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
+<!--l. 6507--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6509--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won’t work as commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
@@ -12154,30 +13589,30 @@
used by the standard page styles that display the chapter or section title in the page
header using <span
class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><a
- id="dx1-27009"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5850--><p class="indent" > The <span
+ id="dx1-28009"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6520--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span
class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a
- id="dx1-27010"></a> and
+ id="dx1-28010"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\markboth</span><a
- id="dx1-27011"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-28011"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc</span>. If you don’t like this change, you can restore their
former definitions using
-</p><!--l. 5853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27012"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5855--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" >
If you only want to restore <span
class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc </span>you can use:
-</p><!--l. 5857--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27013"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5859--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6529--><p class="noindent" >
If you restore the header or table of contents commands, you’ll have to use the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual’s recommendations of either simply using <span
@@ -12188,10 +13623,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
\chapter[A Chapter about \glsentryshort{html}]{A Chapter about \gls{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5866--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span
+<!--l. 6536--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmarkhook </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrinmark</span>
at the start of the header or table of contents either scoped or afterwards cancelled
@@ -12198,36 +13633,36 @@
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5872--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span
+</p><!--l. 6542--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can
use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can
still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they
don’t conflict with the page style.
-</p><!--l. 5878--><p class="indent" > The commands listed below all use <span
+</p><!--l. 6548--><p class="indent" > The commands listed below all use <span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a
- id="dx1-27014"></a> if <span
+ id="dx1-28014"></a> if <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-27015"></a> has been
+ id="dx1-28015"></a> has been
loaded so that the expandable non-formatted version is added to the PDF
bookmarks. Note that since the commands that convert the first letter to
upper case aren’t expandable, the non-case-changing version is used for the
bookmarks.
-</p><!--l. 5884--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span
+</p><!--l. 6554--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>(or
equivalent) with the options <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
- id="dx1-27016"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-28016"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">hyper=false</span><a
- id="dx1-27017"></a>. The text produced won’t be
+ id="dx1-28017"></a>. The text produced won’t be
converted to upper case in the page headings by default. If you want the text
converted to upper case you need to set the <a
href="#catattr.headuc"><span
class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-27018"></a> attribute to “true” for the
+ id="dx1-28018"></a> attribute to “true” for the
appropriate category.
-</p><!--l. 5892--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span
+</p><!--l. 6562--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-27019"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t
+ id="dx1-28019"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t
provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter
or section title style uses bold, this may override the small-caps setting,
in which case the abbreviation will just appear as lower case bold. If the
@@ -12236,322 +13671,322 @@
class="cmti-10">even if you have set the </span><a
href="#catattr.headuc"><span
class="cmssi-10">headuc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-27020"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28020"></a> <span
class="cmti-10">attribute </span>since the all-capitals form still uses
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>. You may want to consider using the <span
class="cmss-10">slantsc</span><a
- id="dx1-27021"></a> package in this case.
+ id="dx1-28021"></a> package in this case.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5905--><p class="indent" > Display the short form:
-</p><!--l. 5906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6573--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6575--><p class="indent" > Display the short form:
+</p><!--l. 6576--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27022"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5908--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5910--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 5911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6578--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6580--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 6581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27023"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5913--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5915--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form:
-</p><!--l. 5916--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6583--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6585--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form:
+</p><!--l. 6586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27024"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5918--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6588--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 5921--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 6591--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 5922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27025"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5924--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6594--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 5927--><p class="indent" > Display the long form:
-</p><!--l. 5928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6597--><p class="indent" > Display the long form:
+</p><!--l. 6598--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27026"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5930--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5932--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 5933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6600--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6602--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 6603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27027"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5935--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5937--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form:
-</p><!--l. 5938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6605--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6607--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form:
+</p><!--l. 6608--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27028"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6610--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 5944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6613--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 6614--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27029"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5946--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6616--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 5949--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span
+</p><!--l. 6619--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span
class="cmti-10">inline</span>
full form, which may be different from the full form used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5953--><p class="indent" > Display the full form:
-</p><!--l. 5954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6623--><p class="indent" > Display the full form:
+</p><!--l. 6624--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27030"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5956--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5958--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 5959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6626--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6628--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 6629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27031"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5961--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5963--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form:
-</p><!--l. 5964--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6631--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6633--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form:
+</p><!--l. 6634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27032"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5966--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6636--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 5969--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 5970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6639--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 6640--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27033"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5972--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6642--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 5975--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 6645--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-27034"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 5977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-28034"></a> field:
+</p><!--l. 6647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmttext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27035"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5979--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5981--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 5982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6649--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6651--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 6652--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmttext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27036"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5984--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6654--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 5987--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 6657--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 5988--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6658--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27037"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6660--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 5992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27038"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5994--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5996--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 6664--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6666--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-27039"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 5998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-28039"></a> field:
+</p><!--l. 6668--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27040"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6000--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 6003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6670--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6672--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 6673--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27041"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6005--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6675--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 6008--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 6678--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-27042"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 6010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-28042"></a> field:
+</p><!--l. 6680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27043"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6012--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6014--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 6015--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6682--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6684--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 6685--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27044"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6017--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6687--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 6020--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 6021--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6690--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 6691--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirstpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27045"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6023--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6693--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 6025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirstpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-27046"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-28046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6027--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6697--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6029--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 6029--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6699--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 6699--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a
id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6032--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6702--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-28001"></a> (or commands that internally use it
+ id="dx1-29001"></a> (or commands that internally use it
such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-28002"></a>) is assigned a category through the <span
+ id="dx1-29002"></a>) is assigned a category through the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-28003"></a> key. You may
+ id="dx1-29003"></a> key. You may
add any category that you like, but since the category is a label used in the creation
of some control sequences, avoid problematic characters within the category label.
(So take care if you have <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-28004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters
+ id="dx1-29004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters
active.)
-</p><!--l. 6041--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
+</p><!--l. 6711--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
in the text or glossary. Note that an entry’s category is independent of the glossary
type. Be careful not to confuse <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-28005"></a> with <span
+ id="dx1-29005"></a> with <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-28006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6046--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span
+ id="dx1-29006"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6716--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
- id="dx1-28007"></a>.
+ id="dx1-29007"></a>.
Abbreviations defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>have the category set to <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-28008"></a>
+ id="dx1-29008"></a>
by default. Abbreviations defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>have the category set to
<span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-28009"></a> by default.
-</p><!--l. 6053--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span
+ id="dx1-29009"></a> by default.
+</p><!--l. 6723--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span
class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a
- id="dx1-28010"></a> with the <a
+ id="dx1-29010"></a> with the <a
href="#styopt.index"><span
class="cmss-10">index</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28011"></a> package option
+ id="dx1-29011"></a> package option
that command will set the category to <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-28012"></a> by default. If you have enabled
+ id="dx1-29012"></a> by default. If you have enabled
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-28013"></a> with the <a
+ id="dx1-29013"></a> with the <a
href="#styopt.symbols"><span
class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28014"></a> package option, that command will set the
+ id="dx1-29014"></a> package option, that command will set the
category to <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-28015"></a>. If you have enabled <span
+ id="dx1-29015"></a>. If you have enabled <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a
- id="dx1-28016"></a> with the <a
+ id="dx1-29016"></a> with the <a
href="#styopt.numbers"><span
class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28017"></a> package
+ id="dx1-29017"></a> package
option, that command will set the category to <span
class="cmss-10">number</span><a
- id="dx1-28018"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6061--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 6062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-29018"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6731--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 6732--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glscategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28019"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6064--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6734--><p class="noindent" >
This is equivalent to commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an
expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn’t exist.
-</p><!--l. 6069--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 6070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6739--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 6740--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28020"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -12563,12 +13998,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6073--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6743--><p class="noindent" >
This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq</span><a
- id="dx1-28021"></a><span
+ id="dx1-29021"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
@@ -12589,15 +14024,15 @@
</div> so any restrictions that apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span>.
-<!--l. 6082--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span
+<!--l. 6752--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
- id="dx1-28022"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-29022"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-28023"></a>
+ id="dx1-29023"></a>
categories have the attribute <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28024"></a> set to “true” to indicate that all entries with
+ id="dx1-29024"></a> set to “true” to indicate that all entries with
either of those categories are regular entries (as opposed to abbreviations).
This attribute is accessed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>to determine whether to use
@@ -12604,25 +14039,25 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6090--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span
+</p><!--l. 6760--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.nohyperfirst"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nohyperfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-28025"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29025"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">When using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28026"></a> this will automatically suppress the
+ id="dx1-29026"></a> this will automatically suppress the
hyperlink on <a
- id="dx1-28027"></a><a
+ id="dx1-29027"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for entries with a category that has this attribute set to
“true”. (This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span
class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-28028"></a> key on
+ id="dx1-29028"></a> key on
or off in the optional argument of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.) As from version 1.07,
<span
@@ -12630,7 +14065,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst </span>and their plural versions (which should
ideally behave in a similar way to the <a
- id="dx1-28029"></a>first use of <span
+ id="dx1-29029"></a>first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>) now honour
this attribute (but not the package-wide <a
@@ -12637,37 +14072,37 @@
href="#styopt.hyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
- id="dx1-28030"></a> option, which
+ id="dx1-29030"></a> option, which
matches the behaviour of <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-28031"></a>). If you want commands these
+ id="dx1-29031"></a>). If you want commands these
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>etc commands to ignore the <a
href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28032"></a> attribute then just
+ id="dx1-29032"></a> attribute then just
redefine
- <!--l. 6107--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 6777--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28033"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6109--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6779--><p class="noindent" >
to do nothing.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.nohyper"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nohyper</span><a
- id="dx1-28034"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29034"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">When using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28035"></a> this will automatically suppress the
+ id="dx1-29035"></a> this will automatically suppress the
hyperlink for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This
settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span
class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-28036"></a> key on or off in the
+ id="dx1-29036"></a> key on or off in the
optional argument of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.)
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12674,31 +14109,31 @@
<a
id="catattr.indexonlyfirst"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-28037"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29037"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This is similar to the <a
href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28038"></a> package option but only for entries
+ id="dx1-29038"></a> package option but only for entries
that have a category with this attribute set to “true”.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.wrgloss"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a
- id="dx1-28039"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29039"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">When using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will
+ id="dx1-29040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will
automatically implement <span
class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a
- id="dx1-28041"></a><span
+ id="dx1-29041"></a><span
class="cmss-10">=after</span>. (New to v1.14.)
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.discardperiod"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">discardperiod</span><a
- id="dx1-28042"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29042"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If set to “true”, the post-<a
- id="dx1-28043"></a><a
+ id="dx1-29043"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook will discard a full stop
(period) that follows <span
class="cmti-10">non-plural </span>commands like <span
@@ -12711,25 +14146,25 @@
it’s using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to the accessibility
fields.
- <!--l. 6136--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
+ <!--l. 6806--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
full stop. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
\newabbreviation
 <br /> [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]
 <br /> {dante}{DANTE e.V.}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\
 <br />e.V.}
</div>
- <!--l. 6143--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span
+ <!--l. 6813--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-28044"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-29044"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-28045"></a> fields end with a full stop, but the <span
+ id="dx1-29045"></a> fields end with a full stop, but the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-28046"></a> field doesn’t.
+ id="dx1-29046"></a> field doesn’t.
The simplest solution in this situation is to put the sentence terminator in the
final optional argument. For example:
@@ -12736,11 +14171,11 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
\glsuseri{dante}[.]
</div>
- <!--l. 6150--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a
- id="dx1-28047"></a><a
+ <!--l. 6820--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a
+ id="dx1-29047"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> and it won’t be
discarded.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -12747,12 +14182,12 @@
<a
id="catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span><a
- id="dx1-28048"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29048"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” <span
class="cmti-10">and </span>the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28049"></a> attribute is
+ id="dx1-29049"></a> attribute is
set to “true”, this will behave as above for the plural commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or
<span
@@ -12765,17 +14200,17 @@
<a
id="catattr.retainfirstuseperiod"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span><a
- id="dx1-28050"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29050"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” then the full stop won’t be
discarded for <a
- id="dx1-28051"></a><a
+ id="dx1-29051"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> instances, even if <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28052"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-29052"></a> or <a
href="#catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28053"></a> are
+ id="dx1-29053"></a> are
set. This is useful for ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) abbreviation styles where only the
@@ -12790,52 +14225,52 @@
<a
id="catattr.markwords"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">markwords</span><a
- id="dx1-28054"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29054"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-28055"></a>
+ id="dx1-29055"></a>
will automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with
- <!--l. 6174--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 6844--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrwordsep</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28056"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29056"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6176--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6846--><p class="noindent" >
and each word is encapsulated with
- </p><!--l. 6178--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 6848--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrword</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28057"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">word</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6180--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6850--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{markwords}{true}
 <br />\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol}
</div>
- <!--l. 6185--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
+ <!--l. 6855--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}
 <br />{\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}}
</div>
- <!--l. 6190--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a
+ <!--l. 6860--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28058"></a>, take advantage of this
+ id="dx1-29058"></a>, take advantage of this
markup. If the inserted material (provided in the final argument of commands
like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28059"></a>) starts with a hyphen then <span
+ id="dx1-29059"></a>) starts with a hyphen then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally redefined to a
hyphen. (The default value is a space). Note that this only applies to
commands like <span
@@ -12846,33 +14281,33 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
\newcommand{\hyplong}[2][]{%
 <br /> {\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}}
</div>
- <!--l. 6202--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 6204--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to
+ <!--l. 6872--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 6874--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to
entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- </p><!--l. 6208--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
+ </p><!--l. 6878--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
ending up in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-28060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
- </p><!--l. 6212--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-29060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
+ </p><!--l. 6882--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.markshortwords"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">markshortwords</span><a
- id="dx1-28061"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29061"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This is similar to <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only
+ id="dx1-29062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only
useful for abbreviations that contain spaces.) This attribute is only applicable
to entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
@@ -12879,28 +14314,28 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- <!--l. 6220--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span
+ <!--l. 6890--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-28063"></a> key isn’t used.
+ id="dx1-29063"></a> key isn’t used.
This setting will take precedence over <a
href="#catattr.insertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28064"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 6224--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
+ id="dx1-29064"></a>.
+ </p><!--l. 6894--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
ending up in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-28065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
- </p><!--l. 6228--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-29065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
+ </p><!--l. 6898--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.insertdots"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">insertdots</span><a
- id="dx1-28066"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29066"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-28067"></a>
+ id="dx1-29067"></a>
will automatically have full stops (periods) inserted after each letter. The entry
will be defined with those dots present as though they had been present in the
⟨<span
@@ -12914,7 +14349,7 @@
class="cmti-10">incompatible with </span><a
href="#catattr.markshortwords"><span
class="cmssi-10">markshortwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28068"></a><span
+ id="dx1-29068"></a><span
class="cmti-10">. </span>This attribute is only applicable to
entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
@@ -12921,37 +14356,37 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- <!--l. 6242--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span
+ <!--l. 6912--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-28069"></a> key, you must
+ id="dx1-29069"></a> key, you must
explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there’s no way for the code to
determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn’t be followed by a dot).
</div>
- </p><!--l. 6248--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6918--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6250--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a
+ </p><!--l. 6920--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28070"></a> attribute set to “true”.
+ id="dx1-29070"></a> attribute set to “true”.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.aposplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">aposplural</span><a
- id="dx1-28071"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29071"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-28072"></a> will insert an
+ id="dx1-29072"></a> will insert an
apostrophe (’) before the plural suffix for the <span
class="cmti-10">short </span>plural form (unless
explicitly overridden with the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-28073"></a> key). The long plural form is
+ id="dx1-29073"></a> key). The long plural form is
unaffected by this setting. This setting overrides <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28074"></a>. This
+ id="dx1-29074"></a>. This
attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
@@ -12963,22 +14398,22 @@
<a
id="catattr.noshortplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">noshortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-28075"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29075"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-28076"></a> won’t append
+ id="dx1-29076"></a> won’t append
the plural suffix for the short plural form. This means the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-28077"></a> and
+ id="dx1-29077"></a> and
<span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-28078"></a> values will be the same unless explicitly overridden. <span
+ id="dx1-29078"></a> values will be the same unless explicitly overridden. <span
class="cmti-10">This setting</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">is incompatible with </span><a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmssi-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28079"></a><span
+ id="dx1-29079"></a><span
class="cmti-10">. </span>This attribute is only applicable to
entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
@@ -12989,34 +14424,34 @@
<a
id="catattr.accessinsertdots"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">accessinsertdots</span><a
- id="dx1-28080"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29080"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-28081"></a> package
+ id="dx1-29081"></a> package
has been loaded (with the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28082"></a> option), then this behaves like <a
+ id="dx1-29082"></a> option), then this behaves like <a
href="#catattr.insertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28083"></a> but
+ id="dx1-29083"></a> but
for the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28084"></a> field instead of the <span
+ id="dx1-29084"></a> field instead of the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-28085"></a> field. This can be used to assist the
+ id="dx1-29085"></a> field. This can be used to assist the
screen reader for initialisms that should be read out letter by letter rather than
as a word. For example:
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
\glssetcategoryattribute{initialism}{accessinsertdots}{true}
 <br />\newabbreviation[category=initialism]{pi}{PI}{Private Investigator}
</div>
- <!--l. 6284--><p class="nopar" > This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of the <span
+ <!--l. 6954--><p class="nopar" > This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28086"></a> key in the
+ id="dx1-29086"></a> key in the
optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). This attribute is
@@ -13029,21 +14464,21 @@
<a
id="catattr.nameshortaccess"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nameshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28087"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29087"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span
class="cmss-10">access</span><a
- id="dx1-28088"></a> field (used for the <span
+ id="dx1-29088"></a> field (used for the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-28089"></a>
+ id="dx1-29089"></a>
field’s accessibility support) is set to the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28090"></a> value. This attribute has no
+ id="dx1-29090"></a> value. This attribute has no
effect if there’s no accessibility support or if the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28091"></a> field hasn’t been
+ id="dx1-29091"></a> field hasn’t been
assigned or if the <span
class="cmss-10">access</span><a
- id="dx1-28092"></a> field is used explicitly. This attribute is only applicable
+ id="dx1-29092"></a> field is used explicitly. This attribute is only applicable
to entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
@@ -13053,61 +14488,61 @@
<a
id="catattr.textshortaccess"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">textshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28093"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29093"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <span
class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28094"></a> but applies to the <span
+ id="dx1-29094"></a> but applies to the <span
class="cmss-10">textaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28095"></a> field (for use with
+ id="dx1-29095"></a> field (for use with
regular abbreviations).
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.firstshortaccess"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">firstshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28096"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29096"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Like <span
class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28097"></a> but applies to the <span
+ id="dx1-29097"></a> but applies to the <span
class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28098"></a> field (for use with
+ id="dx1-29098"></a> field (for use with
regular abbreviations).
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.accessaposplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">accessaposplural</span><a
- id="dx1-28099"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29099"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This boolean attribute overrides <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28100"></a> for the <span
+ id="dx1-29100"></a> for the <span
class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28101"></a>
+ id="dx1-29101"></a>
key. Has no effect if there’s no accessibility support or if the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28102"></a> key
+ id="dx1-29102"></a> key
hasn’t been set or if the <span
class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28103"></a> key is explicitly set. If the <a
+ id="dx1-29103"></a> key is explicitly set. If the <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28104"></a> is
+ id="dx1-29104"></a> is
set and this attribute isn’t set and the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28105"></a> key is set, then the
+ id="dx1-29105"></a> key is set, then the
<a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28106"></a> setting governs the default <span
+ id="dx1-29106"></a> setting governs the default <span
class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28107"></a> setting. If you want
+ id="dx1-29107"></a> setting. If you want
<a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28108"></a> but don’t want it applied to the accessibility support, set the
+ id="dx1-29108"></a> but don’t want it applied to the accessibility support, set the
<a
href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28109"></a> attribute to “false”. This attribute is only applicable to
+ id="dx1-29109"></a> attribute to “false”. This attribute is only applicable to
entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
@@ -13117,17 +14552,17 @@
<a
id="catattr.accessnoshortplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">accessnoshortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-28110"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29110"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This boolean attribute overrides <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28111"></a> for the
+ id="dx1-29111"></a> for the
<span
class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-28112"></a> key. The same conditions apply as for <a
+ id="dx1-29112"></a> key. The same conditions apply as for <a
href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28113"></a>. This
+ id="dx1-29113"></a>. This
attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
@@ -13137,10 +14572,10 @@
<a
id="catattr.headuc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">headuc</span><a
- id="dx1-28114"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29114"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span><a
- id="dx1-28115"></a> will use the
+ id="dx1-29115"></a> will use the
upper case version in the page headers.
@@ -13149,13 +14584,13 @@
<a
id="catattr.tagging"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">tagging</span><a
- id="dx1-28116"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29116"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the tagging command defined by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><a
- id="dx1-28117"></a> will be activated to use <span
+ id="dx1-29117"></a> will be activated to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont</span><a
- id="dx1-28118"></a> in
+ id="dx1-29118"></a> in
the glossary (see <a
href="#sec:tagging"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.1 </a><a
@@ -13164,11 +14599,11 @@
<a
id="catattr.entrycount"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">entrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-28119"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29119"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn’t boolean but instead must
be an integer value and is used in combination with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-28120"></a>
+ id="dx1-29120"></a>
(see <a
href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a
@@ -13176,11 +14611,11 @@
categories that shouldn’t have this facility enabled. The value of this attribute
is used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><a
- id="dx1-28121"></a> to determine how commands such as <span
+ id="dx1-29121"></a> to determine how commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-28122"></a>
+ id="dx1-29122"></a>
should behave.
- <!--l. 6345--><p class="noindent" >With <span
+ <!--l. 7015--><p class="noindent" >With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous
@@ -13189,7 +14624,7 @@
for entries that have the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28123"></a> attribute set and where the previous
+ id="dx1-29123"></a> attribute set and where the previous
usage count for that entry is less than or equal to the value of that
attribute.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -13196,11 +14631,11 @@
<a
id="catattr.linkcount"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">linkcount</span><a
- id="dx1-28124"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29124"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This attribute is set to <span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>by <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a
- id="dx1-28125"></a> (see <a
+ id="dx1-29125"></a> (see <a
href="#sec:linkcount"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2
</a><a
@@ -13209,11 +14644,11 @@
<a
id="catattr.linkcountmaster"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">linkcountmaster</span><a
- id="dx1-28126"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29126"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This attribute is set to the name of the master counter by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a
- id="dx1-28127"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see <a
+ id="dx1-29127"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see <a
href="#sec:linkcount"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2
</a><a
@@ -13222,10 +14657,10 @@
<a
id="catattr.glossdesc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-28128"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29128"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-28129"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is
+ id="dx1-29129"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is
modified by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check for this attribute. The attribute may have
one of the following values:
@@ -13234,34 +14669,34 @@
class="cmtt-10">firstuc</span>: the first letter of the description will be converted to upper
case (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-28130"></a>).
+ id="dx1-29130"></a>).
</li>
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmtt-10">title</span>: the description will be used in the argument of the title casing
command <span
class="cmtt-10">\capitalisewords</span><a
- id="dx1-28131"></a> (provided by <span
+ id="dx1-29131"></a> (provided by <span
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-28132"></a>). If you want to use a
+ id="dx1-29132"></a>). If you want to use a
different command you can redefine:
- <!--l. 6373--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 7043--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28133"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29133"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">phrase cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6375--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7045--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs}[1]{\xcapitalisefmtwords*{#1}}
</div>
- <!--l. 6379--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span
+ <!--l. 7049--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs </span>will be a control
sequence whose replacement text is the entry’s description, which is why
<span
@@ -13269,20 +14704,20 @@
class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>.)
</p>
</li></ul>
- <!--l. 6386--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
+ <!--l. 7056--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
limitations for both the first letter uppercasing and the title casing commands.
See the <span
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-28134"></a> user manual for further details.
+ id="dx1-29134"></a> user manual for further details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.glossdescfont"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossdescfont</span><a
- id="dx1-28135"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29135"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-28136"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
+ id="dx1-29136"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one
argument. This control sequence will be applied to the description text. For
example:
@@ -13289,34 +14724,34 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdescfont}{emph}
</div>
- <!--l. 6399--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 7069--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.glossname"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossname</span><a
- id="dx1-28137"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29137"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">As <a
href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span
class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28138"></a> but applies to <span
+ id="dx1-29138"></a> but applies to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-28139"></a>. Additionally, if this
+ id="dx1-29139"></a>. Additionally, if this
attribute is set to “uc” the name is converted to all capitals.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.indexname"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">indexname</span><a
- id="dx1-28140"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29140"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If set, the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>hook used at the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-28141"></a>
+ id="dx1-29141"></a>
will index the entry using <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
- id="dx1-28142"></a>. See <a
+ id="dx1-29142"></a>. See <a
href="#sec:autoindex"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a
href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further
@@ -13325,11 +14760,11 @@
<a
id="catattr.glossnamefont"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossnamefont</span><a
- id="dx1-28143"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29143"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-28144"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
+ id="dx1-29144"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one
argument. This control sequence will be applied to the name text. For
example:
@@ -13336,13 +14771,13 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossnamefont}{emph}
</div>
- <!--l. 6419--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span
+ <!--l. 7089--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>which will only be used if this attribute
hasn’t been set.
- </p><!--l. 6423--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
+ </p><!--l. 7093--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\item</span>.
@@ -13350,7 +14785,7 @@
<a
id="catattr.textformat"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a
- id="dx1-28145"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29145"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">(New to version 1.21.) Commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>have the link
@@ -13365,7 +14800,7 @@
<a
id="catattr.hyperoutside"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a
- id="dx1-28146"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29146"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">(New to v1.21.) The attribute value may be <span
class="cmtt-10">false</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>or unset. If
@@ -13372,7 +14807,7 @@
unset, <span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. This indicates the default setting of the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span><a
- id="dx1-28147"></a>
+ id="dx1-29147"></a>
key, described in <a
href="#sec:wrglossary"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.1 </a><a
@@ -13381,16 +14816,16 @@
<a
id="catattr.dualindex"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">dualindex</span><a
- id="dx1-28148"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29148"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external
glossary file through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28149"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-29149"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-28150"></a>, a corresponding line
+ id="dx1-29150"></a>, a corresponding line
will be written to the indexing file using <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
- id="dx1-28151"></a>. See <a
+ id="dx1-29151"></a>. See <a
href="#sec:autoindex"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a
href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for
@@ -13399,7 +14834,7 @@
<a
id="catattr.targeturl"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">targeturl</span><a
- id="dx1-28152"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29152"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">If set, the hyperlink generated by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the
URL provided by this attributes value. For example:
@@ -13406,10 +14841,10 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
</div>
- <!--l. 6453--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span
+ <!--l. 7123--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-external.tex</span>.) If the URL
contains awkward characters (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">%</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -13417,16 +14852,16 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package provides commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar</span><a
- id="dx1-28153"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-29153"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span>that
expand to literal characters.
- </p><!--l. 6461--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
+ </p><!--l. 7131--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
<span
class="cmtt-10">#</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ to the URL), then you also need to set <a
href="#catattr.targetname"><span
class="cmss-10">targetname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28154"></a> to the anchor ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-29154"></a> to the anchor ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩.
You may use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>within ⟨<span
@@ -13433,7 +14868,7 @@
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ which is set by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to
the entry’s label.
- </p><!--l. 6467--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span
+ </p><!--l. 7137--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>
which sets the anchor to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix\glslabel</span></span></span>, so if you want
@@ -13440,56 +14875,56 @@
entries to link to glossaries in the URL given by <a
href="#catattr.targeturl"><span
class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28155"></a>, you can just
+ id="dx1-29155"></a>, you can just
do:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
</div>
- <!--l. 6474--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span
+ <!--l. 7144--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>then you will need to adjust
the above as appropriate.)
- </p><!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 7148--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩ then use <a
href="#catattr.targetname"><span
class="cmss-10">targetname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28156"></a> for the ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-29156"></a> for the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩
part and <a
href="#catattr.targetcategory"><span
class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28157"></a> for the ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-29157"></a> for the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩ part.
- </p><!--l. 6482--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+ </p><!--l. 7152--><p class="noindent" >For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
 <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}
 <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7}
</div>
- <!--l. 6487--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span
+ <!--l. 7157--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span
class="cmtt-10">general </span>entries to link to <span
class="cmtt-10">master-doc.pdf#page.7</span>
(page 7 of that PDF).
- </p><!--l. 6491--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
+ </p><!--l. 7161--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
glossary and entries that link to an external URL then you can use
the starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-28158"></a> for the external list. For
+ id="dx1-29158"></a> for the external list. For
example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
\newignoredglossary*{external}
 <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{external}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
 <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
@@ -13499,12 +14934,12 @@
 <br />  category=external,
 <br />  description={external example}}
</div>
- <!--l. 6507--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 7177--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.externallocation"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">externallocation</span><a
- id="dx1-28159"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-29159"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">The value should be the file name of the target document when
manually indexing an external location (see <a
href="#sec:wrglossary"><span
@@ -13511,17 +14946,17 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.1 </a><a
href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>). In general,
it’s better to use <a
- id="dx1-28160"></a><a
+ id="dx1-29160"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28161"></a></a> v1.7+ which can handle multiple external sources
+ id="dx1-29161"></a></a> v1.7+ which can handle multiple external sources
and doesn’t require this attribute.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6517--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using:
-</p><!--l. 6518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7187--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using:
+</p><!--l. 7188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssetcategoryattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28162"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29162"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -13531,31 +14966,31 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6520--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7190--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ is the category label, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is the attribute label and
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the new value for the attribute.
-</p><!--l. 6525--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a
+</p><!--l. 7195--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28163"></a> attribute to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 6527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-29163"></a> attribute to “true”:
+</p><!--l. 7197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssetregularcategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28164"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29164"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetregularcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6529--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6531--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
+</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7201--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
shortcut command:
-</p><!--l. 6533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssetattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28165"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29165"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13565,16 +15000,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note
that this will affect all other entries that share this entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 6540--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 6542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7210--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 7212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgetcategoryattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28166"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29166"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -13585,13 +15020,13 @@
-</p><!--l. 6544--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7214--><p class="noindent" >
Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given
entry:
-</p><!--l. 6547--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgetattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28167"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29167"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13598,12 +15033,12 @@
class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6549--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6551--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 6553--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7219--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7221--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 7223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glshascategoryattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28168"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29168"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshascategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -13615,19 +15050,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6556--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7226--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-28169"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-29169"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifcsvoid </span>and does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true code</span>⟩ if the attribute has been set and
isn’t blank and isn’t <span
class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label
from an entry is:
-</p><!--l. 6561--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glshasattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28170"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29170"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshasattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13639,12 +15074,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6564--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6566--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 6568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7234--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7236--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 7238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategoryattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28171"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29171"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -13658,7 +15093,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6570--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7240--><p class="noindent" >
This tests if the attribute (given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩) for the category (given by
⟨<span
@@ -13668,35 +15103,35 @@
isn’t set or is set but isn’t equal to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is done.
-</p><!--l. 6577--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 7247--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176">
\glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO HYPER}{HYPER}
</div>
-<!--l. 6580--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span
+<!--l. 7250--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
- id="dx1-28172"></a> category has the <a
+ id="dx1-29172"></a> category has the <a
href="#catattr.nohyper"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28173"></a> attribute set to
+ id="dx1-29173"></a> attribute set to
<span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>otherwise if does “HYPER”.
-</p><!--l. 6585--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a
+</p><!--l. 7255--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a
href="#catattr.nohyper"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28174"></a>, make sure you always test for <span
+ id="dx1-29174"></a>, make sure you always test for <span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>
not <span
class="cmtt-10">false </span>in case the attribute hasn’t been set.
-</p><!--l. 6588--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
+</p><!--l. 7258--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
entry:
-</p><!--l. 6590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7260--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28175"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29175"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13710,16 +15145,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">} {</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6592--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6594--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a
+</p><!--l. 7262--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7264--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28176"></a>
+ id="dx1-29176"></a>
attribute set to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 6596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifregularcategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28177"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29177"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifregularcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -13729,12 +15164,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6598--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="noindent" >
Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 6601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7271--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifregular</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28178"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29178"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifregular{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13743,21 +15178,21 @@
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6603--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7273--><p class="noindent" >
Note that if the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28179"></a> attribute hasn’t be set, the above do ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-29179"></a> attribute hasn’t be set, the above do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩. There
are also reverse commands that test if the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28180"></a> attribute has been set to
+ id="dx1-29180"></a> attribute has been set to
“false”:
-</p><!--l. 6607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7277--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregularcategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28181"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29181"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregularcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -13767,12 +15202,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6609--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7279--><p class="noindent" >
or for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 6611--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7281--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregular</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28182"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29182"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregular{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13781,15 +15216,15 @@
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6613--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7283--><p class="noindent" >
Again, if the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28183"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-29183"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩, so these
reverse commands aren’t logically opposite in the strict sense.
-</p><!--l. 6618--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 6620--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 7288--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 7290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachincategory[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13803,7 +15238,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6621--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7291--><p class="noindent" >
This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated
list ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ that have the category given by ⟨<span
@@ -13819,12 +15254,12 @@
-</p><!--l. 6631--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
+</p><!--l. 7301--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
attribute using:
-</p><!--l. 6633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsforeachwithattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28184"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29184"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachwithattribute[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
@@ -13841,21 +15276,21 @@
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6635--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7305--><p class="noindent" >
This will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ for each entry that has a category with the attribute ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩
set to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-value</span>⟩. The remaining arguments are as the previous command.
-</p><!--l. 6640--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
+</p><!--l. 7310--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
field changing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span><a
- id="dx1-28185"></a>. Alternatively, you can
+ id="dx1-29185"></a>. Alternatively, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 6643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28186"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29186"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-labels</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13862,21 +15297,21 @@
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6645--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="noindent" >
This will change the category to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ for each entry listed in the
comma-separated list ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-labels</span>⟩. This command uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span><a
- id="dx1-28187"></a> so it will
+ id="dx1-29187"></a> so it will
expand ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ and make the change global.
-</p><!--l. 6651--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
+</p><!--l. 7321--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
using:
-</p><!--l. 6653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-28188"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29188"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -13884,7 +15319,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6655--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels.
@@ -13891,14 +15326,14 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 6659--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 6659--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7329--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7329--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a
id="sec:countref"></a>Counting References</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6662--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references:
+</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-29002x1">Counting the total number of times <span
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-30002x1">Counting the total number of times <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>resets
the count and is best avoided). This is provided by the base <span
@@ -13909,7 +15344,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that it’s available on the next
<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run.
- <!--l. 6672--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span
+ <!--l. 7342--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and is described in <a
href="#sec:entrycount"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a
@@ -13917,12 +15352,12 @@
Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
</p></li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-29004x2">Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-30004x2">Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with
<a
- id="dx1-29005"></a><a
+ id="dx1-30005"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-29006"></a></a> and is intended for documents where the term should be displayed
+ id="dx1-30006"></a></a> and is intended for documents where the term should be displayed
differently if it’s only been recorded (indexed) a certain number of times.
See <a
href="#sec:recordcount"><span
@@ -13930,7 +15365,7 @@
href="#sec:recordcount">Record Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordcount --></a> for further details.
</li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-29008x3">Counting the number of times the <span
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-30008x3">Counting the number of times the <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like
commands are used. (That is, those commands that internally use
@@ -13947,10 +15382,10 @@
href="#sec:linkcount"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2 </a><a
href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a> for further details.</li></ol>
-<!--l. 6691--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7361--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a
id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</h3>
-<!--l. 6694--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a
+<!--l. 7364--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a
href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a
href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>, <span
@@ -13957,40 +15392,40 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>modifies the
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-30001"></a> command to allow for the <a
+ id="dx1-31001"></a> command to allow for the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30002"></a> attribute. This means
+ id="dx1-31002"></a> attribute. This means
that you not only need to enable entry counting with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-30003"></a>, but
+ id="dx1-31003"></a>, but
you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 6701--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
+</p><!--l. 7371--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
by commands that change the <a
- id="dx1-30004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-31004"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. (That is, all those commands
that mark the entry as having been used.) There are many commands that
don’t modify this flag and they won’t contribute to the entry use count.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 6707--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6709--><p class="indent" > With <span
+</p><!--l. 7377--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7379--><p class="indent" > With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you may use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-30005"></a> instead of <span
+ id="dx1-31005"></a> instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-30006"></a> even if you haven’t enabled
+ id="dx1-31006"></a> even if you haven’t enabled
entry counting. You will only get a warning if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>
without setting the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30007"></a> attribute. (With <span
+ id="dx1-31007"></a> attribute. (With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-30008"></a>
+ id="dx1-31008"></a>
will generate a warning if <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>hasn’t been used.) The
@@ -13998,7 +15433,7 @@
abbreviation shortcut <span
class="cmtt-10">\ab</span><a
- id="dx1-30009"></a> uses <span
+ id="dx1-31009"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>(see <a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.3 </a><a
@@ -14005,33 +15440,33 @@
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>). The
acronym shortcut <span
class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a
- id="dx1-30010"></a> uses <span
+ id="dx1-31010"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>if it’s been defined with <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-30011"></a> (or
+ id="dx1-31011"></a> (or
<a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=all</span><a
- id="dx1-30012"></a>) but uses <span
+ id="dx1-31012"></a>) but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>if it’s been defined with <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-30013"></a> (or
+ id="dx1-31013"></a> (or
<a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a
- id="dx1-30014"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 6722--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span
+ id="dx1-31014"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 7392--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) are also available:
-</p><!--l. 6724--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGLS</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30015"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLS[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -14039,12 +15474,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6726--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7396--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 6728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGLSpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30016"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -14052,42 +15487,42 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6730--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7400--><p class="noindent" >
These are analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>but they use
-</p><!--l. 6733--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGLSformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30017"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6735--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7405--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 6737--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7407--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGLSplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30018"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6739--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7409--><p class="noindent" >
which convert the analogous <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat </span>to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 6743--><p class="indent" > Just using <span
+</p><!--l. 7413--><p class="indent" > Just using <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries}
 <br />\makeglossaries
@@ -14100,17 +15535,17 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 6765--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6767--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span
+<!--l. 7435--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7437--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30019"></a> attribute:
+ id="dx1-31019"></a> attribute:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\makeglossaries
@@ -14124,16 +15559,16 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 6792--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6794--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span
+<!--l. 7462--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7464--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-30020"></a> now
+ id="dx1-31020"></a> now
use
-</p><!--l. 6796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30021"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -14143,12 +15578,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">normal code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6799--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7469--><p class="noindent" >
to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ uses
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and unsets the <a
- id="dx1-30022"></a><a
+ id="dx1-31022"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩ is the
code that would ordinarily be performed by whatever the equivalent command is (for
@@ -14159,12 +15594,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behaviour in
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 6808--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
+</p><!--l. 7478--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{%
 <br /> \glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%
 <br /> {%
@@ -14177,37 +15612,37 @@
 <br /> {#3}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6821--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
+<!--l. 7491--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30023"></a>
+ id="dx1-31023"></a>
attribute then the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ will be used if the previous count value (the number of
times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the
attribute.
-</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
+</p><!--l. 7498--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
four:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4}
</div>
-<!--l. 6832--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6834--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
+<!--l. 7502--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7504--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
<a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30024"></a> attribute and redefine <span
+ id="dx1-31024"></a> attribute and redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-30025"></a>, etc to use <span
+ id="dx1-31025"></a>, etc to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-30026"></a> etc:
-</p><!--l. 6837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-31026"></a> etc:
+</p><!--l. 7507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30027"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -14215,19 +15650,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6839--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7509--><p class="noindent" >
The first argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories. For each
category, the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30028"></a> attribute is set to ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-31028"></a> attribute is set to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩. In addition, this does:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
\renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}%
 <br />\renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
@@ -14235,19 +15670,19 @@
 <br />\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
 <br />\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
</div>
-<!--l. 6850--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
-</p><!--l. 6854--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
+<!--l. 7520--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
+</p><!--l. 7524--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will
just set the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30029"></a> attribute for each listed category.
-</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become:
+ id="dx1-31029"></a> attribute for each listed category.
+</p><!--l. 7528--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\makeglossaries
@@ -14260,15 +15695,15 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 6880--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6882--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
+<!--l. 7550--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7552--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands
will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 6887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7557--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30030"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -14278,7 +15713,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7559--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should
be applied, ⟨<span
@@ -14285,20 +15720,20 @@
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the trigger value and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ is the name of the counter
used by the sectional unit.
-</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span
+</p><!--l. 7565--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine, discrepancies will
occur in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-30031"></a> counter. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6899--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6901--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
+ id="dx1-31031"></a> counter. </div>
+</p><!--l. 7569--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7571--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
counting in the same document.
-</p><!--l. 6904--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span
+</p><!--l. 7574--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩
needs to be expandable. Since <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-30032"></a> also has a similar requirement and provides
+ id="dx1-31032"></a> also has a similar requirement and provides
<span
class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ as an expandable alternative, <span
@@ -14308,10 +15743,10 @@
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ if it exists otherwise it will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a
+</p><!--l. 7581--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30033"></a> (as before) and
+ id="dx1-31033"></a> (as before) and
@@ -14318,59 +15753,59 @@
<a
href="#catattr.unitcount"><span
class="cmss-10">unitcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30034"></a> (the name of the counter).
-</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
+ id="dx1-31034"></a> (the name of the counter).
+</p><!--l. 7584--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for
this run:
-</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30035"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7589--><p class="noindent" >
and the final value from the previous run:
-</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30036"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6923--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7593--><p class="noindent" >
In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span
class="cmti-10">for the current unit</span>. In
both commands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 6928--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
-</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7598--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
+</p><!--l. 7599--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevtotalcount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30037"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6931--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7601--><p class="noindent" >
which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry
given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, and
-</p><!--l. 6934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7604--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevmaxcount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30038"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6936--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7606--><p class="noindent" >
which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.
-</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
-</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
+</p><!--l. 7609--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
+</p><!--l. 7611--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
\documentclass{report}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{abbreviation}{2}{chapter}
@@ -14389,11 +15824,11 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 6972--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span
+<!--l. 7642--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span
class="cmtt-10">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is
more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a
- id="dx1-30039"></a><a
+ id="dx1-31039"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>
with the short form used on subsequent use, and the <span
class="cmtt-10">css </span>entries in that
@@ -14403,33 +15838,33 @@
long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn’t get a line added to the glossary
file.
-</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 7653--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing
suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the
first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger
value.
-</p><!--l. 6989--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 7659--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn’t trip the indexing
suppression because it’s in the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
- id="dx1-30040"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in
+ id="dx1-31040"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
+</p><!--l. 7664--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
example document the trigger value is set to zero, which means the index suppression
won’t be triggered, but the unit entry count is used to automatically suppress the
hyperlink for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-30041"></a> by modifying the hook
-</p><!--l. 7000--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-31041"></a> by modifying the hook
+</p><!--l. 7670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-30042"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7002--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7672--><p class="noindent" >
which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the
hyperlink.
@@ -14436,7 +15871,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
@@ -14457,22 +15892,22 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 7037--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 7707--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each
page.
-</p><!--l. 7041--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span
+</p><!--l. 7711--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-30043"></a> counter still applies. If the
+ id="dx1-31043"></a> counter still applies. If the
first instance of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>occurs at the top of the page within a paragraph that
started on the previous page, then the count will continue from the previous
page.
-</p><!--l. 7046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7716--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 7046--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7716--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a
id="sec:linkcount"></a>Link Counting</h3>
-<!--l. 7049--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number
+<!--l. 7719--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number
@@ -14486,13 +15921,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\@gls at link </span>may use <span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>when displaying the
<a
- id="dx1-31001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-32001"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 7056--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 7057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7726--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command:
+</p><!--l. 7727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-31002"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-32002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">master counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
@@ -14500,7 +15935,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7059--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7729--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a list of category labels. The optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">master</span>
@@ -14510,24 +15945,24 @@
incremented. This command automatically sets the <a
href="#catattr.linkcount"><span
class="cmss-10">linkcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31003"></a> attribute for the given
+ id="dx1-32003"></a> attribute for the given
categories. If the optional argument is present, it also sets the <a
href="#catattr.linkcountmaster"><span
class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31004"></a>
+ id="dx1-32004"></a>
attribute.
-</p><!--l. 7068--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 7738--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>increment the associated
counter using
-</p><!--l. 7070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7740--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinclinkcounter</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-31005"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-32005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinclinkcounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7072--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7742--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\stepcounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
@@ -14538,44 +15973,44 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrinclinkcounter}[1]{\refstepcounter{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7078--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7080--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using
-</p><!--l. 7081--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7748--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7750--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using
+</p><!--l. 7751--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-31006"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-32006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7083--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7753--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been
defined.
-</p><!--l. 7087--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span
+</p><!--l. 7757--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩) using
-</p><!--l. 7089--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7759--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-31007"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-32007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7091--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7761--><p class="noindent" >
(This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been defined.)
-</p><!--l. 7094--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first
+</p><!--l. 7764--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first
needs to be incremented so terms that have been defined but haven’t been
used in the document won’t have the associated count register allocated.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 7099--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7101--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using:
-</p><!--l. 7102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7769--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7771--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using:
+</p><!--l. 7772--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-31008"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-32008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -14584,18 +16019,18 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7104--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7774--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 7107--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using
-</p><!--l. 7108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7777--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using
+</p><!--l. 7778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-31009"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-32009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7110--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7780--><p class="noindent" >
This simply expands to the counter name associated with the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
without any check for existence. For example, to change the display command
@@ -14603,15 +16038,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩) using <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-31010"></a>:
+ id="dx1-32010"></a>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
\csdef{the\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}{\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7117--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t
+<!--l. 7787--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t
convenient if you want to change the display for all entries. Instead, it’s simpler to
redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span>. For example:
@@ -14619,7 +16054,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter}[1]{%
 <br /> \GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{#1}%
 <br /> {\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{#1}}}%
@@ -14626,12 +16061,12 @@
 <br /> {0}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7128--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span
+<!--l. 7798--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7132--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after
+</p><!--l. 7802--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after
the first reference. This redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-31011"></a> (which is used by both <span
+ id="dx1-32011"></a> (which is used by both <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>) instead of <span
@@ -14643,7 +16078,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
@@ -14666,32 +16101,32 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 7174--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span
+<!--l. 7844--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-31012"></a> means that the options can override this. For
+ id="dx1-32012"></a> means that the options can override this. For
example
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">
\gls[hyper=true]{sample1}
</div>
-<!--l. 7179--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span
+<!--l. 7849--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting in <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-31013"></a>. If <span
+ id="dx1-32013"></a>. If <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-31014"></a>
+ id="dx1-32014"></a>
is used instead, the <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting will override the setting provided in the
optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 7855--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-31015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a
+ id="dx1-32015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a
href="#catattr.linkcount"><span
class="cmss-10">linkcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31016"></a> attribute set (since it’s not
+ id="dx1-32016"></a> attribute set (since it’s not
listed in the argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>). This means that
<span
@@ -14702,10 +16137,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
\ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}>1
</div>
-<!--l. 7193--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span
+<!--l. 7863--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>
applied. If the test is changed to
@@ -14712,99 +16147,99 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
\ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}=1
 <br />\else
 <br /> \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
 <br />\fi
</div>
-<!--l. 7201--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span
+<!--l. 7871--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>applied.
-</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master
+</p><!--l. 7875--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master
counter:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192">
\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[section]{general}
</div>
-<!--l. 7209--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 7879--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
-<!--l. 7211--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7211--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7881--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7881--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a
id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7214--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
+</p><!--l. 7884--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in
this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-32001"></a> and
+ id="dx1-33001"></a> and
<a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-32002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7220--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a
- id="dx1-32003"></a><a
+ id="dx1-33002"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7890--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a
+ id="dx1-33003"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> syntax. If you’ve used the <a
href="#styopt.xindy"><span
class="cmss-10">xindy</span></a><a
- id="dx1-32004"></a>
+ id="dx1-33004"></a>
package option, the automatic escaping of <a
- id="dx1-32005"></a><a
+ id="dx1-33005"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> special characters in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-32006"></a> field
+ id="dx1-33006"></a> field
may result in an incorrect sort value for the <span
class="cmtt-10">\index </span>command used by the
auto-indexing. Note also that <span
class="cmtt-10">texindy</span><a
- id="dx1-32007"></a> has a fixed set of special characters
+ id="dx1-33007"></a> has a fixed set of special characters
(corresponding to <a
- id="dx1-32008"></a><span
+ id="dx1-33008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>’s defaults) that can’t be customized. You may want
to consider using <a
- id="dx1-32009"></a><a
+ id="dx1-33009"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-32010"></a></a> and its dual entries as an alternative approach.
+ id="dx1-33010"></a></a> and its dual entries as an alternative approach.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 7229--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7232--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 7899--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7902--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a
- id="dx1-32011"></a> macro, used at the end of <span
+ id="dx1-33011"></a> macro, used at the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-32012"></a> and
+ id="dx1-33012"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-32013"></a>, checks the <a
+ id="dx1-33013"></a>, checks the <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-32014"></a> attribute for the category associated with
+ id="dx1-33014"></a> attribute for the category associated with
that entry. Since <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>is used in the default glossary styles, this
makes a convenient way of automatically indexing each entry name at its
location in the glossary without fiddling around with the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-32015"></a>
+ id="dx1-33015"></a>
key.
-</p><!--l. 7242--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span
+</p><!--l. 7912--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to write the information to the
external glossary file is modified to check for the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-32016"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 7246--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through
-</p><!--l. 7247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-33016"></a> attribute.
+</p><!--l. 7916--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through
+</p><!--l. 7917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-32017"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -14811,27 +16246,27 @@
class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7249--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7919--><p class="noindent" >
This uses the standard <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
- id="dx1-32018"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s
+ id="dx1-33018"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s
<span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-32019"></a> key and the actual value set to <span
+ id="dx1-33019"></a> key and the actual value set to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. As from v1.16, there are
user-level commands available to change the sort and actual value used by the
automated index.
-</p><!--l. 7256--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by
-</p><!--l. 7257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7926--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by
+</p><!--l. 7927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-32020"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7259--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7929--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. The default definition is:
@@ -14838,18 +16273,18 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryname{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7264--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span
+<!--l. 7934--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\string </span>to prevent <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>from being expanded as it’s
written to the index file.
-</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using:
-</p><!--l. 7269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7938--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using:
+</p><!--l. 7939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-32021"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -14856,7 +16291,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7271--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7941--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is the command which needs to be set to the
@@ -14865,71 +16300,71 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%
 <br />  \glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7278--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span
+<!--l. 7948--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is then processed to escape any of <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-32022"></a>’s special
+ id="dx1-33022"></a>’s special
characters. Note that this escaping is only performed on the sort not on the actual
value. The escaping of the sort value is performed by
-</p><!--l. 7283--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7953--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-32023"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7285--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7955--><p class="noindent" >
You can redefine this to do nothing if you want to omit the escaping. You may want
to consider providing another field to obtain the appropriate sort value if the one
provided in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-32024"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special
+ id="dx1-33024"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special
characters escaped or it may be a numeric value in the case of sort by use or
definition).
-</p><!--l. 7293--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
-</p><!--l. 7294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7963--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
+</p><!--l. 7964--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindex</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-32025"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 7299--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span
+</p><!--l. 7969--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-32026"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing.
+ id="dx1-33026"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 7302--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7304--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 7972--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7974--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-32027"></a> key, instead of the <span
+ id="dx1-33027"></a> key, instead of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-32028"></a> key:
+ id="dx1-33028"></a> key:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryfirst{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7308--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span
+<!--l. 7978--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-32029"></a> field, if present, otherwise the
+ id="dx1-33029"></a> field, if present, otherwise the
<span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-32030"></a> field:
+ id="dx1-33030"></a> field:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%
 <br />  \ifglshaslong{#2}%
 <br />  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{long}}%
@@ -14936,8 +16371,8 @@
 <br />  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7317--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7319--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span
+<!--l. 7987--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7989--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is “true”, no encap will be
added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example:
@@ -14944,10 +16379,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf}
</div>
-<!--l. 7325--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span
+<!--l. 7995--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span
class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold
whereas
@@ -14954,118 +16389,118 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true}
</div>
-<!--l. 7330--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
-</p><!--l. 7333--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
+<!--l. 8000--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
+</p><!--l. 8003--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 7338--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7340--><p class="indent" > By default the <span
+</p><!--l. 8008--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8010--><p class="indent" > By default the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-32031"></a> key won’t be used with the <a
+ id="dx1-33031"></a> key won’t be used with the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-32032"></a> attribute. You can
+ id="dx1-33032"></a> attribute. You can
allow the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-32033"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only
+ id="dx1-33033"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only
command:
-</p><!--l. 7344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8014--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-32034"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8016--><p class="noindent" >
If you use this command and <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-32035"></a> has been loaded, then the <span
+ id="dx1-33035"></a> has been loaded, then the <span
class="cmss-10">theindex</span><a
- id="dx1-32036"></a><a
- id="dx1-32037"></a>
+ id="dx1-33036"></a><a
+ id="dx1-33037"></a>
environment will be modified to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span><a
- id="dx1-32038"></a> to allow formats that use
+ id="dx1-33038"></a> to allow formats that use
that command.
-</p><!--l. 7351--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a
+</p><!--l. 8021--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-32039"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the
+ id="dx1-33039"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the
<a
href="#catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-32040"></a> attribute (or <a
+ id="dx1-33040"></a> attribute (or <a
href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-32041"></a> package option) is set. However, the <a
+ id="dx1-33041"></a> package option) is set. However, the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-32042"></a>
+ id="dx1-33042"></a>
attribute will honour the <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
- id="dx1-32043"></a> key. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7357--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7359--><p class="indent" > The <span
+ id="dx1-33043"></a> key. </div>
+</p><!--l. 8027--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8029--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-32044"></a>’s special characters, but there may be special cases where it fails, so take
+ id="dx1-33044"></a>’s special characters, but there may be special cases where it fails, so take
care. This assumes the default <a
- id="dx1-32045"></a><a
+ id="dx1-33045"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> actual, level, quote and encap values
(unless any of the commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\actualchar</span><a
- id="dx1-32046"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-33046"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\levelchar</span><a
- id="dx1-32047"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-33047"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\quotechar</span><a
- id="dx1-32048"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-33048"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\encapchar</span><a
- id="dx1-32049"></a>
+ id="dx1-33049"></a>
have been defined before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded).
-</p><!--l. 7367--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
+</p><!--l. 8037--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
the correct characters.
-</p><!--l. 7369--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
-</p><!--l. 7371--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8039--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
+</p><!--l. 8041--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetActualChar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-32050"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7375--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8045--><p class="noindent" >
Set the actual character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 7378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-32051"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7380--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8050--><p class="noindent" >
Set the level character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 7383--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8053--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEscChar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-32052"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7385--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8055--><p class="noindent" >
Set the escape (quote) character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 7388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-32053"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -15072,7 +16507,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 7390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8060--><p class="noindent" >
Set the encap character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
@@ -15079,11 +16514,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 7393--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7393--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8063--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 8063--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a
id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7396--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 8066--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span
@@ -15092,12 +16527,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7403--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8071--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8073--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-33001"></a><a
- id="dx1-33002"></a>
+ id="dx1-34001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-34002"></a>
environment. As mentioned in <a
href="#sec:pkgopts"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.2 </a><a
@@ -15107,28 +16542,28 @@
<a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a
- id="dx1-33003"></a> package options.
-</p><!--l. 7409--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span
+ id="dx1-34003"></a> package options.
+</p><!--l. 8079--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of
defining and using entries within the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-33004"></a><a
- id="dx1-33005"></a> environment without the tricks used
+ id="dx1-34004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-34005"></a> environment without the tricks used
with the <a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a
- id="dx1-33006"></a> option. <span
+ id="dx1-34006"></a> option. <span
class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span>
This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only
command:
-</p><!--l. 7415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8085--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-33007"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7417--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8087--><p class="noindent" >
When used, this defines the commands described below.
-</p><!--l. 7420--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
+</p><!--l. 8090--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span
@@ -15135,15 +16570,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl </span>can’t be used after
the glossaries have been displayed (through <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-33008"></a> etc). It’s best not to
+ id="dx1-34008"></a> etc). It’s best not to
mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there
may be unexpected results. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7426--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8096--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8098--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtr</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-33009"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span
@@ -15151,7 +16586,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8100--><p class="noindent" >
If an entry with the label ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has already been defined, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -15186,34 +16621,34 @@
class="cmsy-10">}</span>
</div>
</div>
-<!--l. 7442--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span
+<!--l. 8112--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting
commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be
omitted from the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and placed in the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-33010"></a> key must be provided in the optional
+ id="dx1-34010"></a> key must be provided in the optional
argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8118--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7450--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 8120--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩ should be empty if the entry has
already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a warning will be
generated with
-</p><!--l. 7453--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarning</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-33011"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarning{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7455--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span
+</p><!--l. 8125--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8127--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>
below:
@@ -15220,34 +16655,34 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
 <br /> ... later
 <br />\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
</div>
-<!--l. 7463--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7465--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like:
+<!--l. 8133--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8135--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
\newcommand*{\goose}{\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}}
 <br />\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{}
 <br /> ... later
 <br />\goose\ some more text here
</div>
-<!--l. 7471--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
+<!--l. 8141--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
preamble with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-33012"></a> and then use <span
+ id="dx1-34012"></a> and then use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document.
-</p><!--l. 7476--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span
+</p><!--l. 8146--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>:
-</p><!--l. 7477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-33013"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span
@@ -15255,15 +16690,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7479--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8149--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtr</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-33014"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span
@@ -15271,15 +16706,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7484--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8154--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-33015"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span
@@ -15287,12 +16722,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7489--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8159--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7492--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
+</p><!--l. 8162--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> instead of
<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> (or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels
@@ -15301,24 +16736,24 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, but it’s
experimental and may not work in some cases.
-</p><!--l. 7501--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span
+</p><!--l. 8171--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any
commands in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, even if they expand to just text. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7505--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8175--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 7507--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7507--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8177--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 8177--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a
id="sec:bib2gls"></a>bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7510--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a
- id="dx1-34001"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 8180--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a
+ id="dx1-35001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34002"></a></a>, which works in much
+ id="dx1-35002"></a></a>, which works in much
the same way as a combination of <span
class="cmtt-10">bibtex </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>/<span
@@ -15329,15 +16764,15 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span>, the entries can instead be stored in a <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file and <a
- id="dx1-34003"></a><span
+ id="dx1-35003"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34004"></a> can
+ id="dx1-35004"></a> can
selectively write the appropriate commands to a <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file which is loaded using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>).
-</p><!--l. 7521--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
+</p><!--l. 8191--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
maintain the database and it reduces the <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> overhead by only defining the entries
that are actually required in the document. If you currently have a <span
@@ -15349,37 +16784,37 @@
containing glossary definitions to a <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file using <span
class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-34005"></a>, supplied with
+ id="dx1-35005"></a>, supplied with
<a
- id="dx1-34006"></a><span
+ id="dx1-35006"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34007"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 7532--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span
+ id="dx1-35007"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 8202--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to help assist
the integration of <a
- id="dx1-34008"></a><span
+ id="dx1-35008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34009"></a> into the document build process.
-</p><!--l. 7536--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a
- id="dx1-34010"></a><span
+ id="dx1-35009"></a> into the document build process.
+</p><!--l. 8206--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a
+ id="dx1-35010"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34011"></a>. The full details and
+ id="dx1-35011"></a>. The full details and
some sample documents are provided in the <a
- id="dx1-34012"></a><span
+ id="dx1-35012"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34013"></a> <a
+ id="dx1-35013"></a> <a
href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls.pdf" >manual</a>.
-</p><!--l. 7540--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span
+</p><!--l. 8210--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file that stores glossary entries that can be
extracted with <a
- id="dx1-34014"></a><span
+ id="dx1-35014"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34015"></a>:
+ id="dx1-35015"></a>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
@entry{bird,
 <br />  name={bird},
 <br />  description = {feathered animal},
@@ -15395,13 +16830,13 @@
 <br />  description={a waterbird with a long neck}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7559--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7561--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations:
+<!--l. 8229--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8231--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
@string{ssi={server-side includes}}
 <br />@string{html={hypertext markup language}}
 <br />@abbreviation{shtml,
@@ -15420,13 +16855,13 @@
 <br />  description={a simple interpreted server-side scripting language}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7583--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7585--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols:
+<!--l. 8253--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8255--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
preamble{"\providecommand{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}"}
 <br />@symbol{M,
 <br />  name={$\mtx{M}$},
@@ -15444,58 +16879,58 @@
 <br />  description={a set}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7606--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7608--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a
- id="dx1-34016"></a><a
+<!--l. 8276--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8278--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a
+ id="dx1-35016"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34017"></a></a> can find out which entries have been used in the
+ id="dx1-35017"></a></a> can find out which entries have been used in the
document, you need the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-34018"></a> package option:
+ id="dx1-35018"></a> package option:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
</div>
-<!--l. 7612--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
+<!--l. 8282--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
since <a
- id="dx1-34019"></a><a
+ id="dx1-35019"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34020"></a></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations.
-</p><!--l. 7617--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
+ id="dx1-35020"></a></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations.
+</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
<a
- id="dx1-34021"></a><a
+ id="dx1-35021"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> rule), then just use <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-34022"></a> and continue to use <span
+ id="dx1-35022"></a> and continue to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>), but you also need to instruct
<a
- id="dx1-34023"></a><span
+ id="dx1-35023"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34024"></a> to omit sorting to save time and to prevent the <span
+ id="dx1-35024"></a> to omit sorting to save time and to prevent the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-34025"></a> key from being
+ id="dx1-35025"></a> key from being
set.
-</p><!--l. 7624--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8294--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file created by <a
- id="dx1-34026"></a><span
+ id="dx1-35026"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34027"></a> is loaded using:
-</p><!--l. 7625--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-35027"></a> is loaded using:
+</p><!--l. 8295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrresourcefile</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-34028"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-35028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -15502,20 +16937,20 @@
class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7627--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8297--><p class="noindent" >
(Don’t include the file extension in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩.) There’s a shortcut version
(recommended over the above) that sets ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span>:
-</p><!--l. 7630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-34029"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-35029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7632--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8302--><p class="noindent" >
On the first use, this command is a shortcut for </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -15528,7 +16963,7 @@
</div>
</div> On subsequent use,<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x9" id="fn1x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-34030f1"></a> this
+ id="x1-35030f1"></a> this
command is a shortcut for <div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -15542,15 +16977,15 @@
</div>
</div> where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the current value of
-<!--l. 7644--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+<!--l. 8314--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcecount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7645--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8315--><p class="noindent" >
which is incremented at the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. Any advisory notes
regarding <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>also apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7650--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8320--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>command writes the line </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -15566,46 +17001,46 @@
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>if it
exists.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x9" id="fn2x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-34031f2"></a>
+ id="x1-35031f2"></a>
-<!--l. 7660--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
+<!--l. 8330--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file won’t exist on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-34032"></a> package
+ id="dx1-35032"></a> package
option additionally switches on <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-34033"></a>. Any use of commands like <span
+ id="dx1-35033"></a>. Any use of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>will produce ?? in the document, since the entries are undefined at this
point. Once <a
- id="dx1-34034"></a><span
+ id="dx1-35034"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-34035"></a> has created the <span
+ id="dx1-35035"></a> has created the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file the references should be resolved.
This may cause a shift in the locations if the actual text produced once the entry is
defined is significantly larger than the placeholder ?? (as this can alter the page
breaking).
-</p><!--l. 7670--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span
+</p><!--l. 8340--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>temporarily switches the
category code of <span
class="cmtt-10">@ </span>to 11 (letter) while it reads the file to allow for any internal
commands stored in the location field.
</p>
-<!--l. 7675--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8345--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a
id="selection"></a>Selection</h3>
-<!--l. 7677--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a
- id="dx1-35001"></a><a
+<!--l. 8347--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a
+ id="dx1-36001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35002"></a></a> to select all entries that have a record in the
+ id="dx1-36002"></a></a> to select all entries that have a record in the
<span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file, and any dependent entries (including parent and cross-references). The
<span
@@ -15612,9 +17047,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>format (for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=glsignore]{duck}</span></span></span>) is recognised by
<a
- id="dx1-35003"></a><span
+ id="dx1-36003"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35004"></a> as a special ignored record. This means that it will match the selection
+ id="dx1-36004"></a> as a special ignored record. This means that it will match the selection
criteria but the record won’t be added to the location list. This means that you won’t
get spurious commas in the location list (as can happen with the other indexing
methods), so you can do, for example,
@@ -15622,72 +17057,72 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsignore}
</div>
-<!--l. 7689--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and
+<!--l. 8359--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206">
\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsnumberformat}
</div>
-<!--l. 7693--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from
+<!--l. 8363--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from
occurring in the location lists.
-</p><!--l. 7697--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 8367--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>don’t
work with <a
- id="dx1-35005"></a><a
+ id="dx1-36005"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35006"></a></a> as the command has to iterate over the internal lists of
+ id="dx1-36006"></a></a> as the command has to iterate over the internal lists of
defined entry labels, which will be empty on the first run and on subsequent
runs will only contain those entries that have been selected by <a
- id="dx1-35007"></a><span
+ id="dx1-36007"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35008"></a>.
+ id="dx1-36008"></a>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 7702--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7704--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a
- id="dx1-35009"></a><span
+</p><!--l. 8372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8374--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a
+ id="dx1-36009"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35010"></a> this in the
+ id="dx1-36010"></a> this in the
options list. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},selection={all}]
</div>
-<!--l. 7709--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the
+<!--l. 8379--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the
<span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. Those that don’t have any records will have an empty location list. See the
<a
- id="dx1-35011"></a><a
+ id="dx1-36011"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35012"></a></a> user manual for more details of this option.
-</p><!--l. 7715--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-36012"></a></a> user manual for more details of this option.
+</p><!--l. 8385--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 7715--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8385--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2 </span> <a
id="sortinganddisplayingtheglossary"></a>Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 7717--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a
- id="dx1-36001"></a><span
+<!--l. 8387--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a
+ id="dx1-37001"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-36002"></a>. The default is to sort
+ id="dx1-37002"></a>. The default is to sort
according to the system locale. If the document has a language setting, you can use
<span
class="cmtt-10">sort=doc </span>to instruct <a
- id="dx1-36003"></a><span
+ id="dx1-37003"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-36004"></a> to sort according to that. (The language tag obtained
+ id="dx1-37004"></a> to sort according to that. (The language tag obtained
from <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-36005"></a>’s interface is written to the <span
+ id="dx1-37005"></a>’s interface is written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) For a multilingual document
you need to explicitly set the locale using a well-formed language tag. For
example:
@@ -15695,29 +17130,29 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
\GlsXtrLoadResources[
 <br />  src=terms, % data in terms.bib
 <br />  sort=de-DE-1996 % sort according to this locale
 <br />]
</div>
-<!--l. 7730--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of
+<!--l. 8400--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of
symbols you may find it more appropriate to use one of the letter-base sort methods
that sort according to the Unicode value of each character. Alternatively you can
provide a custom rule. See the <a
- id="dx1-36006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-37006"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-36007"></a></a> manual for full details of all the available sort
+ id="dx1-37007"></a></a> manual for full details of all the available sort
methods.
-</p><!--l. 7739--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
+</p><!--l. 8409--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file only defines those references required within the document
(selected according to the <span
class="cmtt-10">selection </span>option) and the definitions have been written in
the order corresponding to <a
- id="dx1-36008"></a><span
+ id="dx1-37008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-36009"></a>’s sorted list, the glossaries can simply be
+ id="dx1-37009"></a>’s sorted list, the glossaries can simply be
displayed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>), described in
@@ -15725,7 +17160,7 @@
href="#sec:printunsrt"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.2 </a><a
href="#sec:printunsrt">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printunsrt --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7747--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span
+</p><!--l. 8417--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>examples shown above have been stored in the files <span
class="cmtt-10">terms.bib</span>,
<span
@@ -15737,7 +17172,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
@@ -15749,18 +17184,18 @@
 <br />\printunsrtglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 7769--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span
+<!--l. 8439--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span
class="cmtt-10">mydoc</span>) is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
pdflatex mydoc
 <br />bib2gls mydoc
 <br />pdflatex mydoc
</div>
-<!--l. 7776--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span
+<!--l. 8446--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span
class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">duck</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, <span
@@ -15773,15 +17208,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">M </span>entries were added because
<a
- id="dx1-36010"></a><a
+ id="dx1-37010"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-36011"></a></a> detected (from the <span
+ id="dx1-37011"></a></a> detected (from the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file) that they had been used in the document. The
other entries were added because <a
- id="dx1-36012"></a><span
+ id="dx1-37012"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-36013"></a> detected (from the <span
+ id="dx1-37013"></a> detected (from the <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files) that they
are referenced by the used entries. In the case of <span
class="cmtt-10">duck </span>and <span
@@ -15788,24 +17223,24 @@
class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, they are
in the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-36014"></a> field for <span
+ id="dx1-37014"></a> field for <span
class="cmtt-10">bird</span>. In the case of <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">html</span>, they are referenced
in the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-36015"></a> field of <span
+ id="dx1-37015"></a> field of <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. These cross-referenced entries won’t have
a location list when the glossary is first displayed, but depending on how
they are referenced, they may pick up a location list on the next document
build.
-</p><!--l. 7793--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
+</p><!--l. 8463--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
methods:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
@@ -15821,8 +17256,8 @@
 <br />\printunsrtglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 7819--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7821--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span
+<!--l. 8489--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8491--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>with the same
<span
class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-blocks. For example:
@@ -15830,7 +17265,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
@@ -15848,13 +17283,13 @@
 <br />\printunsrtglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 7850--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the
+<!--l. 8520--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the
second group has the title “Symbols” and then follow the usual letter groups. Note
that for this example to work, you must run <a
- id="dx1-36016"></a><a
+ id="dx1-37016"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-36017"></a></a> with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ id="dx1-37017"></a></a> with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span>)
switch. For example, if the document is called <span
@@ -15863,21 +17298,21 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
pdflatex myDoc
 <br />bib2gls -g myDoc
 <br />pdflatex myDoc
</div>
-<!--l. 7861--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span
+<!--l. 8531--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
- id="dx1-36018"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding
+ id="dx1-37018"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding
title with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle </span>(see <a
href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10 </a><a
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11 </a><a
href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>). If no title
is set then the label is used as the group title.
-</p><!--l. 7867--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using
+</p><!--l. 8537--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using
<span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -16014,7 +17449,7 @@
</div>
</div> Remember that if you are using <span
class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-36019"></a> then extended characters, such as é or ø,
+ id="dx1-37019"></a> then extended characters, such as é or ø,
are active and will expand when written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. So with PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> the
@@ -16029,10 +17464,10 @@
class="cmbx-10">in the </span><span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span><span
class="cmbx-10">file</span>. <a
- id="dx1-36020"></a><a
+ id="dx1-37020"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-36021"></a></a> will recognise this as the
+ id="dx1-37021"></a></a> will recognise this as the
character given by the hexadecimal value ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">hex</span>⟩. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\u </span>also needs protection from
@@ -16041,7 +17476,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6 </span>and so on. This is quite cumbersome, but you can
use the shortcut <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshex</span><a
- id="dx1-36022"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-37022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">E6 </span>instead, so the above needs to be written as:
<div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -16177,47 +17612,47 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div>
-<!--l. 7915--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 8585--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 7915--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8585--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-370009.3"></a>The <span
+ id="x1-380009.3"></a>The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 7918--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a
+<!--l. 8588--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-37001"></a> (or simply <a
+ id="dx1-38001"></a> (or simply <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37002"></a>) automatically loads the
+ id="dx1-38002"></a>) automatically loads the
supplementary package <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37003"></a>, which provides some commands that
+ id="dx1-38003"></a>, which provides some commands that
are specific to <a
- id="dx1-37004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-38004"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37005"></a></a>. The package isn’t loaded by <a
+ id="dx1-38005"></a></a>. The package isn’t loaded by <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-37006"></a> as that option
+ id="dx1-38006"></a> as that option
is intended for sorting with <a
- id="dx1-37007"></a><a
+ id="dx1-38007"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-37008"></a><a
+ id="dx1-38008"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> and it is expected that the sorting
will be switched off (with the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">sort=none</span>).
-</p><!--l. 7927--><p class="indent" > If <span
+</p><!--l. 8597--><p class="indent" > If <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37009"></a> is loaded via the <a
+ id="dx1-38009"></a> is loaded via the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37010"></a> package option then the
+ id="dx1-38010"></a> package option then the
check for associated language resource files (see <a
href="#sec:lang"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a
@@ -16230,88 +17665,36 @@
class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩ is the four letter script identifier, such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>).
-</p><!--l. 7935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
-class="cmtt-9">\glshex</span><span
+</p><!--l. 8605--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidecommand</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glshex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7937--><p class="noindent" >
-This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\string\u</span></span></span>, which is required when you need to indicate a
-Unicode character in the form <span
-class="cmtt-10">\u</span>⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">hex</span>⟩ in some of the resource options (as illustrated
-above).
-</p><!--l. 7943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
-class="cmtt-9">\glscapturedgroup</span><span
-class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37012"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscapturedgroup </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7945--><p class="noindent" >
-This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\string\$</span></span></span> and is used for the captured group reference in a
-replacement part of a regular expression substitution (requires at least <a
- id="dx1-37013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37014"></a>
-version 1.5). For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
-sort-replace={{([a-zA-Z])\string\.}{\glscapturedgroup1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 7951--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or
-A,…,Z.
-</p><!--l. 7955--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option, you can test if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">childcount</span>
-field is non-zero using:
-</p><!--l. 7957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
-class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</span><span
-class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37015"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount{</span>⟨<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+ id="dx1-38011"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidecommand{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">default</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
-class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
-class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
+class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7959--><p class="noindent" >
-This internally uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero </span>and will do ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.
-Within ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>to access the value. (It
-will be 0 in ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.)
-</p><!--l. 7965--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
-class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidecommand</span><span
-class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37016"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidecommand </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7967--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8607--><p class="noindent" >
This command is intended for use in <span
class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span>. It’s simply defined to
<span
class="cmtt-10">\providecommand </span>in <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37017"></a> but <a
- id="dx1-37018"></a><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+ id="dx1-38012"></a> but <a
+ id="dx1-38013"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37019"></a>’s</a> interpreter treats it as
+ id="dx1-38014"></a>’s interpreter treats it as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>. This means that you can override <a
- id="dx1-37020"></a><span
+ id="dx1-38015"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37021"></a>’s internal definition of a
+ id="dx1-38016"></a>’s internal definition of a
command without overriding the command definition in the document (if it’s already
defined before the resource file is input). For example
@@ -16318,23 +17701,52 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
@preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\int}{integral}"}
</div>
-<!--l. 7978--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a
- id="dx1-37022"></a><a
+<!--l. 8618--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a
+ id="dx1-38017"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37023"></a></a> to treat <span
+ id="dx1-38018"></a></a> to treat <span
class="cmtt-10">\int </span>as the word “integral” to assist sorting but if
this preamble code is written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file (as it is by default) then it won’t
override the current definition (provided by the kernel or redefined by a
package).
-</p><!--l. 7985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8625--><p class="indent" > The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>.
+For many of them, if you want to provide an alternative definition then you need to
+define the command before the resource file is loaded. There are a few that may be
+redefined afterwards but if you use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand </span>then you will get an error on the
+first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run when the <span
+class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist. In this case, you may prefer to
+use:
+</p><!--l. 8632--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsrenewcommand</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-38019"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsrenewcommand{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">default</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8634--><p class="noindent" >
+This behaves like <span
+class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand </span>but only generates a warning rather than an error
+if the command isn’t already defined so it won’t interrupt the document
+build.
+</p><!--l. 8639--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37024"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-38020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16341,12 +17753,12 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7987--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8641--><p class="noindent" >
If the <span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-37025"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span
+ id="dx1-38021"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-37026"></a> has been
+ id="dx1-38022"></a> has been
loaded before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) then this command checks for the existence of
the <span
@@ -16367,65 +17779,84 @@
<a
href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37027"></a> package option combined with <a
- id="dx1-37028"></a><span
+ id="dx1-38023"></a> package option combined with <a
+ id="dx1-38024"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37029"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-38025"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter</span>
resource option. See the <a
- id="dx1-37030"></a><span
+ id="dx1-38026"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37031"></a> manual for further details (at least version
+ id="dx1-38027"></a> manual for further details (at least version
1.4).
-</p><!--l. 8001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
-class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases</span><span
+</p><!--l. 8655--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
+class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>resource option, <a
+ id="dx1-38028"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-38029"></a> v1.8+ will now
+use:
+</p><!--l. 8657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSetWidest</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37032"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" >
-A convenient shortcut for use in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">entry-type-aliases </span>setting. This provides
-aliases for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span
-class="E">E</span>X</span>’s standard entry types to <a
- id="dx1-37033"></a><span
+ id="dx1-38030"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidest{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8659--><p class="noindent" >
+(if it has been defined) to set the widest name for the given glossary type and level.
+This allows for both the <span
+class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
+ id="dx1-38031"></a> style and the styles provided by <span
+class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a
+ id="dx1-38032"></a>,
+which need to know the widest name.
+</p><!--l. 8665--><p class="indent" > If <a
+ id="dx1-38033"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37034"></a>’s <span
-class="cmtt-10">@bibtexentry </span>entry type
-(requires at least <a
- id="dx1-37035"></a><span
+ id="dx1-38034"></a> can’t determine the widest name (typically because the name field
+consists of commands that aren’t recognised by the interpreter) then <a
+ id="dx1-38035"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37036"></a> version 1.4).
-</p><!--l. 8009--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
-class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields</span><span
+ id="dx1-38036"></a> v1.8+
+will now use:
+</p><!--l. 8668--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37037"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8011--><p class="noindent" >
-Defines storage keys for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span
-class="E">E</span>X</span>’s standard fields. Note that Bib<span class="TEX">T<span
-class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span
-class="cmtt-10">type </span>field
-clashes with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-37038"></a> package’s <span
-class="cmss-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-37039"></a> key, so this command provides the key
+ id="dx1-38037"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">max depth</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 8670--><p class="noindent" >
+(if defined). Currently the maximum hierarchical depth ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">max depth</span>⟩ may only be 0 or
+2. This command requires commands provided by the <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
+ id="dx1-38038"></a>
+package with the <span
+class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
+ id="dx1-38039"></a> style enabled. In this case, it may be simpler to just use
<span
-class="cmtt-10">bibtextype </span>instead. You can alias it with <span
-class="cmtt-10">field-aliases=type=bibtextype </span>in the
-resource options. Each storage key is provided with a convenient command to access
-the value in the form <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbib</span>⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩. For example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibaddress</span>. The
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">bibtextype </span>field can be accessed with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibtype</span>. Each of these commands
-takes the entry label as the sole argument.
-</p><!--l. 8023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><a
+ id="dx1-38040"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 8677--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 8677--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.1 </span> <a
+ id="sec:supplocations"></a>Supplemental Locations</h4>
+<!--l. 8680--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37040"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-39001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16439,22 +17870,23 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8025--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8682--><p class="noindent" >
This is used by <a
- id="dx1-37041"></a><span
+ id="dx1-39002"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37042"></a> version 1.7+ for supplemental locations, instead of using
+ id="dx1-39003"></a></a> version 1.7+ for supplemental locations, instead of using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>with the <a
href="#catattr.externallocation"><span
class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37043"></a> attribute. This command sets up
+ id="dx1-39004"></a> attribute. This command sets up
the location counter and prefix (used in the formation of hyperlinks) and then
uses
-</p><!--l. 8031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8688--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrmultisupplocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37044"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-39005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultisupplocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16464,62 +17896,558 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8690--><p class="noindent" >
+to format the actual location (with an external hyperlink, if supported).
+</p><!--l. 8694--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 8694--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.2 </span> <a
+ id="sec:recordnameref"></a>Nameref Record</h4>
+<!--l. 8697--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span
+class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file in the form:
+</p><!--l. 8700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8701--><p class="noindent" >
+The <a
+href="#styopt.record"><span
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a
+ id="dx1-40001"></a> option, which requires at least <a
+ id="dx1-40002"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-40003"></a> v1.8, instead
+uses:
+</p><!--l. 8705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record@nameref{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">href</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">hcounter</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8706--><p class="noindent" >
+where ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is obtained from <span
+class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>and ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ is obtained from
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref</span>. These commands require <span
+class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
+ id="dx1-40004"></a>. If they are undefined, ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ and
+⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ will be left empty and <a
+ id="dx1-40005"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-40006"></a> will treat it as a regular record.
+</p><!--l. 8713--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ will globally change on every instance of
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>but ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ won’t necessarily change. It can therefore cause
+unexpected behaviour. </div>
+</p><!--l. 8717--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8719--><p class="indent" > The final argument ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩ is obtained from <span
+class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ which provides the
+partial target name associated with the indexing counter. With the original
-</p><!--l. 8033--><p class="noindent" >
-to format the actual location (with an external hyperlink, if supported).
-</p><!--l. 8038--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<a
+ id="dx1-40007"></a><a
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a
+ id="dx1-40008"></a><a
+href="#glo:xindy"><span
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> approach, it’s not possible to include this information in the
+location, so the base <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-40009"></a> package attempts to derive a prefix from which the
+⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩ value can be reconstituted by appending the prefix. Unfortunately, not all
+definitions of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ are in the form ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ (most notably the
+<span
+class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
+ id="dx1-40010"></a> counter with chapters) so this can fail.
+</p><!--l. 8730--><p class="indent" > Since <a
+ id="dx1-40011"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-40012"></a></a> is customized specifically for use with <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, it’s now
+possible to save ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩, so the <a
+href="#styopt.record"><span
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
+class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a
+ id="dx1-40013"></a> option does this. By providing both
+⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ and ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩, you can determine which target you would rather use. The default
+is to use ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩, which will take you to the place where the corresponding counter
+was incremented with <span
+class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>. However, you may choose to switch to
+using the ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ target, which will take you to the nearest target before the indexing
+took place.
+</p><!--l. 8741--><p class="indent" > With <a
+ id="dx1-40014"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-40015"></a> v1.8+, normal locations are displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 8743--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8744--><p class="noindent" >
+This is provided by the base <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-40016"></a> package and is simply defined to do:
+</p><!--l. 8748--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}\csuse{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8749--><p class="noindent" >
+Earlier versions of <a
+ id="dx1-40017"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-40018"></a> only used this in the <span
+class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a
+ id="dx1-40019"></a> field and explicitly used
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter </span>in the <span
+class="cmss-10">location</span><a
+ id="dx1-40020"></a> field followed by <span
+class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which follows
+the code that’s created with the default <a
+href="#styopt.makeindex"><span
+class="cmss-10">makeindex</span></a><a
+ id="dx1-40021"></a> setting. The <span
+class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span>
+command sets up the prefix needed for <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>to reform the target name
+from the given location.
+</p><!--l. 8759--><p class="indent" > The locations identified by <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record@nameref </span>are written by <a
+ id="dx1-40022"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-40023"></a> to
+the location list using:
+</p><!--l. 8761--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-40024"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">href</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">hcounter</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8763--><p class="noindent" >
+With normal internal locations, ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will always be empty. With supplemental
+locations, ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will be the external file reference.
+</p><!--l. 8768--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[8]{%
+ <br />  \ifstrequal{#2}{equation}%
+ <br />  {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{(#4)}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
+ <br />  {%
+ <br />     \ifstrempty{#5}%
+ <br />     {%
+ <br />       \glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#4}{#2.#7}{#8}%
+ <br />     }%
+ <br />     {%
+ <br />       \ifstrequal{#2}{page}%
+ <br />       {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#4}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
+ <br />       {\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
+ <br />     }%
+ <br />  }%
+ <br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 8785--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
+</p><!--l. 8787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnamereflink</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-40025"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8789--><p class="noindent" >
+This ignores the ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩, ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ and <span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>arguments and instead creates a
+hyperlink with the target name obtained from ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">target</span>⟩ (and ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩, if not empty).
+</p><!--l. 8793--><p class="indent" > Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref </span>checks the counter was used as the location. If it’s <span
+class="cmss-10">page</span><a
+ id="dx1-40026"></a>
+or if ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is empty, then just the location is used as the hyperlink text. If the counter
+<span
+class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
+ id="dx1-40027"></a>, then the text is the location in parentheses. Otherwise the text is obtained
+from ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩.
+</p><!--l. 8800--><p class="indent" > If ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ is empty an internal link is created with:
+</p><!--l. 8801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-40028"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8803--><p class="noindent" >
+otherwise an external link is created with:
+</p><!--l. 8805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-40029"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8807--><p class="noindent" >
+The ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ argument is set by <a
+ id="dx1-40030"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-40031"></a></a> for supplemental locations.
+</p><!--l. 8811--><p class="indent" > Here’s alternative definition that uses the ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ to reform the
+target name (as <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span>) but uses the ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ as the hyperlink
+text:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[7]{%
+ <br /> \glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#6}{#7}%
+ <br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 8818--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
+</p><!--l. 8820--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnameloclink</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-40032"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnameloclink{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8822--><p class="noindent" >
+This uses the same commands as <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink </span>to produce the hyperlinks.
+</p><!--l. 8826--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose
+name is given by ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩, but <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>is first locally redefined to
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\@firstofone </span>to prevent a conflict with the usual location hyperlink formation.
+This means that if the ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ is <span
+class="cmtt-10">hyperbf </span>then it will simply behave like
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>.
+</p><!--l. 8833--><p class="indent" > For compactness, <a
+ id="dx1-40033"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-40034"></a></a> merges normal records if the ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩, ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ and
+⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ all match. (An order of precedence can be provided for format conflicts.)
+With nameref records, you can use the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">--merge-nameref-on</span></span></span> switch provided by
+<a
+ id="dx1-40035"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-40036"></a> v1.8+ to determine how to merge nameref records. This switch
+must be followed by one of the following keywords: <span
+class="cmtt-10">hcounter </span>(merge on
+⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩, default) <span
+class="cmtt-10">href </span>(merge on ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩), <span
+class="cmtt-10">title </span>(merge on ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩) and <span
+class="cmtt-10">location</span>
+(merge on ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩, as regular records). In all cases, the ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ must also
+match.
+</p><!--l. 8844--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 8844--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.3 </span> <a
+ id="sec:resourcecommands"></a>Helper Commands for Resource Options</h4>
+<!--l. 8847--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glshex</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-41001"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glshex </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8849--><p class="noindent" >
+This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\string\u</span></span></span>, which is required when you need to indicate a
+Unicode character in the form <span
+class="cmtt-10">\u</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">hex</span>⟩ in some of the resource options (as illustrated
+above).
+</p><!--l. 8855--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glscapturedgroup</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-41002"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glscapturedgroup </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8857--><p class="noindent" >
+This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\string\$</span></span></span> and is used for the captured group reference in a
+replacement part of a regular expression substitution (requires at least <a
+ id="dx1-41003"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-41004"></a>
+version 1.5). For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
+sort-replace={{([a-zA-Z])\string\.}{\glscapturedgroup1}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 8863--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or
+A,…,Z.
+</p><!--l. 8867--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
+class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option, you can test if the <span
+class="cmtt-10">childcount</span>
+field is non-zero using:
+</p><!--l. 8869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-41005"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8871--><p class="noindent" >
+This internally uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero </span>and will do ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.
+Within ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ you can use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>to access the value. (It
+will be 0 in ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.)
+</p><!--l. 8878--><p class="indent" > A convenient shortcut for use in the <span
+class="cmtt-10">entry-type-aliases </span>setting:
+</p><!--l. 8880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-41006"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8882--><p class="noindent" >
+This provides aliases for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>’s standard entry types to <a
+ id="dx1-41007"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-41008"></a>’s</a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">@bibtexentry</span>
+entry type (requires at least <a
+ id="dx1-41009"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-41010"></a> version 1.4).
+</p><!--l. 8887--><p class="indent" > You may also want to provide storage keys for Bib<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>’s standard fields rather
+than having to alias them all. This can be done with:
+</p><!--l. 8889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-41011"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8891--><p class="noindent" >
+Note that Bib<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span
+class="cmtt-10">type </span>field clashes with the <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
+ id="dx1-41012"></a> package’s <span
+class="cmss-10">type</span><a
+ id="dx1-41013"></a> key, so
+this command provides the key <span
+class="cmtt-10">bibtextype </span>instead. You can alias it with
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">field-aliases=type=bibtextype </span>in the resource options. Each storage
+key is provided with a convenient command to access the value in the form
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbib</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩. For example, <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibaddress</span>. The <span
+class="cmtt-10">bibtextype </span>field can be
+accessed with <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibtype</span>. Each of these commands takes the entry label as the
+sole argument.
+</p><!--l. 8902--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37045"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing
+ id="dx1-41014"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing
mathematical Greek commands: <span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37046"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41015"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a
- id="dx1-37047"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41016"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Epsilon</span><a
- id="dx1-37048"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41017"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Zeta</span><a
- id="dx1-37049"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41018"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Eta</span><a
- id="dx1-37050"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41019"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Iota</span><a
- id="dx1-37051"></a>,
+ id="dx1-41020"></a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Kappa</span><a
- id="dx1-37052"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41021"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Mu</span><a
- id="dx1-37053"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41022"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Nu</span><a
- id="dx1-37054"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41023"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Omicron</span><a
- id="dx1-37055"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41024"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Rho</span><a
- id="dx1-37056"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41025"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Tau</span><a
- id="dx1-37057"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41026"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Chi</span><a
- id="dx1-37058"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41027"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-37059"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41028"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\omicron</span><a
- id="dx1-37060"></a>. These are all
+ id="dx1-41029"></a>. These are all
defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>, so they won’t override any definitions provided by
any package loaded before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-37061"></a>. Since <a
- id="dx1-37062"></a><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+ id="dx1-41030"></a>. Since <a
+ id="dx1-41031"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37063"></a>’s</a> interpreter recognises
+ id="dx1-41032"></a>’s interpreter recognises
these commands, using them instead of explicitly using the Latin characters with the
same shape helps to keep the Greek symbols together when sorting. Similarly,
if <span
class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a
- id="dx1-37064"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also
+ id="dx1-41033"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also
provided.
-</p><!--l. 8052--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the
+</p><!--l. 8916--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the
<span
class="cmtt-10">sort-rule </span>resource option. If you want a rule for a specific locale, you can
provide similar commands in a file called <span
@@ -16531,11 +18459,14 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\IfTrackedLanguageFileExists </span>in the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-37065"></a> documentation for further details.
+ id="dx1-41034"></a> documentation for further details.
+
+
+
If this file is on <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path and the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-37066"></a> package (automatically loaded by
+ id="dx1-41035"></a> package (automatically loaded by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) detects that the document has requested that language or locale, then the
file will automatically be loaded. For example, if you want to provide a rule
@@ -16546,7 +18477,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
\ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{welsh}[2018/02/23 v1.0]
 <br />\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}
 <br />{
@@ -16584,7 +18515,7 @@
 <br />}
 <br />{}% glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty not loaded
</div>
-<!--l. 8102--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span
+<!--l. 8966--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\string </span>is in case the <span
class="cmtt-10">< </span>character has been made active.) You can
provide more than one rule-block per local, to allow for loanwords or foreign words.
@@ -16592,7 +18523,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIRules</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIIRules</span>
etc.
-</p><!--l. 8109--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then
+</p><!--l. 8973--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then
they can be provided in a file given by <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩<span
@@ -16603,7 +18534,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219">
\ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{Cyrl}[2018/02/23 v1.0]
 <br />\newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIRules}{%
 <br />  % Cyrillic rules
@@ -16612,20 +18543,20 @@
 <br />  % an alternative set of Cyrillic rules
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 8121--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through
+<!--l. 8985--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through
the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-37067"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This
+ id="dx1-41036"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This
essentially means ensuring you load the appropriate language package before
<span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-37068"></a> is loaded by the base <span
+ id="dx1-41037"></a> is loaded by the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-37069"></a> package or any other package that uses it.
+ id="dx1-41038"></a> package or any other package that uses it.
See the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-37070"></a> documentation for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 8129--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or
+ id="dx1-41039"></a> documentation for further details.)
+</p><!--l. 8993--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or
language, then you can provide a supplementary package. For example, if you have a
package called, say, <span
class="cmss-10">mapsymbols </span>that provides map symbols, then the file
@@ -16635,7 +18566,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220">
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
 <br />\ProvidesPackage{mapsymbols}
 <br /> some package or font loading stuff here to provide
@@ -16651,28 +18582,28 @@
 <br /> \string< \glshex 26BD % football 0x26BD
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 8150--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span
+<!--l. 9014--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span
class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.bib </span>can provide the appropriate definitions
for <a
- id="dx1-37071"></a><a
+ id="dx1-41040"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37072"></a></a>:
+ id="dx1-41041"></a></a>:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221">
@preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Harbour}{\char"2693}
 <br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Battlefield}{\char"2694}
 <br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Stadium}{\char"26BD}"}
</div>
-<!--l. 8157--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set:
+<!--l. 9021--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
\usepackage{mapsymbols}% my custom package
 <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[
@@ -16694,10 +18625,10 @@
 <br /> }
 <br />]
</div>
-<!--l. 8182--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8184--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span
+<!--l. 9046--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9048--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37073"></a>. They should be
+ id="dx1-41042"></a>. They should be
separated by the rule separator characters <span
class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon) or <span
class="cmtt-10">,</span> (comma) or
@@ -16706,21 +18637,21 @@
class="cmtt-10"><</span> (less than). See Java’s <a
href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/8/docs/api/java/text/RuleBasedCollator.html" >RuleBasedCollator</a> documentation for
details of the rule syntax.
-</p><!--l. 8191--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span
+</p><!--l. 9055--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37074"></a>,
+ id="dx1-41043"></a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37075"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41044"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a
- id="dx1-37076"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41045"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a
- id="dx1-37077"></a> etc) in a block before Latin characters:
+ id="dx1-41046"></a> etc) in a block before Latin characters:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules
 <br /> ;\glsxtrspacerules
 <br /> ;\glsxtrnonprintablerules
@@ -16735,48 +18666,48 @@
 <br /> <\glsxtrLatinOslash
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 8208--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 9072--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcontrolrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37078"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8212--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9076--><p class="noindent" >
These are control characters that are usually placed at the start of a rule in the
ignored section. They typically won’t occur in any sort values, but if they do they
should normally be ignored.
-</p><!--l. 8217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9081--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrspacerules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37079"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8219--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9083--><p class="noindent" >
These are space characters. They typically come after the control characters with the
two blocks separated by a <span
class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon).
-</p><!--l. 8223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnonprintablerules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37080"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9089--><p class="noindent" >
These are non-printable characters (BOM, tabs, line feed and carriage return). They
typically come after the spaces separated by a <span
class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon). These characters
aren’t checked for by <a
- id="dx1-37081"></a><a
+ id="dx1-41050"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37082"></a></a> when it determines whether or not to use the
+ id="dx1-41051"></a></a> when it determines whether or not to use the
interpreter, so a TAB or newline character may end up in the sort value if it wasn’t
interpreted.
-</p><!--l. 8233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9097--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37083"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8235--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9099--><p class="noindent" >
These are combining diacritic marks which typically follow the space and
non-printable blocks (separated by a semi-colon). This command is defined in terms
of sub-block commands:
@@ -16784,7 +18715,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules}{%
 <br /> \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules\string;
 <br /> \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules\string;
@@ -16792,36 +18723,36 @@
 <br /> \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 8246--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered.
-</p><!--l. 8250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 9110--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered.
+</p><!--l. 9114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37084"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8252--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9116--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: acute, grave, breve, circumflex, caron, ring,
vertical line above, diaeresis (umlaut), double acute, tilde, dot above, combining
macron.
-</p><!--l. 8257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37085"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8259--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9123--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: short solidus overlay, cedilla, ogonek, dot
below, low line, overline, hook above, double vertical line above, double grave
accent, candrabindu, inverted breve, turned comma above, comma above,
reversed comma above, comma above right, grave accent below, acute accent
below.
-</p><!--l. 8266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37086"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41055"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8268--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9132--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: left tack below, right tack below, left angle
above, horn, left half ring below, up tack below, down tack below, plus sign below,
minus sign below, palatalized hook below, retroflex hook below, diaresis below, ring
@@ -16833,13 +18764,13 @@
dialytika tonos, Greek ypogegrammeni, double tilde, double inverted breve,
Cyrillic titlo, Cyrillic palatalization, Cyrillic dasia pneumata, Cyrillic psili
pneumata.
-</p><!--l. 8283--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37087"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41056"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8285--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9149--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: left harpoon above, right harpoon above, long
vertical line overlay, short vertical line overlay, anticlockwise arrow above, clockwise
arrow above, left arrow above, right arrow above, ring overlay, clockwise ring overlay,
@@ -16849,20 +18780,20 @@
anticlockwise ring overlay, three dots above, four dots above, enclosing circle,
enclosing square, enclosing diamond, enclosing circle backslash, left right arrow
above.
-</p><!--l. 8295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhyphenrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37088"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8297--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9161--><p class="noindent" >
This contains hyphens (including the minus sign 0x2212). This rule block typically
comes after the diacritic rules separated by a comma.
-</p><!--l. 8302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9166--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37089"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8304--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9168--><p class="noindent" >
This contains punctuation characters. This rule block typically comes after the
hyphen rules separated by a less than (<span
class="cmtt-10"><</span>). As with the combining diacritics, this
@@ -16872,7 +18803,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules}{%
 <br />  \glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules
 <br />  \string<\glsxtrcurrencyrules
@@ -16879,13 +18810,13 @@
 <br />  \string<\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 8316--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 9180--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37090"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9184--><p class="noindent" >
This is the first punctuation sub-block containing: underscore, macron, comma,
semi-colon, colon, exclamation mark, inverted exclamation mark, question
mark, inverted question mark, solidus, full stop, acute accent, grave accent,
@@ -16894,32 +18825,32 @@
parenthesis, left square bracket, right square bracket, left curly bracket, right
curly bracket, section sign, pilcrow sign, copyright sign, registered sign, at
sign.
-</p><!--l. 8331--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcurrencyrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37091"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41060"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrencyrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8333--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9197--><p class="noindent" >
This sub-block contains some currency symbols: currency sign, Thai currency symbol
baht, cent sign, colon sign, cruzeiro sign, dollar sign, dong sign, euro sign, French
franc sign, lira sign, mill sign, naira sign, peseta sign, pound sign, rupee sign, new
sheqel sign, won sign, yen sign.
-</p><!--l. 8340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9204--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37092"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8342--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9206--><p class="noindent" >
This sub-block contains some other punctuation symbols: asterisk, backslash,
ampersand, hash sign, percent sign, plus sign, plus-minus sign, division sign,
multiplication sign, less-than sign, equals sign, greater-than sign, not sign, vertical
bar (pipe), broken bar, degree sign, micron sign.
-</p><!--l. 8349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9213--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdigitrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37093"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8351--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9215--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9) and the subscript and
superscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span
class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> <sup class="textsuperscript"><span
@@ -16927,44 +18858,44 @@
The digit block typically comes after the punctuation rules separated by a less than
(<span
class="cmtt-10"><</span>).
-</p><!--l. 8359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37094"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8361--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9225--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains just the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9).
-</p><!--l. 8364--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37095"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8366--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9230--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains just the subscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span
class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> … <sub class="textsubscript"><span
class="cmr-9">9</span></sub>).
-</p><!--l. 8370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9234--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37096"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9236--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains just the superscript digits (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
class="cmr-9">0</span></sup> … <sup class="textsuperscript"><span
class="cmr-9">9</span></sup>).
-</p><!--l. 8376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfractionrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37097"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfractionrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8378--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9242--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains vulgar fraction characters. The digit block typically comes
after the digit rules separated by a less than (<span
class="cmtt-10"><</span>).
-</p><!--l. 8383--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended
+</p><!--l. 9247--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended
characters or ligatures (such as ß or œ) but they don’t include accented
characters. If you require a Latin rule block that includes accented characters,
digraphs, trigraphs or other extended characters, then it’s best to provide similar
@@ -16973,12 +18904,12 @@
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file for the particular language or
region.
-</p><!--l. 8391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37098"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8393--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9257--><p class="noindent" >
This is just the basic (non-extended) Latin alphabet with the superscript and
subscript Latin letters (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
class="cmr-9">a</span></sup> <sub class="textsubscript"><span
@@ -16986,417 +18917,417 @@
don’t want the subscripts and superscripts included you can redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA</span>
etc to omit them.)
-</p><!--l. 8400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9264--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37099"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8402--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9266--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’
and eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’.
-</p><!--l. 8406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9270--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37100"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41069"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8408--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9272--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’
and eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’.
-</p><!--l. 8412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9276--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37101"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8414--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9278--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’, oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated
as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 8420--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37102"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41071"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8422--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9286--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 8427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37103"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9293--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 8434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37104"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8436--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9300--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes ae-ligature (æ) between ‘A’
and ‘B’, eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, insular G (Ᵹ) instead of ‘G’, oe-ligature between
‘O’ and ‘P’, long s (ſ) equivalent to ‘s’, thorn (þ) between ‘T’ and ‘U’ and wynn (Ƿ)
instead of W.
-</p><!--l. 8443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37105"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8445--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9309--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’,
oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’, thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’,
Ø is treated as ‘O’ and ‘Ł’ is treated as ‘L’.
-</p><!--l. 8451--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinA</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37106"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41075"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8453--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9317--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘A’ but includes the sub- and superscript A.
-</p><!--l. 8457--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9321--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinE</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37107"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41076"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinE </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8459--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9323--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘E’ but includes the subscript E.
-</p><!--l. 8463--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinH</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37108"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinH </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8465--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9329--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘H’ but includes the subscript H.
-</p><!--l. 8469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinK</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37109"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinK </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8471--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9335--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘K’ but includes the subscript K.
-</p><!--l. 8475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinI</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37110"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinI </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8477--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9341--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘I’ but includes the superscript I.
-</p><!--l. 8481--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinL</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37111"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinL </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8483--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9347--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘L’ but includes the subscript L.
-</p><!--l. 8487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9351--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinM</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37112"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41081"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinM </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8489--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9353--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘M’ but includes the subscript M.
-</p><!--l. 8493--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9357--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinN</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37113"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinN </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8495--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9359--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘N’ but includes the sub- and superscript N.
-</p><!--l. 8499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinO</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37114"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41083"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinO </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8501--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9365--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘O’ but includes the sub- and superscript O.
-</p><!--l. 8505--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinP</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37115"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41084"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinP </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8507--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9371--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘P’ but includes the subscript P.
-</p><!--l. 8511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9375--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinS</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37116"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41085"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinS </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8513--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9377--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘S’ but includes the subscript S.
-</p><!--l. 8517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinT</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37117"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41086"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinT </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8519--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9383--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘T’ but includes the subscript T.
-</p><!--l. 8523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinX</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37118"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41087"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinX </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8525--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9389--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘X’ but includes the subscript X.
-</p><!--l. 8529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37119"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41088"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8531--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9395--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by short ‘s’
equivalent to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘ss’.)
-</p><!--l. 8536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37120"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41089"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8538--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9402--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by ‘z’ equivalent
to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘sz’.)
-</p><!--l. 8543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9407--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinEth</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37121"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41090"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8545--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9409--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for eth (Ð) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 8549--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinThorn</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37122"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41091"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinThorn </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8551--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9415--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for thorn (þ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 8555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinAELigature</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37123"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41092"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAELigature </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8557--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9421--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ae-ligature (æ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
values.
-</p><!--l. 8561--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinOELigature</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37124"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41093"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOELigature </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8563--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9427--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for oe-ligature (œ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
values.
-</p><!--l. 8567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9431--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinOslash</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37125"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41094"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8569--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9433--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ‘Ø’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 8573--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinLslash</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37126"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41095"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinLslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8575--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9439--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ‘Ł’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 8579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinWynn</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37127"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41096"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinWynn </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8581--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9445--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for wynn (Ƿ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 8585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9449--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinInsularG</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37128"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41097"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinInsularG </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8587--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9451--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for insular G (Ᵹ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
values.
-</p><!--l. 8591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinSchwa</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37129"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41098"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinSchwa </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8593--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9457--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers schwa (Ə) but includes the subscript schwa. (Not used in
any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.)
-</p><!--l. 8598--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9462--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrLatinAA</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37130"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41099"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAA </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8600--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9464--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ‘Å’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. (Not used in
any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.)
-</p><!--l. 8605--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37131"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41100"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8607--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9471--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37132"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41101"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a
- id="dx1-37133"></a> etc) and upright Greek
+ id="dx1-41102"></a> etc) and upright Greek
(<span
class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37134"></a>, etc, from the <span
+ id="dx1-41103"></a>, etc, from the <span
class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a
- id="dx1-37135"></a> package) characters that includes digamma
+ id="dx1-41104"></a> package) characters that includes digamma
(<span
class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-37136"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-41105"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-37137"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. The upright and italic versions
+ id="dx1-41106"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. The upright and italic versions
are gathered together into the same letter group.
-</p><!--l. 8614--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37138"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41107"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8616--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9480--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span>but doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 8619--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9483--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37139"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41108"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8621--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9485--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upright Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37140"></a>, etc, from the <span
+ id="dx1-41109"></a>, etc, from the <span
class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a
- id="dx1-37141"></a> package)
+ id="dx1-41110"></a> package)
characters that includes digamma (<span
class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-37142"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-41111"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-37143"></a>) between epsilon and
+ id="dx1-41112"></a>) between epsilon and
zeta.
-</p><!--l. 8627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37144"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41113"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8629--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9493--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upright Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37145"></a>, etc, from the <span
+ id="dx1-41114"></a>, etc, from the <span
class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a
- id="dx1-37146"></a> package) that
+ id="dx1-41115"></a> package) that
doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 8633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37147"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41116"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8635--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9499--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37148"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41117"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37149"></a>, etc) characters that includes
+ id="dx1-41118"></a>, etc) characters that includes
digamma (<span
class="cmtt-10">\diagamma</span><a
- id="dx1-37150"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-41119"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-37151"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. Note that even
+ id="dx1-41120"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. Note that even
though the upper case <span
class="cmtt-10">\Delta </span>etc are actually rendered upright by <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span>,
<a
- id="dx1-37152"></a><a
+ id="dx1-41121"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37153"></a>’s</a> interpreter treats them as italic to help keep them close to the lower case
+ id="dx1-41122"></a>’s</a> interpreter treats them as italic to help keep them close to the lower case
versions.
-</p><!--l. 8643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37154"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41123"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8645--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9509--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37155"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41124"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37156"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t
+ id="dx1-41125"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t
include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 8649--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37157"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41126"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8651--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9515--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37158"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41127"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a
- id="dx1-37159"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-41128"></a>, etc) characters that
includes digamma (<span
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-37160"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
-</p><!--l. 8656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-41129"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
+</p><!--l. 9520--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37161"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41130"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8658--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9522--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37162"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41131"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a
- id="dx1-37163"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-41132"></a>, etc) characters that
doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 8662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37164"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41133"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8664--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9528--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37165"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41134"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a
- id="dx1-37166"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-41135"></a>, etc) characters that
includes digamma (<span
class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-37167"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
-</p><!--l. 8669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-41136"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
+</p><!--l. 9533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37168"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41137"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8671--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9535--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-37169"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-41138"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a
- id="dx1-37170"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-41139"></a>, etc) characters that
doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 8675--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span
+</p><!--l. 9539--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpAlpha</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpBeta</span>
etc and <span
@@ -17411,34 +19342,34 @@
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>etc) as well as the following:
-</p><!--l. 8682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9546--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37171"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41140"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8684--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9548--><p class="noindent" >
The partial derivative symbol (<span
class="cmmi-10">∂</span>).
-</p><!--l. 8687--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-37172"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-41141"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8689--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9553--><p class="noindent" >
The nabla symbol (<span
class="cmsy-10">∇</span>).
-</p><!--l. 8693--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9557--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 8693--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9557--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.4 </span> <a
id="supplementarycommands"></a>Supplementary Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 8695--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span
+<!--l. 9559--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>for use with <a
- id="dx1-38001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-42001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-38002"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8698--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span
+ id="dx1-42002"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 9562--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>is written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file
using </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -17454,16 +19385,16 @@
</div>
</div> where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">information</span>⟩ is the information to pass to <a
- id="dx1-38003"></a><span
+ id="dx1-42003"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-38004"></a>. The command in the
+ id="dx1-42004"></a>. The command in the
second argument
-<!--l. 8705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 9569--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrresourceinit</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-38005"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-42005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourceinit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8707--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9571--><p class="noindent" >
may be used to temporarily redefine commands before the information is written to
the file. This does nothing by default, but may be redefined to allow the use of short
commands for convenience. For example, with:
@@ -17471,10 +19402,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrresourceinit}{\let\u\glshex}
</div>
-<!--l. 8714--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 9578--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\u</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> E6</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6</span></span></span> in the custom rule.
@@ -17481,13 +19412,13 @@
This redefinition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\u </span>is scoped so its original definition is restored after the write
operation.
-</p><!--l. 8719--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier
+</p><!--l. 9583--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier
example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
@@ -17508,24 +19439,24 @@
 <br />\printunsrtglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 8750--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom
+<!--l. 9614--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom
commands that set the prefix. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228">
\newcommand*{\sym}[2][]{\gls[#1]{sym.#2}}
</div>
-<!--l. 8755--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span
+<!--l. 9619--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span
class="cmtt-10">\sym </span>doesn’t allow for modifiers
(such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls* </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls+</span>). Instead you can use:
-</p><!--l. 8759--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewgls</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-38006"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-42006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewgls[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -17533,7 +19464,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8761--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9625--><p class="noindent" >
which defines the command ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ that behaves like </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -17558,26 +19489,26 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
\glsxtrnewgls{sym.}{\sym}
</div>
-<!--l. 8769--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks)
+<!--l. 9633--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks)
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230">
\glsxtrnewgls[hyper=false]{sym.}{\sym}
</div>
-<!--l. 8773--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 9637--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\sym+{M}</span></span></span> to behave like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sym.M}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 8776--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can
+</p><!--l. 9640--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can
use
-</p><!--l. 8778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9642--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewglslike</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-38007"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-42007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -17594,20 +19525,20 @@
class="cmitt-10">\Glspl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8781--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9645--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231">
\glsxtrnewglslike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\idx}{\idxpl}{\Idx}{\Idxpl}
</div>
-<!--l. 8785--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions:
-</p><!--l. 8787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 9649--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions:
+</p><!--l. 9651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewGLSlike</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-38008"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-42008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewGLSlike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -17619,22 +19550,22 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">\GLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8790--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9654--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232">
\glsxtrnewGLSlike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\IDX}{\IDXpl}
</div>
-<!--l. 8794--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8796--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span
+<!--l. 9658--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9660--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>:
-</p><!--l. 8797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9661--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrgls</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-38009"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-42009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrgls[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -17643,16 +19574,16 @@
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8799--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9663--><p class="noindent" >
and for <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>:
-</p><!--l. 8802--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrglslike</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-38010"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-42010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrglslike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -17669,12 +19600,12 @@
class="cmitt-10">\rGlspl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8806--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9670--><p class="noindent" >
and for the all caps:
-</p><!--l. 8808--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-38011"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-42011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -17686,29 +19617,471 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">\rGLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8811--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8813--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9675--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9677--><p class="indent" > If you provide your own custom command with just <span
+class="cmtt-10">\newcommand </span>that
+has syntax that starts with <span
+class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>, then you can notify <a
+ id="dx1-42012"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-42013"></a></a>
+using:
+</p><!--l. 9680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtridentifyglslike</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42014"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtridentifyglslike{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">command</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9682--><p class="noindent" >
+This writes information to the <span
+class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that <a
+ id="dx1-42015"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-42016"></a> can search for the given
+command when looking for dependencies.
+</p><!--l. 9687--><p class="indent" > Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified
+by:
+</p><!--l. 9689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtraddlabelprefix</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42017"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9691--><p class="noindent" >
+These should be listed in order of precedence. Since no entries are defined on the first
+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, the final prefix should be the fallback. You can prepend a prefix to the
+list using:
+</p><!--l. 9695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42018"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9697--><p class="noindent" >
+which gives it the highest order of precedence.
+</p><!--l. 9700--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ argument may be empty. You can clear the list with:
+</p><!--l. 9702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42019"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9704--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9706--><p class="indent" > You can test if a prefix is already in the list with:
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 9707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42020"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9709--><p class="noindent" >
+In general it’s best to avoid adding multiple instances of the same prefix, so you can
+check with this command before adding a prefix to the list. However, it can be useful
+to repeat a prefix at the end of the list so that it can be used as a fallback for entries
+that haven’t yet been defined.
+</p><!--l. 9716--><p class="indent" > With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary),
+you can use:
+</p><!--l. 9718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\dgls</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42021"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\dgls[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9720--><p class="noindent" >
+which behaves like </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmsy-10">}</span><span
+class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+</div> where ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ is the first prefix in the list such that ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ matches a defined
+entry (or the last entry in the prefix list if none match).
+<!--l. 9729--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing
+versions:
+</p><!--l. 9731--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\dglspl</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42022"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\dglspl[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9733--><p class="noindent" >
+(uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>),
+</p><!--l. 9735--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\dGls</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42023"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\dGls[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9737--><p class="noindent" >
+(uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>),
+</p><!--l. 9739--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\dGlspl</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42024"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9741--><p class="noindent" >
+(uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>),
+</p><!--l. 9743--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\dGLS</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42025"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\dGLS[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9745--><p class="noindent" >
+(uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>),
+</p><!--l. 9747--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\dGLSpl</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42026"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\dGLSpl[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9749--><p class="noindent" >
+(uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span>),
+</p><!--l. 9751--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\dglslink</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42027"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\dglslink[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9753--><p class="noindent" >
+(uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>),
+</p><!--l. 9755--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\dglsdisp</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-42028"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\dglsdisp[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 9757--><p class="noindent" >
+(uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>).
+</p><!--l. 9760--><p class="indent" > These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries.
+Suppose the file <span
+class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains:
+
+
+
</p>
-<!--l. 8813--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233">
+ at index{duck}
+ <br />@dualindexabbreviation{svm,
+ <br />  short={SVM},
+ <br />  long={support vector machine}
+ <br />}
+ <br />@dualindexsymbol{pi,
+ <br />  symbol={\ensuremath{\pi}},
+ <br />  description={ratio of a circle's circumference to its
+ <br />    diameter}
+ <br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 9773--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234">
+\documentclass{article}
+ <br />\usepackage{hyperref}
+ <br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
+ <br />\newcommand{\bibglsnewdualindexsymbolsecondary}[5]{%
+ <br /> \longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},category={symbol},
+ <br />   type={symbols},symbol={#4},#2}{#5}%
+ <br />}
+ <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
+ <br />\begin{document}
+ <br />First use: \gls{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
+ <br />Next use: \gls{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
+ <br />\printunsrtglossaries
+ <br />\end{document}
+</div>
+<!--l. 9792--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span
+class="cmtt-10">dual.</span> for the dual prefix, so
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> is referencing the primary entry, which is (essentially) an <span
+class="cmtt-10">@index </span>type
+not an abbreviation. It therefore doesn’t follow the abbreviation style, and
+it also hyperlinks to the index not to the list of abbreviations. Similarly
+for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{pi}</span></span></span>, which references the primary <span
+class="cmtt-10">@index </span>entry rather than the
+symbol.
+</p><!--l. 9801--><p class="indent" > What’s really needed is:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235">
+\gls{duck}, \gls{dual.svm}, \gls{dual.pi}.
+</div>
+<!--l. 9804--><p class="nopar" > or with
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236">
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,
+ <br /> label-prefix={idx.},
+ <br /> dual-prefix={}
+ <br />]
+</div>
+<!--l. 9811--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237">
+\gls{idx.duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
+</div>
+<!--l. 9815--><p class="nopar" > Using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span>, as earlier, this can be simplified to:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238">
+\idx{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
+</div>
+<!--l. 9819--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals.
+</p><!--l. 9822--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\dgls </span>instead:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239">
+\documentclass{article}
+ <br />\usepackage{hyperref}
+ <br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
+ <br />\newcommand{\bibglsnewdualindexsymbolsecondary}[5]{%
+ <br /> \longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},category={symbol},
+ <br />   type={symbols},symbol={#4},#2}{#5}%
+ <br />}
+ <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
+ <br />\glsxtraddlabelprefix{dual.}
+ <br />\glsxtraddlabelprefix{}
+ <br />\begin{document}
+ <br />First use: \dgls{duck}, \dgls{svm}, \dgls{pi}.
+ <br />Next use: \dgls{duck}, \dgls{svm}, \dgls{pi}.
+ <br />\printunsrtglossaries
+ <br />\end{document}
+</div>
+<!--l. 9843--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> call (when the <span
+class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist), neither
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">dual.svm </span>nor <span
+class="cmtt-10">svm </span>exists, so <span
+class="cmtt-10">\dgls </span>uses the last prefix (which is empty in this
+case). This means that on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\dgls{svm}</span></span></span> behaves like
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span>, which adds a record for the primary <span
+class="cmtt-10">svm </span>entry. The default
+primary-dual dependency means that this will cause both the primary (<span
+class="cmtt-10">svm</span>) and
+dual (<span
+class="cmtt-10">dual.svm</span>) entry to be selected. The location will be added to the
+primary entry’s location list, unless overridden by resource options, such as
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations</span>.
+</p><!--l. 9855--><p class="indent" > Once <a
+ id="dx1-42029"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-42030"></a></a> has been run and the <span
+class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file exists, then <span
+class="cmtt-10">dual.svm </span>exists.
+So <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\dgls{svm}</span></span></span> will again first try <span
+class="cmtt-10">dual.svm </span>(as <span
+class="cmtt-10">dual. </span>is the first in the
+list of label prefixes). That now exists, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\dgls{svm}</span></span></span> now behaves like
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{dual.svm}</span></span></span>, which follows the abbreviation style and hyperlinks to the list of
+abbreviations.
+</p><!--l. 9863--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span
+class="cmtt-10">dual.pi </span>and <span
+class="cmtt-10">pi</span>. In the case of
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\dgls{duck}</span></span></span>, the label <span
+class="cmtt-10">dual.duck </span>never exists, so that’s never selected. The empty
+prefix is the only one that matches, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\dgls{duck}</span></span></span> always behaves like
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{duck}</span></span></span>.
+</p><!--l. 9869--><p class="indent" > If you haven’t used <span
+class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations </span>an extra <a
+ id="dx1-42031"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-42032"></a>+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run
+may be required to correct the location lists.
+</p><!--l. 9873--><p class="indent" > If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If no prefixes have been added to the list (or if the
+list is cleared), just an empty prefix is assumed.
+</p><!--l. 9878--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.8, <a
+ id="dx1-42033"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-42034"></a> provides hooks that identify the label prefixes in the
+
+
+
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">\bibglstertiaryprefixlabel</span><a
+ id="dx1-42035"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<br /><span
+class="cmtt-10">\bibglsdualprefixlabel</span><a
+ id="dx1-42036"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+<br /><span
+class="cmtt-10">\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel</span><a
+ id="dx1-42037"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div>
+</div> These do nothing by default, but they can be defined before the resource file is
+loaded to set up the prefix list. For example:
+
+
+
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240">
+\newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}}
+ <br />\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
+ <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
+</div>
+<!--l. 9892--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span
+class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file has been created.
+The prefix list will be empty on the first run (which is treated as a single empty
+prefix). If this isn’t a suitable fallback, it may be necessary to add one after all the
+resource commands:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241">
+\newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}}
+ <br />\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
+ <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,label-prefix={idx.}]
+ <br />\glsxtraddlabelprefix{idx.}
+</div>
+<!--l. 9903--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep
+track of the fallback prefix.
+</p><!--l. 9907--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 9907--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.5 </span> <a
id="sec:recordcount"></a>Record Counting</h3>
-<!--l. 8816--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a
- id="dx1-39001"></a><a
+<!--l. 9910--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a
+ id="dx1-43001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-39002"></a></a>, you can save the total record count for each entry by
+ id="dx1-43002"></a></a>, you can save the total record count for each entry by
invoking <a
- id="dx1-39003"></a><span
+ id="dx1-43003"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-39004"></a> with the <span
+ id="dx1-43004"></a> with the <span
class="cmtt-10">--record-count </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>switches.
These options will ensure that when each entry is written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file
<a
- id="dx1-39005"></a><span
+ id="dx1-43005"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-39006"></a> will additionally set the following internal fields for that entry:
+ id="dx1-43006"></a> will additionally set the following internal fields for that entry:
</p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize"><span
@@ -17718,7 +20091,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩: set to the total number of records found for the
entry for the given counter.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 8828--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+<!--l. 9922--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>is used then additionally: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize"><span
@@ -17727,20 +20100,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩: set to the total number of records
found for the entry for the given counter with the given location.</li></ul>
-
-
-
-<!--l. 8834--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If
+<!--l. 9928--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If
you really need it with locations that may contain formatting commands, then you
can try redefining:
-</p><!--l. 8837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdetoklocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39007"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdetoklocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8839--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9933--><p class="noindent" >
so that it detokenizes ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ but take care when using <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span>
@@ -17747,16 +20117,18 @@
with commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>as they can end up becoming detokenized too
early.
-</p><!--l. 8845--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a
- id="dx1-39008"></a><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+</p><!--l. 9939--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a
+ id="dx1-43008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-39009"></a></a> discards, such as
+ id="dx1-43009"></a> discards, such as
ignored records, duplicates and partial duplicates. It doesn’t include cross-reference
records. For example, if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{bird}</span></span></span> is used twice on page 1, once on page 2 and
fours times on page 3, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[counter=section]{bird}</span></span></span> is used once in
+
+
+
section 3, then the total record count (stored in the <span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount </span>field) is
2 + 1 + 4 + 1 = 8, the total for the <span
@@ -17766,7 +20138,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter (stored in the
<span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section </span>field) is 1.
-</p><!--l. 8857--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span
+</p><!--l. 9951--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.1 </span>is set to
2, <span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.2 </span>is set to 1, <span
@@ -17773,16 +20145,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.3 </span>is set to 4 and
<span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section.3 </span>is set to 1.
-</p><!--l. 8862--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to
+</p><!--l. 9956--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to
the field value if set or to 0 if unset:
-</p><!--l. 8864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39010"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8866--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9960--><p class="noindent" >
This expands to the total record count for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
@@ -17789,20 +20161,20 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242">
\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{bird}
</div>
-<!--l. 8871--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8.
-</p><!--l. 8874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 9965--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8.
+</p><!--l. 9968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrRecordCount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39011"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8876--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9970--><p class="noindent" >
This expands to the counter total for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ is the
@@ -17811,22 +20183,22 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243">
\GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{page}
</div>
-<!--l. 8882--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and
+<!--l. 9976--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
\GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{section}
</div>
-<!--l. 8886--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1.
-</p><!--l. 8889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 9980--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1.
+</p><!--l. 9983--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39012"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -17836,30 +20208,30 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8891--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9985--><p class="noindent" >
This expands to the total for the given location. For example
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245">
\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{bird}{page}{3}
</div>
-<!--l. 8895--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span
+<!--l. 9989--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span
class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ part. Remember that
due to <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous output routine, <span
class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>may not be correct.
-</p><!--l. 8900--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 9994--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>that are triggered by the record count. These are listed
below.
-</p><!--l. 8904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rgls</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39013"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -17869,11 +20241,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8906--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8907--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10000--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rglspl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39014"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -17883,11 +20255,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8909--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10003--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rGls</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39015"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -17897,11 +20269,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8912--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10006--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rGlspl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39016"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -17911,11 +20283,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8915--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8916--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10009--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rGLS</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39017"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -17925,11 +20297,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8918--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10012--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rGLSpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39018"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -17939,24 +20311,24 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8921--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10015--><p class="noindent" >
These commands check the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39019"></a> attribute which, if set, should be a number.
+ id="dx1-43019"></a> attribute which, if set, should be a number.
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246">
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{recordcount}{1}
</div>
-<!--l. 8926--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use
-</p><!--l. 8928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 10020--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use
+</p><!--l. 10022--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39020"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>
<span
@@ -17964,21 +20336,21 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8930--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10024--><p class="noindent" >
to set the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39021"></a> attribute to ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-43021"></a> attribute to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ for all the categories listed in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8934--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 10028--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like commands use
-</p><!--l. 8935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39022"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -17988,7 +20360,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">normal</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8938--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10032--><p class="noindent" >
to determine whether the <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command should behave like its <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -17995,24 +20367,24 @@
counterpart (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩) or whether it should instead use ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8943--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a
+</p><!--l. 10037--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39023"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does
+ id="dx1-43023"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩, otherwise it tests if
-</p><!--l. 8946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39024"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8948--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10042--><p class="noindent" >
is greater than the value given in the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39025"></a> attribute for that entry’s category.
+ id="dx1-43025"></a> attribute for that entry’s category.
If true, this does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩. The default definition of the
@@ -18021,105 +20393,105 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue}[1]{%
 <br /> \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{#1}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 8957--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span
+<!--l. 10051--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ part writes a record with the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-39026"></a> set to <span
+ id="dx1-43026"></a> set to <span
class="cmtt-10">glstriggerrecordformat</span>
(which <a
- id="dx1-39027"></a><a
+ id="dx1-43027"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-39028"></a></a> v1.1+ recognises as a special type of ignored location format) and
+ id="dx1-43028"></a></a> v1.1+ recognises as a special type of ignored location format) and
does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>⟩. Then it unsets the <a
- id="dx1-39029"></a><a
+ id="dx1-43029"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Note that it doesn’t implement
the post-link hook. This ensures that the record count is correct on the next
run.
-</p><!--l. 8966--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 10060--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>⟩ depends on the <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command used and will be one of
the following:
-</p><!--l. 8968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rglsformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39030"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglsformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8970--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8971--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10064--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10065--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rglsplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39031"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglsplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8973--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10067--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rGlsformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39032"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlsformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8976--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10071--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rGlsplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39033"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlsplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8979--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10073--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rGLSformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39034"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8982--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8983--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10076--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10077--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\rGLSplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39035"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8985--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10079--><p class="noindent" >
These all behave much like their <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>counterparts. If the entry’s <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39036"></a>
+ id="dx1-43036"></a>
attribute is set or if the entry doesn’t have a long form, the first or first plural is
used, otherwise the long or long plural form is used.
-</p><!--l. 8991--><p class="indent" > You can use
-</p><!--l. 8992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10085--><p class="indent" > You can use
+</p><!--l. 10086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrenablerecordcount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-39037"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-43037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrenablerecordcount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8994--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10088--><p class="noindent" >
to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span
@@ -18134,7 +20506,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>, respectively, for convenience.
-</p><!--l. 8999--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 10093--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ to appear in the glossary, you
need to use the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">trigger-type </span>to assign them to another glossary.
@@ -18143,7 +20515,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\newignoredglossary{ignored}
@@ -18160,7 +20532,7 @@
 <br />\printunsrtglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 9025--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span
+<!--l. 10119--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span
class="cmtt-10">stc </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">upa </span>both only have one record, so they are assigned to the
<span
@@ -18170,41 +20542,41 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 9030--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 9030--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10124--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 10124--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a
id="sec:miscnew"></a>Miscellaneous New Commands</h2>
-</p><!--l. 9033--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 10127--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a
- id="dx1-40001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries
+ id="dx1-44001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries
when used with the <a
href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-40002"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-44002"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span
class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-40003"></a> options. The <span
+ id="dx1-44003"></a> options. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
package provides a supplementary command
-</p><!--l. 9037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpageref</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-40004"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-44004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9039--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10133--><p class="noindent" >
that works in the same way except that it uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span><a
- id="dx1-40005"></a> instead of <span
+ id="dx1-44005"></a> instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ref</span><a
- id="dx1-40006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9043--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using
-</p><!--l. 9044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-44006"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 10137--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using
+</p><!--l. 10138--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-40007"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-44007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcopytoglossary{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18211,28 +20583,28 @@
class="cmitt-10">glossary-type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10140--><p class="noindent" >
This appends ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-label</span>⟩ to the end of the internal list for the glossary given by
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-type</span>⟩. Be careful if you use the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-40008"></a> package as this may cause duplicate
+ id="dx1-44008"></a> package as this may cause duplicate
hypertargets. You will need to change <span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>to another value or disable
hyperlinks when you display the duplicate. Alternatively, use the new <span
class="cmss-10">target</span><a
- id="dx1-40009"></a> key to
+ id="dx1-44009"></a> key to
switch off the targets:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249">
\printunsrtglossary[target=false]
</div>
-<!--l. 9056--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9058--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 10150--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10152--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows you to set preamble code for a given glossary
type using <span
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span>. This overrides any previous setting.
@@ -18239,49 +20611,49 @@
With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(as from v1.12) you can instead append to the preamble
using
-</p><!--l. 9063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\apptoglossarypreamble</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-40010"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-44010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9065--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10159--><p class="noindent" >
or prepend using
-</p><!--l. 9067--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\pretoglossarypreamble</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-40011"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-44011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\pretoglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9069--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10163--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9071--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10165--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a
id="sec:fields"></a>Entry Fields</h3>
-<!--l. 9074--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
+<!--l. 10168--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
single argument. The field is given by
-</p><!--l. 9076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41001"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10172--><p class="noindent" >
The default value is <span
class="cmtt-10">useri</span>. Note that the value must be the control sequence name
<span
class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9083--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 10177--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250">
\newcommand*{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}
 <br />\newcommand*{\mtxinv}[1]{\mtx{#1}\sp{-1}}
 <br />\newglossaryentry{matrix}{%
@@ -18306,13 +20678,13 @@
 <br />   $\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 9111--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9113--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
+<!--l. 10205--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10207--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
argument:
-</p><!--l. 9115--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41002"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18320,7 +20692,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9117--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10211--><p class="noindent" >
This effectively does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -18347,17 +20719,17 @@
must be defined to take a single required argument. Although it effectively acts like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>it misses out the post-link hook.
-<!--l. 9127--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span
+<!--l. 10221--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">default-options</span>⟩ are given by
-</p><!--l. 9128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41003"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9130--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10224--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined as <span
class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>but may be redefined as appropriate. Note that the
replacement text of <span
@@ -18364,12 +20736,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span>is prepended to the optional
argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9136--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a
+</p><!--l. 10230--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a
final optional argument:
-</p><!--l. 9138--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmt*</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41004"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt*[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18379,12 +20751,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9140--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10234--><p class="noindent" >
Both the starred and unstarred versions use:
-</p><!--l. 9142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmtdisplay</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41005"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtdisplay{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18393,7 +20765,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9144--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10238--><p class="noindent" >
within the link text. In the case of the unstarred version ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ will be empty. It will
also be empty if the final option argument is missing from the starred form. If the
@@ -18405,7 +20777,7 @@
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-41006"></a>). There won’t be a warning or error if the entry is
+ id="dx1-45006"></a>). There won’t be a warning or error if the entry is
defined by the given field is missing. In either case, (the entry is undefined or the field
is missing) ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs name</span>⟩ will be <span
@@ -18415,25 +20787,25 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251">
\newcommand{\glsxtrfmtdisplay}[3]{\csuse{#1}{#2}#3}
</div>
-<!--l. 9158--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span
+<!--l. 10252--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ inside the argument of the control sequence and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ outside it
(but it will still be inside the link text).
-</p><!--l. 9163--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 10257--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9166--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9168--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 10260--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10262--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252">
\[
 <br />  \glsxtrfmt{matrix}{A}
 <br />  \glsxtrfmt{matrixinv}{A}
@@ -18441,34 +20813,34 @@
 <br />  \glssymbol{identitymatrix}
 <br />\]
</div>
-<!--l. 9176--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span
+<!--l. 10270--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span
class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t index, but will
create a hyperlink (if <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-41007"></a> has been loaded). This can be changed so that it also
+ id="dx1-45007"></a> has been loaded). This can be changed so that it also
suppresses the hyperlink:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253">
\renewcommand{\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions}{hyper=false,noindex}
</div>
-<!--l. 9183--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9185--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+<!--l. 10277--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10279--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t work with PDF bookmarks. Instead you can
use
-</p><!--l. 9187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10281--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrentryfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41008"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrentryfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9189--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10283--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will simply expand to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ within the PDF
@@ -18479,7 +20851,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>if a control sequence name has
been provided or just ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ otherwise.
-</p><!--l. 9195--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 10289--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>to add new keys. This
command will cause an error if the key has already been defined. The <span
@@ -18486,10 +20858,10 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
package provides a supplementary command that will only define the key if it doesn’t
already exist:
-</p><!--l. 9200--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41009"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18498,7 +20870,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9202--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10296--><p class="noindent" >
If the key has already been defined, it will still provide the command given in the
third argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (if it hasn’t already been defined). Unlike <span
@@ -18507,11 +20879,11 @@
may be left empty if you’re happy to just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch </span>to fetch the value of
this new key.
-</p><!--l. 9208--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with:
-</p><!--l. 9209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10302--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with:
+</p><!--l. 10303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifkeydefined</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41010"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifkeydefined{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18519,7 +20891,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9211--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10305--><p class="noindent" >
This tests if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩ is available for use in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩= list in the second argument of
@@ -18528,22 +20900,22 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
The corresponding field may not have been set for any of the entries if no default was
provided.
-</p><!--l. 9219--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
+</p><!--l. 10313--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
these only change the specified field, not any related values. For example,
changing the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-41011"></a> field won’t update the <span
+ id="dx1-45011"></a> field won’t update the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-41012"></a> field. There are also
+ id="dx1-45012"></a> field. There are also
some fields that should really only be set when entries are defined (such as
the <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-41013"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently
+ id="dx1-45013"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently
changed.
-</p><!--l. 9227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10321--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41014"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18551,7 +20923,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9229--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10323--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -18567,12 +20939,12 @@
-</p><!--l. 9239--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 10333--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>uses
-</p><!--l. 9240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41015"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18581,13 +20953,13 @@
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9242--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10336--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the assignment code.
-</p><!--l. 9246--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span
+</p><!--l. 10340--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a
- id="dx1-41016"></a><span
+ id="dx1-45016"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18599,15 +20971,15 @@
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-41017"></a>. You can redefine
+ id="dx1-45017"></a>. You can redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists </span>to simply do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if you want to skip the existence check.
Alternatively you can instead use
-</p><!--l. 9252--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdeffield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41018"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdeffield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18619,20 +20991,20 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9254--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10348--><p class="noindent" >
This simply uses <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-41019"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-45019"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\csdef </span>without any checks. This command
isn’t robust. There is also a version that uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\protected at csedef</span>
instead:<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-41020f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9259--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="x1-45020f1"></a>
+</p><!--l. 10353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtredeffield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41021"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtredeffield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18644,11 +21016,11 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9261--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9263--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10355--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10357--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\gGlsXtrSetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41022"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18656,13 +21028,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9265--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10359--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but globally.
-</p><!--l. 9268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\eGlsXtrSetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41023"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\eGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18670,13 +21042,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9270--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10364--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 9273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\xGlsXtrSetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41024"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18684,13 +21056,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9275--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10369--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 9278--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41025"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18698,7 +21070,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9280--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10374--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to the replacement text of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -18705,10 +21077,10 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
(using <span
class="cmtt-10">\let</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\csGlsXtrLetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41026"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\csGlsXtrLetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18717,13 +21089,13 @@
class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10380--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField </span>but the control sequence name is supplied instead.
-</p><!--l. 9290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41027"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label-1</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18735,7 +21107,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field-2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9292--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10386--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field-1</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label-1</span>⟩ to the field given by
@@ -18753,19 +21125,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>is still used, as for
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9300--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 10394--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a
- id="dx1-41028"></a> to determine if a field has been
+ id="dx1-45028"></a> to determine if a field has been
set. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a simpler version:
-</p><!--l. 9303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41029"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18776,7 +21148,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9305--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10399--><p class="noindent" >
(New to v1.19.) Note that in this case the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be the <span
class="cmti-10">internal </span>field label (for
@@ -18793,20 +21165,20 @@
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. Within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ you may
use
-</p><!--l. 9314--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41030"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9316--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10410--><p class="noindent" >
to access the field value. This command includes grouping which scopes the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ parts. The starred version
-</p><!--l. 9320--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10414--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield*</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41031"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield*{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18817,23 +21189,23 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9322--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10416--><p class="noindent" >
omits the implicit grouping.
-</p><!--l. 9325--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span
+</p><!--l. 10419--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>as the default value (such as the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-41032"></a>). Use
+ id="dx1-45032"></a>). Use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol </span>instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9328--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9330--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span
+</p><!--l. 10422--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10424--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifcsundef</span>. It doesn’t save the field
value, but can be used if you only need to check if the field is defined without
accessing it:
-</p><!--l. 9333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41033"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18844,8 +21216,8 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9335--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9337--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined
+</p><!--l. 10429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10431--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined
field hasn’t been assigned any value (no associated internal control sequence
has been defined). If a defined field has been defined to empty, then it’s
considered unset. <span
@@ -18863,12 +21235,12 @@
fields that can only be defined through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 9350--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9352--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using
-</p><!--l. 9353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10444--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10446--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using
+</p><!--l. 10447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41034"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18882,7 +21254,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9355--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10449--><p class="noindent" >
If the entry exists and has the given field set to the given text then this does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩
otherwise it does ⟨<span
@@ -18890,10 +21262,10 @@
-</p><!--l. 9359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10453--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpStr</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41035"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpStr{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18909,7 +21281,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9361--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10455--><p class="noindent" >
This in turn is just a shortcut that uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>to test if the field exists
and then compares the replacement text of <span
@@ -18917,7 +21289,7 @@
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ using
<span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-41036"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-45036"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring</span>. The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">comparison</span>⟩ argument must be one of <span
class="cmtt-10">= </span>(equality), <span
@@ -18924,11 +21296,11 @@
class="cmtt-10"><</span>
(less than) or <span
class="cmtt-10">> </span>(greater than).
-</p><!--l. 9369--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command:
-</p><!--l. 9370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10463--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command:
+</p><!--l. 10464--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41037"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18942,7 +21314,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10466--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr </span>but first (protected) fully expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (but not
@@ -18949,10 +21321,10 @@
the field value). If you want to compare the (protected) full expansion of both the
field value and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ use:
-</p><!--l. 9377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41038"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18966,8 +21338,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9379--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9381--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the
+</p><!--l. 10473--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10475--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the
following two numeric tests. If the field is set, it must expand to an integer.
You may use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>within ⟨<span
@@ -18979,11 +21351,11 @@
empty, the value is assumed to be 0, and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>is set
accordingly.
-</p><!--l. 9389--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero:
-</p><!--l. 9390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10483--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero:
+</p><!--l. 10484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41039"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18995,12 +21367,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9392--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10486--><p class="noindent" >
Alternatively, you can test if the field expands to a specific number using:
-</p><!--l. 9395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10489--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41040"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19014,7 +21386,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9397--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10491--><p class="noindent" >
This does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the field value equals ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ (using <span
@@ -19021,23 +21393,23 @@
class="cmtt-10">\ifnum </span>for the comparison) otherwise
it does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 9401--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 10495--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span><a
- id="dx1-41041"></a> which can be used to fetch the
+ id="dx1-45041"></a> which can be used to fetch the
value of the given field and store it in a control sequence. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package
provides another way of accessing the field value:
-</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusefield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41042"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9407--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10501--><p class="noindent" >
This works in the same way as commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>but the field label is
specified in the first argument. Note that the ⟨<span
@@ -19044,37 +21416,48 @@
class="cmti-10">field-label</span>⟩ corresponds to the internal
field tag, which isn’t always the same as the key name. See Table 4.1 of the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-41043"></a>
+ id="dx1-45043"></a>
manual. No error occurs if the entry or field haven’t been defined. This command is
not robust.
-</p><!--l. 9415--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
+</p><!--l. 10509--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span>):
-</p><!--l. 9417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrusefield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41044"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9419--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9421--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span
+</p><!--l. 10513--><p class="noindent" >
+and, as from v1.37, a command that converts the entire value to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 10515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrusefield</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-45045"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 10517--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10519--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-41045"></a> internal
+ id="dx1-45046"></a> internal
list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using
<span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-41046"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-45047"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\listcsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 9425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistadd</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41047"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19083,7 +21466,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9427--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10525--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the entry’s field and ⟨<span
@@ -19093,10 +21476,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\listeadd </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\listxadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 9432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10530--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41048"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19105,11 +21488,11 @@
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9434--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9435--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10532--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41049"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19118,11 +21501,11 @@
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9437--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41050"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19131,12 +21514,12 @@
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9440--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10538--><p class="noindent" >
You can then iterate over the list using:
-</p><!--l. 9442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfielddolistloop</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41051"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19143,12 +21526,12 @@
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9444--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10542--><p class="noindent" >
or
-</p><!--l. 9446--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41052"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19158,16 +21541,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9448--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10546--><p class="noindent" >
that internally use <span
class="cmtt-10">\dolistcsloop </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively.
-</p><!--l. 9452--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span
+</p><!--l. 10550--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifinlistcs</span>:
-</p><!--l. 9453--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldifinlist</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41053"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldifinlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19181,13 +21564,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9455--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10553--><p class="noindent" >
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\xifinlistcs</span>
-</p><!--l. 9457--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41054"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45055"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19201,21 +21584,21 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9459--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9461--><p class="indent" > See the <span
+</p><!--l. 10557--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10559--><p class="indent" > See the <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-41055"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular
+ id="dx1-45056"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular
the limitations of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifinlist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9465--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it
-using:
-</p><!--l. 9467--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10563--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it
+using:
+</p><!--l. 10565--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41056"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19224,56 +21607,56 @@
class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9469--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10567--><p class="noindent" >
where again ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">handler</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument. Unlike the
<span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-41057"></a> loops, this doesn’t ignore empty elements nor does it discard leading /
+ id="dx1-45058"></a> loops, this doesn’t ignore empty elements nor does it discard leading /
trailing spaces. Internally it uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>(modified by <span
class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a
- id="dx1-41058"></a> which is automatically
+ id="dx1-45059"></a> which is automatically
loaded by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-41059"></a>). The <span
+ id="dx1-45060"></a>). The <span
class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a
- id="dx1-41060"></a> package modifies the behaviour of <span
+ id="dx1-45061"></a> package modifies the behaviour of <span
class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>to allow the
loop to be broken prematurely using <span
class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span>
command locally defines a user level command:
-</p><!--l. 9479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrendfor</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41061"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrendfor </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9481--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10579--><p class="noindent" >
which is just a synonym for <span
class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9484--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span
+</p><!--l. 10582--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>so scoping is
automatically applied.
-</p><!--l. 9487--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by
-</p><!--l. 9488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10585--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by
+</p><!--l. 10586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForeignTextField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41062"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignTextField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9490--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10588--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">userii</span>) contains a locale tag, then
-</p><!--l. 9492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrForeignText</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41063"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignText{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9494--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10592--><p class="noindent" >
can be used to encapsulate ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ in <span
class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19284,18 +21667,18 @@
class="cmti-10">dialect</span>⟩ is
obtained from the locale tag through <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-41064"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-45065"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\GetTrackedDialectFromLanguageTag</span><a
- id="dx1-41065"></a>
+ id="dx1-45066"></a>
command. You need at least <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-41066"></a> v1.3.6 for this to work properly. The ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-45067"></a> v1.3.6 for this to work properly. The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">dialect</span>⟩
must be one that’s tracked (which typically means that <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-41067"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-45068"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-41068"></a> has been
+ id="dx1-45069"></a> has been
loaded with the appropriate setting for that language). If <span
class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage </span>hasn’t
been defined, this just does ⟨<span
@@ -19304,7 +21687,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage[main=british,brazilian,ngerman]{babel}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
@@ -19331,31 +21714,31 @@
 <br />\gls{abnt}, \gls{din}.
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 9536--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9539--><p class="indent" > When using the <a
+<!--l. 10634--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10637--><p class="indent" > When using the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-41069"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can
+ id="dx1-45070"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can
also record the current value of another counter at the same time using the
preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 9542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10640--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrRecordCounter</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-41070"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45071"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9544--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10642--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255">
\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
</div>
-<!--l. 9549--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span
+<!--l. 10647--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>,
the <span
@@ -19399,28 +21782,28 @@
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256">
\glsxtrfieldlistgadd{bird}{record.section}{1.2}
</div>
-<!--l. 9566--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span
+<!--l. 10664--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span
class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field, but its
value can be accessed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse </span>or the list can be iterated over with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop </span>etc.
-</p><!--l. 9572--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10670--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9572--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10670--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a
id="sec:printunsrt"></a>Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 9575--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 10673--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42001"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9577--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10675--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves like <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>but never sorts the entries and
always lists all the defined entries for the given glossary (and doesn’t require
@@ -19427,27 +21810,27 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>). If you want to use one of the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-42002"></a><a
- id="dx1-42003"></a>-like styles with
+ id="dx1-46002"></a><a
+ id="dx1-46003"></a>-like styles with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, make sure you load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-42004"></a> which modifies
+ id="dx1-46004"></a> which modifies
the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid the “Incomplete <span
class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error that may
otherwise occur.
-</p><!--l. 9587--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
-</p><!--l. 9588--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10685--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
+</p><!--l. 10686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary*</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42005"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9590--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10688--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -19465,47 +21848,47 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>, the supplied ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is done before the glossary
header.
-<!--l. 9600--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
+<!--l. 10698--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run without the need for a post-processor, however there will be no <a
- id="dx1-42006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-46006"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number
list</a> in this case, as that has to be set by a post-processor such as <a
- id="dx1-42007"></a><a
+ id="dx1-46007"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-42008"></a></a> (see <a
+ id="dx1-46008"></a></a> (see <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>9
</a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 9606--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
+</p><!--l. 10704--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
immediately after their parent entry, they won’t be together in the glossary when
using <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9611--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10709--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9613--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span
+</p><!--l. 10711--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
- id="dx1-42009"></a> key is
+ id="dx1-46009"></a> key is
defined. If not defined (default), the group label will be formed from the first
letter of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-42010"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as
+ id="dx1-46010"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as
discussed in <a
href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10 </a><a
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11 </a><a
href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>. This can lead to an odd effect if
you are using a style that separates letter groups when the ordering isn’t
alphabetical.
-</p><!--l. 9621--><p class="indent" > If the <span
+</p><!--l. 10719--><p class="indent" > If the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
- id="dx1-42011"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a
+ id="dx1-46011"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-42012"></a> option) then the group label
+ id="dx1-46012"></a> option) then the group label
will be obtained from the value of that field. If the field is empty, <span
class="cmti-10">no grouping is</span>
<span
@@ -19512,61 +21895,61 @@
class="cmti-10">performed</span>, even if the style supports it. (That is, there won’t be a header or a vertical
separation.) If the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
- id="dx1-42013"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained
+ id="dx1-46013"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained
as described earlier.
-</p><!--l. 9629--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field, you can redefine
-</p><!--l. 9630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10727--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field, you can redefine
+</p><!--l. 10728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrgroupfield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42014"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9632--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10730--><p class="noindent" >
to the relevant internal field label, but the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
- id="dx1-42015"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46015"></a> <span
class="cmti-10">key </span>must still be defined (through
the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-42016"></a> option or with commands like <span
+ id="dx1-46016"></a> option or with commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span>) to ensure that
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield</span>. (This method is used by <a
- id="dx1-42017"></a><a
+ id="dx1-46017"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-42018"></a></a>
+ id="dx1-46018"></a></a>
for secondary entries, which have the group label stored in the <span
class="cmtt-10">secondarygroup</span>
internal field.)
-</p><!--l. 9640--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span
+</p><!--l. 10738--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-42019"></a> key set, you will need the <span
+ id="dx1-46019"></a> key set, you will need the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-42020"></a> package
+ id="dx1-46020"></a> package
option <a
href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span
class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ignore</span><a
- id="dx1-42021"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-46021"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span
class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-42022"></a> to prevent an error occurring from the
+ id="dx1-46022"></a> to prevent an error occurring from the
automated <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>normally triggered by this key. The <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-42023"></a> package option
+ id="dx1-46023"></a> package option
will automatically deal with this.
-</p><!--l. 9647--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 10745--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\newglossaryentry{zebra}{name={zebra},description={stripy animal}}
@@ -19576,110 +21959,142 @@
 <br />\printunsrtglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 9661--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
-</p><!--l. 9665--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a
+<!--l. 10759--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
+</p><!--l. 10763--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a
- id="dx1-42024"></a> option, the document will
+ id="dx1-46024"></a> option, the document will
require a second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run if the entries are defined after <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9669--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span
+</p><!--l. 10767--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(except for the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-42025"></a> key,
+ id="dx1-46025"></a> key,
which isn’t available).
-</p><!--l. 9672--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
-</p><!--l. 9674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10770--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
+</p><!--l. 10772--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42026"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9676--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10774--><p class="noindent" >
which is analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>. This just iterates over all defined
glossaries (that aren’t on the ignored list) and does <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>[type=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩].
-</p><!--l. 9681--><p class="indent" > To avoid complications caused by <span
+</p><!--l. 10779--><p class="indent" > To avoid complications caused by <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-42027"></a><a
- id="dx1-42028"></a>-like glossary styles, <span
+ id="dx1-46027"></a><a
+ id="dx1-46028"></a>-like glossary styles, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>
iterates over all entries in the selected glossary and appends the appropriate code to
an internal command. Once the construction of this command is complete, then it’s
performed to display the glossary. This puts the loop outside the style code. For
convenience, there’s a hook used within the loop:
-</p><!--l. 9688--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10786--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42029"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9690--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10788--><p class="noindent" >
This hook should not display any content, but may be used to perform calculations.
For example, to calculate widths. Within this hook you can use:
-</p><!--l. 9694--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10792--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42030"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9696--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10794--><p class="noindent" >
to skip the current entry. This will prevent the entry from being added to the internal
command.
-</p><!--l. 9700--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the
+</p><!--l. 10798--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the
glossary code is performed:
-</p><!--l. 9702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42031"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9704--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10802--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9706--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses
-</p><!--l. 9707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10804--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses
+</p><!--l. 10805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42032"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9709--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10807--><p class="noindent" >
to display each item in the list, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the current label.
-</p><!--l. 9712--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does
-</p><!--l. 9713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10810--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does
+</p><!--l. 10811--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrunsrtdo</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42033"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9715--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10813--><p class="noindent" >
which determines whether to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and checks the
<span
class="cmss-10">location</span><a
- id="dx1-42034"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-46034"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a
- id="dx1-42035"></a> fields for the <a
- id="dx1-42036"></a><a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
-</p><!--l. 9720--><p class="indent" > You can redefine the handler if required. For example, you may want to filter
+ id="dx1-46035"></a> fields for the <a
+ id="dx1-46036"></a><a
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. If you want to use a different field to be
+used instead of <span
+class="cmss-10">location</span><a
+ id="dx1-46037"></a> then redefine:
+</p><!--l. 10819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLocationField</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-46038"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationField </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 10821--><p class="noindent" >
+to the internal name of the desired field. For example:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258">
+\renewcommand{\GlsXtrLocationField}{primarylocation}
+</div>
+<!--l. 10825--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10826--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will
+fallback on the <span
+class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a
+ id="dx1-46039"></a> field. </div>
+</p><!--l. 10829--><p class="noindent" >
+You can instruct <a
+ id="dx1-46040"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
+ id="dx1-46041"></a></a> to omit setting the <span
+class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a
+ id="dx1-46042"></a> field with the resource option
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">--save-loclist=false </span>to prevent it from being used as a fallback.
+</p><!--l. 10834--><p class="indent" > You can redefine the handler if required. For example, you may want to filter
entries according to the category label. You can test if a label is contained in a
comma-separated list of labels using:
-</p><!--l. 9724--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtriflabelinlist</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42037"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtriflabelinlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19691,23 +22106,23 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9726--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10840--><p class="noindent" >
The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩ will be fully expanded.
-</p><!--l. 9729--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
+</p><!--l. 10843--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9733--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9735--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes:
+</p><!--l. 10847--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10849--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259">
\usepackage[record,style=index]{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
</div>
-<!--l. 9739--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
+<!--l. 10853--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
that include the current section number in the <span
class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field:
@@ -19714,7 +22129,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260">
\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
 <br />  \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
 <br />  {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
@@ -19721,8 +22136,8 @@
 <br />  {}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 9749--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9751--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span
+<!--l. 10863--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10865--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>which will
localise the change:
@@ -19729,7 +22144,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261">
\printunsrtglossary*{%
 <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
 <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
@@ -19738,10 +22153,10 @@
 <br />  }%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 9762--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9764--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span
+<!--l. 10876--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10878--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-42038"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more
+ id="dx1-46044"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more
than once, you can also add a temporary redefinition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>to avoid
duplicate hypertarget names. For example:
@@ -19749,7 +22164,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262">
\printunsrtglossary*{%
 <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
 <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
@@ -19765,7 +22180,7 @@
 <br />  }%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 9784--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span
+<!--l. 10898--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
that need to link an entry that doesn’t appear in the summary. In this case, it’s a
better approach to use:
@@ -19773,7 +22188,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263">
\printunsrtglossary*{%
 <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
 <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
@@ -19789,14 +22204,14 @@
 <br />  }%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 9804--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9806--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
+<!--l. 10918--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10920--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264">
\printunsrtglossary*{%
 <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
 <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
@@ -19814,12 +22229,12 @@
 <br />  \appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 9826--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9828--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
-</p><!--l. 9829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 10940--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10942--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
+</p><!--l. 10943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42039"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19827,51 +22242,51 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9831--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10945--><p class="noindent" >
The above example can simply be replaced with:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265">
\printunsrtglossaryunit{section}
</div>
-<!--l. 9835--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9837--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span
+<!--l. 10949--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10951--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span>
with
-</p><!--l. 9838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-42040"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-46046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>
<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9840--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10954--><p class="noindent" >
so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266">
\printunsrtglossary*{\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{section}%
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 9847--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
+<!--l. 10961--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
(overriding the glossary’s title).
-</p><!--l. 9851--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a
+</p><!--l. 10965--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-42041"></a> (or
+ id="dx1-46047"></a> (or
<a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-42042"></a>) package option.
-</p><!--l. 9854--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
+ id="dx1-46048"></a>) package option.
+</p><!--l. 10968--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>to create a link to it as commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will try to link to the target
@@ -19883,12 +22298,12 @@
just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit </span>for a quick summary at the start of a section
etc.
-</p><!--l. 9864--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10978--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9864--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10978--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a
id="sec:glossentry"></a>Standalone Entry Items</h3>
-<!--l. 9867--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details
+<!--l. 10981--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details
throughout the document. You can simply do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>followed by
<span
@@ -19896,16 +22311,16 @@
href="#styopt.sort"><span
class="cmss-10">sort</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=none</span><a
- id="dx1-43001"></a> to
+ id="dx1-47001"></a> to
skip the construction of the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-43002"></a> field.) For example, in the preamble provide a
+ id="dx1-47002"></a> field.) For example, in the preamble provide a
custom command:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267">
\newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
 <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent
 <br /> Definition: \glsentryname{#1}.\par
@@ -19913,43 +22328,43 @@
 <br /> \par\medskip
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 9881--><p class="nopar" > define your entries
+<!--l. 10995--><p class="nopar" > define your entries
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268">
\newglossaryentry{function}{name={function},
 <br />  description={a relation or expression involving variables}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 9887--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text:
+<!--l. 11001--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269">
\displayterm{function}
</div>
-<!--l. 9891--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9893--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span
+<!--l. 11005--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11007--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-43003"></a> and have commands like <span
+ id="dx1-47003"></a> and have commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
link back to the place where the term is described. Instead of using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span>
use
-</p><!--l. 9897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrglossentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-43004"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-47004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9899--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11013--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 9902--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the
+</p><!--l. 11016--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the
glossary. It performs the following: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">Defines <span
@@ -19971,24 +22386,24 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span>. The value is obtained by fully
expanding:
- <!--l. 9917--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 11031--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-43005"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-47005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType</span>
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 9919--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 11033--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-43006"></a> field for the current entry.
+ id="dx1-47006"></a> field for the current entry.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">Increments and display the entry counters if the <a
href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-43007"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-47007"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span
class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-43008"></a>
+ id="dx1-47008"></a>
package options are set. If the entry doesn’t have a parent, then this
does
<ul class="itemize2">
@@ -19996,11 +22411,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span></li></ul>
- <!--l. 9930--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p>
+ <!--l. 11044--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem</span><a
- id="dx1-43009"></a>
+ id="dx1-47009"></a>
<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -20012,7 +22427,7 @@
- <!--l. 9936--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in
+ <!--l. 11050--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in
pre-version 1.31 used <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>for all child levels, which doesn’t match
the hierarchical glossary styles. If you want to restore this behaviour, just
@@ -20021,36 +22436,51 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270">
\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem}[1]{\glssubentryitem{#1}}
</div>
- <!--l. 9942--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 11056--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Displays the entry name using <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>) and displays the entry
+ name using:
+ <!--l. 11060--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-47010"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+ </div><hr>
+ </p><!--l. 11062--><p class="noindent" >
+ which uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Remember that this
- command uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>or picks up the style from category attributes
- such as <a
+class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">} </span>by default.
+ Remember that <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>or picks up the style
+ from category attributes such as <a
href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-43010"></a>.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 9952--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span
+ id="dx1-47011"></a>.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 11070--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-43011"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-47012"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><a
- id="dx1-43012"></a> in any of your description fields,
+ id="dx1-47013"></a> in any of your description fields,
you can use
-</p><!--l. 9954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11072--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtractivatenopost</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-43013"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-47014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9956--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11074--><p class="noindent" >
to make these commands behave as they normally do within a glossary. This needs to
be placed before </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -20063,13 +22493,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsnonextpages </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnextpages </span>have no effect outside
of the glossary and are not intended for use in a standalone context.
-<!--l. 9966--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span
+<!--l. 11084--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-43014"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 9968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-47015"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 11086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrglossentryother</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-43015"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-47016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">header</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20078,7 +22508,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9970--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11088--><p class="noindent" >
The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be given using its internal field label which may not be the same as
the key used to set the field. See the key to field mappings table in the <span
@@ -20099,14 +22529,27 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
+
+
+
</li>
<li class="itemize">Otherwise ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ is simply the field value.</li></ul>
-
-
-
-<!--l. 9982--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother </span>command internally uses <span
+<!--l. 11100--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother </span>command internally uses
+</p><!--l. 11101--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther</span><span
+class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
+ id="dx1-47017"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 11103--><p class="noindent" >
+instead of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span>, which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -20116,14 +22559,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If you are using the <span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
+</p><!--l. 11108--><p class="indent" > If you have loaded the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-43016"></a>
-package (through the <a
+ id="dx1-47018"></a> package (through the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
- id="dx1-43017"></a> option) then accessibility support will be provided if
-there’s a corresponding command </p><div class="alltt">
+ id="dx1-47019"></a> option)
+then accessibility support will be provided if there’s a corresponding command
+</p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span
@@ -20136,12 +22580,12 @@
</div>
</div> (for example, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</span>).
-<!--l. 9993--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to:
+<!--l. 11117--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271">
\newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
 <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent
 <br /> Definition: \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
@@ -20149,17 +22593,17 @@
 <br /> \par\medskip
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 10001--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span
+<!--l. 11125--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span
class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-43018"></a> or
+ id="dx1-47020"></a> or
<span
class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-43019"></a> and remove the colon:
+ id="dx1-47021"></a> and remove the colon:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272">
\newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
 <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent
 <br /> Definition \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
@@ -20167,28 +22611,28 @@
 <br /> \par\medskip
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 10012--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to
+<!--l. 11136--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to
a colon:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273">
\renewcommand*{\glsentrycounterlabel}{\theglossaryentry:\space}
</div>
-<!--l. 10017--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span
+<!--l. 11141--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to link back to the definition but also use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry </span>to reference the counter and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref </span>to reference the page
number.
-</p><!--l. 10022--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make
+</p><!--l. 11146--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make
the following modification:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274">
\newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
 <br /> \par\medskip\par\noindent
 <br /> Definition \glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
@@ -20199,18 +22643,18 @@
 <br /> \par\medskip
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 10034--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span
+<!--l. 11158--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 10037--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span
+</p><!--l. 11161--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry </span>within section headings. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275">
\section{\glsxtrglossentry{function}}
</div>
-<!--l. 10041--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span
+<!--l. 11165--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>in PDF bookmarks (if <span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>is defined)
and will use <span
@@ -20226,32 +22670,32 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 10051--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11175--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10051--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11175--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.4 </span> <a
id="sec:alias"></a>Entry Aliases</h3>
-<!--l. 10054--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span
+<!--l. 11178--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-44001"></a> key. The
+ id="dx1-48001"></a> key. The
value should be the label of the other term. There’s no check for the other’s
existence when the aliased entry is defined. This is to allow the possibility of
defining the other entry after the aliased entry. (For example, when used with
<a
- id="dx1-44002"></a><a
+ id="dx1-48002"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-44003"></a></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 10061--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-48003"></a></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 11185--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ is made an alias of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩ then: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">If the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-44004"></a> field wasn’t provided when ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-48004"></a> field wasn’t provided when ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ was defined, the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-44005"></a> key will
+ id="dx1-48005"></a> key will
automatically trigger <div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -20265,7 +22709,7 @@
</li>
<li class="itemize">If the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-44006"></a> package has been loaded then <span
+ id="dx1-48006"></a> package has been loaded then <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>will link to
@@ -20273,7 +22717,7 @@
class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩’s target. (Unless the <a
href="#catattr.targeturl"><span
class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a
- id="dx1-44007"></a> attribute has been set for ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-48007"></a> attribute has been set for ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩’s
category.)
</li>
@@ -20281,13 +22725,13 @@
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=off</span><a
- id="dx1-44008"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-48008"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-44009"></a>, the <span
+ id="dx1-48009"></a>, the <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
- id="dx1-44010"></a> setting will automatically
+ id="dx1-48010"></a> setting will automatically
be triggered when referencing ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ with commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or
@@ -20294,7 +22738,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. This prevents ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ from have a <a
- id="dx1-44011"></a><a
+ id="dx1-48011"></a><a
href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a> (aside from
the cross-reference added with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>) unless it’s been explicitly
@@ -20305,90 +22749,90 @@
- <!--l. 10080--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a
+ <!--l. 11204--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-44012"></a>, the <a
- id="dx1-44013"></a>location list for aliased entries is controlled
+ id="dx1-48012"></a>, the <a
+ id="dx1-48013"></a>location list for aliased entries is controlled
with <a
- id="dx1-44014"></a><span
+ id="dx1-48014"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-44015"></a>’s settings.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 10084--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by
-</p><!--l. 10085--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-48015"></a>’s settings.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 11208--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by
+</p><!--l. 11209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-44016"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-48016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10087--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11211--><p class="noindent" >
This is performed after the default options provided by <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a
- id="dx1-44017"></a>
+ id="dx1-48017"></a>
have been set. With <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-44018"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-48018"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>will default to do
nothing.
-</p><!--l. 10093--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span
+</p><!--l. 11217--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 10094--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexaliased</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-44019"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-48019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10096--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11220--><p class="noindent" >
to index ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 10099--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
+</p><!--l. 11223--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex}{%
 <br /> \glsxtrindexaliased
 <br /> \setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 10106--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10108--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span
+<!--l. 11230--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11232--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-44020"></a> field can be accessed using
-</p><!--l. 10109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-48020"></a> field can be accessed using
+</p><!--l. 11233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralias</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-44021"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-48021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10111--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11235--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10113--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 10113--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11237--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 11237--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a
id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2>
-</p><!--l. 10116--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 11240--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle provides additional support packages <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-45001"></a> (for
+ id="dx1-49001"></a> (for
prefixing) and <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-45002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t
+ id="dx1-49002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t
automatically loaded.
</p>
-<!--l. 10121--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11245--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a
id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3>
-<!--l. 10124--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span
+<!--l. 11248--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-46001"></a> after <span
+ id="dx1-50001"></a> after <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For
example:
@@ -20395,7 +22839,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-prefix}
@@ -20410,32 +22854,32 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 10147--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10149--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 11271--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11273--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10149--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11273--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a
id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3>
-<!--l. 10152--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 11276--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-47001"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span
+ id="dx1-51001"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>or through
the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
- id="dx1-47002"></a> package option:
+ id="dx1-51002"></a> package option:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278">
\usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
</div>
-<!--l. 10157--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span
+<!--l. 11281--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-47003"></a> or you load <span
+ id="dx1-51003"></a> or you load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-47004"></a> after <span
+ id="dx1-51004"></a> after <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
the new <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span
@@ -20443,7 +22887,7 @@
corresponding <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands.
-</p><!--l. 10164--><p class="indent" > The following <span
+</p><!--l. 11288--><p class="indent" > The following <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands add accessibility information wrapped
around the corresponding <span
@@ -20451,34 +22895,34 @@
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. There is no check for existence
of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing
information.
-</p><!--l. 10169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47005"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10171--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11295--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-47006"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-51006"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 10175--><p class="indent" > If the <span
+</p><!--l. 11299--><p class="indent" > If the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-47007"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as:
+ id="dx1-51007"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279">
\newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 10179--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
+<!--l. 11303--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280">
\newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%
 <br />  \glsnameaccessdisplay
 <br />  {%
@@ -20487,38 +22931,38 @@
 <br />  {#1}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 10189--><p class="nopar" > (<span
+<!--l. 11313--><p class="nopar" > (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a
- id="dx1-47008"></a> is defined by the <span
+ id="dx1-51008"></a> is defined by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-47009"></a> package.) The first
+ id="dx1-51009"></a> package.) The first
letter upper case version is:
-</p><!--l. 10193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11317--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47010"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11319--><p class="noindent" >
Without the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-47011"></a> package this is just defined as:
+ id="dx1-51011"></a> package this is just defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281">
\newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 10200--><p class="nopar" > With the <span
+<!--l. 11324--><p class="nopar" > With the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-47012"></a> package this is defined as:
+ id="dx1-51012"></a> package this is defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282">
\newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{%
 <br />  \glsnameaccessdisplay
 <br />  {%
@@ -20527,115 +22971,115 @@
 <br />  {#1}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 10210--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10212--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
-</p><!--l. 10213--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 11334--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11336--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
+</p><!--l. 11337--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesstext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47013"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10215--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11339--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-47014"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51014"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesstext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47015"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10220--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11344--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-47016"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-51016"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 10224--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47017"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10226--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11350--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-47018"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10229--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51018"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47019"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10231--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11355--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-47020"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-51020"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 10235--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47021"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10237--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11361--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-47022"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51022"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11364--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47023"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10242--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11366--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-47024"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-51024"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 10246--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47025"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10248--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11372--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-47026"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10251--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51026"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11375--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47027"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10253--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11377--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-47028"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-51028"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 10257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47029"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10259--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11383--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-47030"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51030"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47031"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -20642,153 +23086,153 @@
-</p><!--l. 10264--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11388--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-47032"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-51032"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 10268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47033"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10270--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11394--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a
- id="dx1-47034"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51034"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47035"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10275--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11399--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a
- id="dx1-47036"></a> field with the first letter converted to
+ id="dx1-51036"></a> field with the first letter converted to
upper case.
-</p><!--l. 10279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47037"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10281--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11405--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">desc</span><a
- id="dx1-47038"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51038"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47039"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11410--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">desc</span><a
- id="dx1-47040"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-51040"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 10290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11414--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdescplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47041"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10292--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11416--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">descplural</span><a
- id="dx1-47042"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51042"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdescplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47043"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10297--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11421--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">descplural</span><a
- id="dx1-47044"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-51044"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 10301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47045"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10303--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11427--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-47046"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51046"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47047"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10308--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11432--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-47048"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-51048"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 10312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11436--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47049"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10314--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11438--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-47050"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10317--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51050"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47051"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10319--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11443--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-47052"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-51052"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 10323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47053"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11449--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-47054"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51054"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47055"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51055"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10330--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11454--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-47056"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-51056"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 10334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47057"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -20795,31 +23239,31 @@
-</p><!--l. 10336--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11460--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-47058"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 10339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ id="dx1-51058"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 11463--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-47059"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-51059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10341--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11465--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-47060"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-51060"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
</p>
-<!--l. 10345--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 10345--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11469--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 11469--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a
id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Files</h2>
-</p><!--l. 10348--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package:
+</p><!--l. 11472--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -20848,7 +23292,7 @@
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">Acronyms aren’t initialisms and don’t expand on <a
- id="dx1-48001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-52001"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first
use</a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -20897,7 +23341,7 @@
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-postlink.tex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">Automatically inserting text after the <a
- id="dx1-48002"></a><a
+ id="dx1-52002"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>
produced by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(outside of hyperlink, if present).
@@ -20911,13 +23355,13 @@
class="description">Using the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-48003"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-52003"></a> and <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-48004"></a> attributes to
+ id="dx1-52004"></a> attributes to
automatically add glossary entries to the index (in addition to the glossary
<a
- id="dx1-48005"></a><a
+ id="dx1-52005"></a><a
href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a>).
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -20924,15 +23368,15 @@
class="cmbx-10">sample-autoindex-hyp.tex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">As previous but uses <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-48006"></a>.
+ id="dx1-52006"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-nested.tex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">Using <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-48007"></a> within the value of the <span
+ id="dx1-52007"></a> within the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-48008"></a> key.
+ id="dx1-52008"></a> key.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-entrycount.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -20993,7 +23437,7 @@
class="description">Uses the <a
href="#catattr.targeturl"><span
class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a
- id="dx1-48009"></a> attribute to allow for entries that
+ id="dx1-52009"></a> attribute to allow for entries that
should link to an external URL rather than to an internal glossary.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -21006,7 +23450,7 @@
class="cmbx-10">sample-alias.tex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">Uses the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-48010"></a> key. (See <a
+ id="dx1-52010"></a> key. (See <a
href="#sec:alias"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.4 </a><a
href="#sec:alias">Entry Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a>.)
@@ -21015,13 +23459,13 @@
class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree.tex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">Uses the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-48011"></a> package with the <span
+ id="dx1-52011"></a> package with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-48012"></a>
+ id="dx1-52012"></a>
style (see <a
-href="#x1-180002.10.3"><span
-class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.10.3 </a><a
-href="#x1-180002.10.3">The <span
+href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span
+class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.11.3 </a><a
+href="#x1-190002.11.3">The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>).
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -21028,7 +23472,7 @@
class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-sym.tex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">Another <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-48013"></a> example that measures the symbol
+ id="dx1-52013"></a> example that measures the symbol
widths.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -21035,9 +23479,9 @@
class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">Another <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-48014"></a> example that puts the
+ id="dx1-52014"></a> example that puts the
<a
- id="dx1-48015"></a><a
+ id="dx1-52015"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in the margin.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -21045,7 +23489,7 @@
class="description">Using on-the-fly commands. Terms with accents must
have the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-48016"></a> key explicitly set.
+ id="dx1-52016"></a> key explicitly set.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly-xetex.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -21052,10 +23496,10 @@
class="description">Using on-the-fly commands with <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>.
Terms with UTF-8 characters don’t need to have the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-48017"></a> key explicitly
+ id="dx1-52017"></a> key explicitly
set. Terms that contain commands must have the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-48018"></a> key explicitly set
+ id="dx1-52018"></a> key explicitly set
with the commands removed from the label.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -21064,11 +23508,11 @@
with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> through the starred version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><a
- id="dx1-48019"></a>.
+ id="dx1-52019"></a>.
This is a bit iffy and may not always work. Terms that contain commands
must have the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-48020"></a> key explicitly set with the commands removed from
+ id="dx1-52020"></a> key explicitly set with the commands removed from
the label.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -21075,19 +23519,19 @@
class="cmbx-10">sample-accsupp.tex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">Integrate <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-48021"></a>.
+ id="dx1-52021"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-prefix.tex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">Integrate <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-48022"></a>.
+ id="dx1-52022"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-suppl-main.tex</span> </dt><dd
class="description">Uses <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
- id="dx1-48023"></a> to reference a location in the
+ id="dx1-52023"></a> to reference a location in the
supplementary file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl.tex</span>.
@@ -21099,7 +23543,7 @@
class="description">A more complicated version to the above that
uses the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-48024"></a> package to reference a location in the supplementary file
+ id="dx1-52024"></a> package to reference a location in the supplementary file
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.tex</span>.
</dd></dl>
@@ -21106,15 +23550,15 @@
-<!--l. 10480--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 10480--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11604--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 11604--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a
id="sec:lang"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h2>
-</p><!--l. 10483--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span
+</p><!--l. 11607--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>that you’re likely to want
to change in your document and that’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span><a
- id="dx1-49001"></a> (<a
+ id="dx1-53001"></a> (<a
href="#sec:pkgopts"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.2 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts">New or
@@ -21121,62 +23565,62 @@
Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a>) if you use the <a
href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a
- id="dx1-49002"></a> package option to
+ id="dx1-53002"></a> package option to
automatically create the glossary labelled <span
class="cmtt-10">abbreviations</span>. If this command
doesn’t already exist, it will be defined to “Abbreviations” if <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-49003"></a> hasn’t
+ id="dx1-53003"></a> hasn’t
been loaded, otherwise it will be defined as <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>(provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10493--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
+</p><!--l. 11617--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283">
\renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}
</div>
-<!--l. 10496--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span
+<!--l. 11620--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-49004"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-53004"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-49005"></a> captions hook:
+ id="dx1-53005"></a> captions hook:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284">
\appto\captionsenglish{%
 <br /> \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 10502--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10504--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
+<!--l. 11626--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11628--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
class="cmss-10">title</span><a
- id="dx1-49006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations.
+ id="dx1-53006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations.
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285">
\printabbreviations[title={List of Abbreviations}]
</div>
-<!--l. 10508--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 11632--><p class="nopar" > or
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286">
\printglossary[type=abbreviations,title={List of Abbreviations}]
</div>
-<!--l. 10512--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10514--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t
+<!--l. 11636--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11638--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t
appear in the final draft of your document.
-</p><!--l. 10517--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 11641--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has the facility to load language modules (whose
filename is in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
@@ -21184,10 +23628,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>) if they exist, but won’t warn if
they don’t. If <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-49007"></a> is loaded via the <a
+ id="dx1-53007"></a> is loaded via the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-49008"></a> package option then the
+ id="dx1-53008"></a> package option then the
check for language resource files will additionally search for an associated language
script file given by <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
@@ -21198,7 +23642,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>, associated with the given dialect. There’s no warning
if the associated file isn’t found. The script file is loaded after the dialect
file.
-</p><!--l. 10530--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file
+</p><!--l. 11654--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file
called <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span
@@ -21206,14 +23650,14 @@
class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩ identifies the language or dialect (see
the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-49009"></a> package). For example, <span
+ id="dx1-53009"></a> package). For example, <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10536--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is:
+</p><!--l. 11660--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287">
\ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{french}[2015/12/09 v1.0]
 <br />\newcommand*{\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench}{%
 <br /> \def\abbreviationsname{Abr\'eviations}%
@@ -21237,8 +23681,8 @@
 <br />  {}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 10562--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10564--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language
+<!--l. 11686--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11688--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language
identifier <span
class="cmtt-10">french </span>and the translated text <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">Abr\’eviations</span></span></span> as appropriate. You can
@@ -21245,16 +23689,16 @@
also use the <span
class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file to provide rule blocks for a particular language for use with
<a
- id="dx1-49010"></a><a
+ id="dx1-53010"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-49011"></a>’s</a> custom sort rule. See <a
-href="#x1-370009.3"><span
+ id="dx1-53011"></a>’s</a> custom sort rule. See <a
+href="#x1-380009.3"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>9.3 </a><a
-href="#x1-370009.3">The <span
+href="#x1-380009.3">The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2glssty --></a> for further
details.
-</p><!--l. 10571--><p class="indent" > This <span
+</p><!--l. 11695--><p class="indent" > This <span
class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file then needs to be put somewhere on <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path so that it can be
found by <span
@@ -21261,12 +23705,12 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You might also want to consider uploading it to CTAN so
that it can be useful to others. (Please don’t send it to me. I already have more
packages than I am able to maintain.)
-</p><!--l. 10577--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used
+</p><!--l. 11701--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used
when a glossary is missing, you need to redefine the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 10580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-49012"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-53012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21273,10 +23717,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10582--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11706--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 10585--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the
+ <!--l. 11709--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the
@@ -21283,40 +23727,40 @@
glossary ‘⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩’ (which should be called ⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩) hasn’t been created.</p></div>
-<!--l. 10588--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 11712--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-49013"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-53013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10590--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11714--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 10593--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in
+ <!--l. 11717--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in
this glossary.</p></div>
-<!--l. 10596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 11720--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-49014"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-53014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10598--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11722--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 10601--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span
+ <!--l. 11725--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span
class="cmtt-10">nomain </span>to your package option
list when you load <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra.sty</span>. For example:</p></div>
-<!--l. 10604--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 11728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-49015"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-53015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10606--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11730--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 10609--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span
+ <!--l. 11733--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span
class="cmtt-10">type=</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩ when you defined your entries?
If you tried to load entries into this glossary with <span
@@ -21328,18 +23772,18 @@
did, check that the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type
set to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span>.</p></div>
-<!--l. 10612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 11736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-49016"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-53016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10614--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11738--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 10617--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 11741--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩. If it’s empty, that means you
haven’t indexed any of your entries in this glossary (using commands
like <span
@@ -21346,18 +23790,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) so this list can’t be generated. If the file isn’t
empty, the document build process hasn’t been completed.</p></div>
-<!--l. 10620--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 11744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-49017"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-53017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10622--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11746--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 10625--><p class="noindent" >You need
+ <!--l. 11749--><p class="noindent" >You need
to either replace <span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>with <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or
@@ -21368,17 +23812,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>) and then
rebuild this document.</p></div>
-<!--l. 10628--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 11752--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-49018"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-53018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10630--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11754--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 10633--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 11757--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩ doesn’t exist. This most likely means you haven’t used
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or you have used <span
@@ -21386,37 +23830,37 @@
version of the document, you can suppress this message using the
<span
class="cmtt-10">nomissingglstext </span>package option.</p></div>
-<!--l. 10636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 11760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-49019"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-53019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10638--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11762--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 10641--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div>
-<!--l. 10644--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 11765--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div>
+<!--l. 11768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-49020"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-53020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10646--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11770--><p class="noindent" >
This is advice on how to generate the glossary files. See the documented code
(<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>) for further details.
-</p><!--l. 10651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-49021"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-53021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10653--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11777--><p class="noindent" >
This is the message produced when the <a
href="#styopt.automake"><span
class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a
- id="dx1-49022"></a> option is used, but the document
+ id="dx1-53022"></a> option is used, but the document
needs a rerun or the shell escape setting doesn’t permit the execution of the external
application. This command also generates a warning in the transcript file. See the
documented code for further details.
@@ -21433,22 +23877,22 @@
<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </div>
</p><!--l. 1--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
- id="x1-5000013"></a>Glossary</h2>
+ id="x1-5400013"></a>Glossary</h2>
<dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<a
id="glo:bib2gls"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-50001"></a><a
- id="dx1-50002"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54002"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A command line Java application that selects entries from a .bib file
and converts them
to glossary definitions (like <span
class="cmtt-10">bibtex </span>but also performs hierarchical sorting
and collation, thus omitting the need for <a
- id="dx1-50003"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54003"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-50004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54004"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>). Further
details at: <a
@@ -21458,7 +23902,7 @@
<a
id="glo:entrylocation"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">entry location</span><a
- id="dx1-50005"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54005"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to
the page number on which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple
locations.
@@ -21466,80 +23910,80 @@
<a
id="glo:firstuse"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">first use</span><a
- id="dx1-50006"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54006"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document
or after a reset) with one of the following commands: <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-50007"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-54007"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-50008"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-54008"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a
- id="dx1-50009"></a>,
+ id="dx1-54009"></a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-50010"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-54010"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-50011"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-54011"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a
- id="dx1-50012"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-54012"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a
- id="dx1-50013"></a>.
+ id="dx1-54013"></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="glo:firstuseflag"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">first use flag</span><a
- id="dx1-50014"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54014"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been
used according to the rules of <a
- id="dx1-50015"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54015"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="glo:firstusetext"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">first use text</span><a
- id="dx1-50016"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54016"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">The text that is displayed on <a
- id="dx1-50017"></a>first use, which is governed by the
+ id="dx1-54017"></a>first use, which is governed by the
<span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-50018"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-54018"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-50019"></a> keys of <span
+ id="dx1-54019"></a> keys of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-50020"></a>. (May be overridden by
+ id="dx1-54020"></a>. (May be overridden by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a
- id="dx1-50021"></a>.)
+ id="dx1-54021"></a>.)
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="glo:linktext"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">link-text</span><a
- id="dx1-50022"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54022"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">The text produced by commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-50023"></a>. It may or may not
+ id="dx1-54023"></a>. It may or may not
have a hyperlink to the glossary.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="glo:locationlist"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">location list</span><a
- id="dx1-50024"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54024"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A list of <a
- id="dx1-50025"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54025"></a><a
href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a>. See <a
- id="dx1-50026"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54026"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="glo:makeglossaries"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-50027"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54027"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A custom designed Perl script interface provided with the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to run <a
- id="dx1-50028"></a><span
+ id="dx1-54028"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or <a
- id="dx1-50029"></a><span
+ id="dx1-54029"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>according to the document
settings.
@@ -21549,13 +23993,13 @@
<a
id="glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-50030"></a><a
- id="dx1-50031"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54030"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54031"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A custom designed Lua script interface to <a
- id="dx1-50032"></a><span
+ id="dx1-54032"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and
<a
- id="dx1-50033"></a><span
+ id="dx1-54033"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>provided with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This is a cut-down
alternative to the Perl <span
@@ -21576,25 +24020,25 @@
<a
id="glo:makeindex"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-50034"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54034"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">An indexing application.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="glo:numberlist"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">number list</span><a
- id="dx1-50035"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54035"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A list of <a
- id="dx1-50036"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54036"></a><a
href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a location list). The number
list can be suppressed using the <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-50037"></a> package option.
+ id="dx1-54037"></a> package option.
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="glo:xindy"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-50038"></a> </dt><dd
+ id="dx1-54038"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">An flexible indexing application with multilingual support written in
Perl.</dd></dl>
@@ -21601,7 +24045,7 @@
<h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
- id="x1-5100013"></a>Index</h2>
+ id="x1-5500013"></a>Index</h2>
<!--l. 4--><p class="noindent" > <span
class="cmbx-10">A</span>
</p>
@@ -21608,343 +24052,343 @@
<div class="theindex"><span class="index-item">abbreviation styles (deprecated):<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25173" >1</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26173" >1</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25165" >2</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26165" >2</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25169" >3</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26169" >3</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24078" >4</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25078" >4</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24070" >5</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25070" >5</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24074" >6</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25074" >6</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24104" >7</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25104" >7</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24096" >8</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25096" >8</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24100" >9</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25100" >9</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25196" >10</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26196" >10</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25188" >11</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26188" >11</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25192" >12</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26192" >12</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item">abbreviation styles:<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25160" >13</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26160" >13</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24090" >14</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25090" >14</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24064" >15</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25064" >15</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23088" >16</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24105" >17</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25029" >18</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24088" >16</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25105" >17</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26029" >18</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24079" >19</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25075" >20</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25079" >19</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26075" >20</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25074" >21</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26074" >21</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23090" >22</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24110" >23</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25028" >24</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24090" >22</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25110" >23</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26028" >24</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23056" >25</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23082" >26</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25018" >27</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26018" >28</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24056" >25</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24082" >26</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26018" >27</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27018" >28</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25071" >29</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26071" >29</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25231" >30</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26231" >30</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25220" >31</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25224" >32</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26220" >31</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26224" >32</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23091" >33</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25223" >34</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24091" >33</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26223" >34</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23086" >35</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25219" >36</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25228" >37</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25234" >38</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25244" >39</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25246" >40</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24086" >35</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26219" >36</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26228" >37</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26234" >38</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26244" >39</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26246" >40</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25233" >41</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26233" >41</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25211" >42</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25226" >43</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25229" >44</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25237" >45</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28058" >46</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26211" >42</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26226" >43</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26229" >44</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26237" >45</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29058" >46</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25221" >47</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25225" >48</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26221" >47</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26225" >48</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13030" >49</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21002" >50</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24084" >51</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24091" >52</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24093" >53</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24098" >54</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24102" >55</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24106" >56</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25049" >57</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22002" >50</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25084" >51</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25091" >52</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25093" >53</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25098" >54</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25102" >55</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25106" >56</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26049" >57</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12040" >58</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13032" >59</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24057" >60</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24065" >61</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24067" >62</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24072" >63</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24076" >64</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24080" >65</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24085" >66</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25052" >67</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25057" >60</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25065" >61</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25067" >62</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25072" >63</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25076" >64</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25080" >65</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25085" >66</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26052" >67</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25051" >68</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26051" >68</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24101" >69</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25101" >69</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24075" >70</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25075" >70</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25048" >71</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26048" >71</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23081" >72</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24092" >73</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24081" >72</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25092" >73</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24066" >74</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26041" >75</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25066" >74</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27041" >75</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24097" >76</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25097" >76</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sm-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24071" >77</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25071" >77</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23070" >78</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25021" >79</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25025" >80</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24070" >78</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26021" >79</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26025" >80</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25024" >81</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26024" >81</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25204" >82</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25208" >83</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26204" >82</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26208" >83</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25207" >84</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26207" >84</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12047" >85</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13008" >86</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13056" >87</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19019" >88</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23025" >89</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23027" >90</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25002" >91</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25010" >92</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25013" >93</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25016" >94</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25032" >95</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25035" >96</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25217" >97</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26014" >98</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26017" >99</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26091" >100</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20019" >88</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24025" >89</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24027" >90</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26002" >91</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26010" >92</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26013" >93</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26016" >94</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26032" >95</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26035" >96</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26217" >97</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27014" >98</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27017" >99</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27091" >100</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13016" >101</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13022" >102</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25054" >103</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25063" >104</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25066" >105</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25069" >106</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25078" >107</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25085" >108</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26090" >109</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26054" >103</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26063" >104</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26066" >105</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26069" >106</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26078" >107</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26085" >108</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27090" >109</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23051" >110</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23083" >111</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25015" >112</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25019" >113</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24051" >110</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24083" >111</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26015" >112</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26019" >113</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25068" >114</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25072" >115</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26068" >114</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26072" >115</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13004" >116</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23035" >117</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25009" >118</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25047" >119</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24035" >117</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26009" >118</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26047" >119</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13018" >120</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25062" >121</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26062" >121</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13006" >122</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23045" >123</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25012" >124</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24045" >123</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26012" >124</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13020" >125</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25065" >126</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26065" >126</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23084" >127</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25008" >128</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25031" >129</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25037" >130</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25043" >131</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25079" >132</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25080" >133</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25113" >134</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25206" >135</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24084" >127</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26008" >128</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26031" >129</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26037" >130</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26043" >131</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26079" >132</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26080" >133</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26113" >134</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26206" >135</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25077" >136</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26077" >136</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24010" >137</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25090" >138</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25010" >137</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26090" >138</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24031" >139</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25031" >139</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25089" >140</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26089" >140</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24017" >141</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25017" >141</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24024" >142</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25024" >142</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25183" >143</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26183" >143</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24008" >144</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25008" >144</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24040" >145</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25040" >145</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24029" >146</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25029" >146</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24055" >147</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25055" >147</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23102" >148</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25170" >149</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24102" >148</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26170" >149</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23101" >150</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24101" >150</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23052" >151</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25106" >152</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25110" >153</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24052" >151</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26106" >152</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26110" >153</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25133" >154</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25137" >155</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26133" >154</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26137" >155</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23057" >156</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25109" >157</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24057" >156</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26109" >157</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25136" >158</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26136" >158</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24026" >159</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24030" >160</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24032" >161</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25026" >159</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25030" >160</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25032" >161</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24052" >162</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24056" >163</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25052" >162</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25056" >163</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-postfootnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25193" >164</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26193" >164</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13034" >165</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19021" >166</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23094" >167</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25146" >168</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25161" >169</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25163" >170</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25167" >171</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25171" >172</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25175" >173</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26020" >174</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20021" >166</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24094" >167</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26146" >168</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26161" >169</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26163" >170</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26167" >171</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26171" >172</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26175" >173</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27020" >174</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13040" >175</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25236" >176</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25241" >177</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26236" >176</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26241" >177</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25240" >178</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26240" >178</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25243" >179</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25249" >180</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26243" >179</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26249" >180</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25248" >181</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26248" >181</a> <br /></span>
@@ -21951,94 +24395,94 @@
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13010" >182</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19014" >183</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23028" >184</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23077" >185</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23100" >186</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25092" >187</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25101" >188</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25104" >189</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25107" >190</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26088" >191</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26093" >192</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20014" >183</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24028" >184</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24077" >185</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24100" >186</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26092" >187</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26101" >188</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26104" >189</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26107" >190</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27088" >191</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27093" >192</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13024" >193</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23099" >194</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25121" >195</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25128" >196</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25131" >197</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25134" >198</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25140" >199</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24099" >194</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26121" >195</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26128" >196</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26131" >197</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26134" >198</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26140" >199</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25038" >200</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25044" >201</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25097" >202</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25112" >203</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25141" >204</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25142" >205</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25198" >206</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26038" >200</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26044" >201</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26097" >202</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26112" >203</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26141" >204</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26142" >205</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26198" >206</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25139" >207</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26139" >207</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19012" >208</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19020" >209</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21003" >210</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21018" >211</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24002" >212</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24009" >213</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24011" >214</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24013" >215</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24020" >216</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24027" >217</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24034" >218</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24038" >219</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24043" >220</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25087" >221</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20012" >208</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-20020" >209</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22003" >210</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22018" >211</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25002" >212</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25009" >213</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25011" >214</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25013" >215</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25020" >216</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25027" >217</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25034" >218</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25038" >219</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25043" >220</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26087" >221</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24033" >222</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24041" >223</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24048" >224</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24053" >225</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25119" >226</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25033" >222</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25041" >223</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25048" >224</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25053" >225</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26119" >226</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25118" >227</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26118" >227</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25086" >228</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26086" >228</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8062" >229</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8067" >230</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25174" >231</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25184" >232</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25186" >233</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25190" >234</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25194" >235</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26174" >231</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26184" >232</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26186" >233</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26190" >234</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26194" >235</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25197" >236</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25201" >237</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25205" >238</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26197" >236</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26201" >237</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26205" >238</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25200" >239</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26200" >239</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24015" >240</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25015" >240</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24045" >241</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25045" >241</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13036" >242</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25162" >243</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25166" >244</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26162" >243</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26166" >244</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13042" >245</a> <br /></span>
@@ -22045,32 +24489,32 @@
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13012" >246</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23036" >247</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25100" >248</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26092" >249</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24036" >247</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26100" >248</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27092" >249</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13026" >250</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25127" >251</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26127" >251</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24012" >252</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24016" >253</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24018" >254</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25012" >252</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25016" >253</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25018" >254</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24042" >255</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24046" >256</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25042" >255</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25046" >256</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23095" >257</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25185" >258</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24095" >257</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26185" >258</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24022" >259</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25022" >259</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24050" >260</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25050" >260</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13038" >261</a> <br /></span>
@@ -22080,31 +24524,31 @@
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13014" >263</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23046" >264</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25103" >265</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24046" >264</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26103" >265</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13028" >266</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25130" >267</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26130" >267</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24019" >268</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24023" >269</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24025" >270</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25019" >268</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25023" >269</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25025" >270</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24047" >271</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24051" >272</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25047" >271</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25051" >272</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25189" >273</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26189" >273</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4184" ><span
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4207" ><span
class="cmti-10">274</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26043" ><span
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27043" ><span
class="cmti-10">275</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item">acronym styles (glossaries):<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
@@ -22179,10 +24623,10 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11" >298</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">amsmath </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4123" >299</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4146" >299</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40010" ><span
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44010" ><span
class="cmti-10">300</span></a> <br /></span>
<p class="theindex"> <span
class="cmbx-10">B</span>
@@ -22190,13 +24634,13 @@
class="cmss-10">babel </span>package  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3010" >301</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3014" >302</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4185" >303</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4186" >304</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4187" >305</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28004" >306</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41067" >307</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49003" >308</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49004" >309</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4208" >303</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4209" >304</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4210" >305</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29004" >306</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45068" >307</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53003" >308</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53004" >309</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-2" >310</a>, <a
@@ -22209,3942 +24653,4475 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4086" >317</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4089" >318</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4094" >319</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4098" >320</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4102" >321</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4104" >322</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4109" >323</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4112" >324</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4138" >325</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4140" >326</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4145" >327</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5030" >328</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6044" >329</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6056" >330</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9001" >331</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10006" >332</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14007" >333</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14009" >334</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14024" >335</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14036" >336</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14040" >337</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17012" >338</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18068" >339</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18070" >340</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28160" >341</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29005" >342</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32009" >343</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34001" >344</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34003" >345</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34006" >346</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34008" >347</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34010" >348</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34012" >349</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34014" >350</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34016" >351</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34019" >352</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34023" >353</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34026" >354</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34034" >355</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35001" >356</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35003" >357</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35005" >358</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35007" >359</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35009" >360</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35011" >361</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36001" >362</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36003" >363</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36006" >364</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36008" >365</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36010" >366</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36012" >367</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36016" >368</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36020" >369</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37004" >370</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37013" >371</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37018" >372</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4104" >320</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4108" >321</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4112" >322</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4114" >323</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4119" >324</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4135" >325</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4161" >326</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4163" >327</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4168" >328</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5032" >329</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6046" >330</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6058" >331</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9001" >332</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10006" >333</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14007" >334</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14009" >335</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14024" >336</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14036" >337</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14040" >338</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15028" >339</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15030" >340</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15032" >341</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18012" >342</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19068" >343</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19070" >344</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29160" >345</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30005" >346</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33009" >347</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35001" >348</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35003" >349</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35006" >350</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35008" >351</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35010" >352</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35012" >353</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35014" >354</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35016" >355</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35019" >356</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35023" >357</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35026" >358</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35034" >359</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36001" >360</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36003" >361</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36005" >362</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36007" >363</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36009" >364</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36011" >365</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37001" >366</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37003" >367</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37006" >368</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37008" >369</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37010" >370</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37012" >371</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37016" >372</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37020" >373</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37022" >374</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37028" >375</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37030" >376</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37033" >377</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37035" >378</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37041" >379</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37062" >380</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37071" >381</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37081" >382</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37152" >383</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38001" >384</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38003" >385</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39001" >386</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39003" >387</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39005" >388</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39008" >389</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39027" >390</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42007" >391</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42017" >392</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44002" >393</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44014" >394</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49010" >395</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50002" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">396</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38004" >374</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38013" >375</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38015" >376</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38017" >377</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38024" >378</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38026" >379</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38028" >380</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38033" >381</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38035" >382</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39002" >383</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40002" >384</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40005" >385</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40011" >386</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40014" >387</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40017" >388</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40022" >389</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40030" >390</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40033" >391</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40035" >392</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41003" >393</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41007" >394</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41009" >395</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41031" >396</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41040" >397</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41050" >398</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41121" >399</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42001" >400</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42003" >401</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42012" >402</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42015" >403</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42029" >404</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42031" >405</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42033" >406</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43001" >407</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43003" >408</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43005" >409</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43008" >410</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43027" >411</a>, <a
@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list